ANZ Group Holdings Limited logo

ANZ 2021 Half Year Results Documents

Half Year Results4 May 2021ANZFinancials

Australia and New Zealand Banking Group Limited

ABN 11 005 357 522








Half Year

31 March 2021







Consolidated Financial Report

Dividend Announcement

and Appendix 4D





The Consolidated Financial Report and Dividend Announcement contains information required by Appendix 4D of the Australian Securities

Exchange (ASX) Listing Rules. It should be read in conjunction with ANZ’s 2020 Annual Report, and is lodged with the ASX under listing rule

4.2A.

RESULTS FOR ANNOUNCEMENT TO THE MARKET APPENDIX 4D


2



Name of Company: Australia and New Zealand Banking Group Limited

ABN 11 005 357 522




Report for the half year ended 31 March 2021




Operating Results

1




AUD million



Statutory operating income from continuing operations -6% to 8,367






Statutory profit attributable to shareholders 90% to 2,943






Cash profit

2

large to 2,982



Cash profit from continuing operations

2

large to 2,990









Dividends

3



Cents


Franked


per


amount


share


per share



Proposed interim dividend

4



70


100%













Record date for determining entitlements to the proposed 2021 interim dividend 11 May 2021




Payment date for the proposed 2021 interim dividend 1 July 2021



Dividend Reinvestment Plan and Bonus Option Plan


Australia and New Zealand Banking Group Limited (ANZ) has a Dividend Reinvestment Plan (DRP) and a Bonus Option Plan (BOP) that will operate in

respect of the proposed 2021 interim dividend. For the 2021 interim dividend, ANZ intends to provide shares under the DRP through an on-market

purchase and BOP through the issue of new shares. The 'Acquisition Price' to be used in determining the number of shares to be provided under the

DRP and BOP will be calculated by reference to the arithmetic average of the daily volume weighted average sale price of all fully paid ANZ ordinary

shares sold in the ordinary course of trading on the ASX and Chi-X during the ten trading days commencing on 14 May 2021, and then rounded to the

nearest whole cent. Shares provided under the DRP and BOP will rank equally in all respects with existing fully paid ANZ ordinary shares. Election

notices from shareholders wanting to commence, cease or vary their participation in the DRP or BOP for the 2021 interim dividend must be received by

ANZ's Share Registrar by 5.00pm (Australian Eastern Standard Time) on 12 May 2021. Subject to receiving effective contrary instructions from the

shareholder, dividends payable to shareholders with a registered address in the United Kingdom (including the Channel Islands and the Isle of Man) or

New Zealand will be converted to Pounds Sterling or New Zealand Dollars respectively at an exchange rate calculated on 14 May 2021.









1

Unless otherwise noted, all comparisons are to the half year ended 31 March 2020.

2

Cash profit excludes non-core items included in statutory profit and is provided to assist readers in understanding the result of the core business activities of the Group. The non-core

items are calculated consistently period on period so as not to discriminate between positive and negative adjustments, and comprise economic hedging and similar accounting items that

represent timing differences that will reverse through earnings in the future. The net after tax adjustment was an increase to statutory profit of $39 million (all attributable to continuing

operations) made up of several items. Refer pages 71 to 73 for further details.

3

There is no conduit foreign income attributed to the dividends.

4

It is proposed that the interim dividend will be fully franked for Australian tax purposes (30% tax rate) and carry New Zealand imputation credits of NZD 8 cents per ordinary share.

AUSTRALIA AND NEW ZEALAND BANKING GROUP LIMITED ABN 11 005 357 522


3


CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL REPORT, DIVIDEND ANNOUNCEMENT AND APPENDIX 4D

Half year ended 31 March 2021




CONTENTS PAGE




Disclosure Summary 5

Summary 7

Group Results 19

Divisional Results 47

Profit Reconciliation 71

Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements 75

Supplementary Information 121

Definitions 131

ASX Appendix 4D Cross Reference Index 134

Alphabetical Index 135



















This Consolidated Financial Report, Dividend Announcement and Appendix 4D has been prepared for Australia and New Zealand Banking Group Limited

(“ANZBGL”, “Company”, or “Parent Entity”) together with its subsidiaries which are variously described as “ANZ”, “Group”, “ANZ Group”, “the

consolidated entity”, “the Bank”, “us”, “we” or “our”.

All amounts are in Australian dollars unless otherwise stated. The Company has a formally constituted Audit Committee of the Board of Directors. The

Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements were approved by resolution of a Committee of the Board of Directors on 4 May 2021.

When used in this Results Announcement the words “estimate”, “project”, “intend”, “anticipate”, “believe”, “expect”, “should” and similar expressions, as

they relate to ANZ and its management, are intended to identify forward-looking statements. Readers are cautioned not to place undue reliance on these

forward-looking statements, which speak only as of the date hereof. ANZ does not undertake any obligation to publicly release the result of any revisions

to these forward-looking statements to reflect events or circumstances after the date hereof or to reflect the occurrence of unanticipated events.

AUSTRALIA AND NEW ZEALAND BANKING GROUP LIMITED ABN 11 005 357 522


4

This page has been left blank intentionally

DISCLOSURE SUMMARY


5

SUMMARY OF 2021 HALF YEAR RESULTS AND ASSOCIATED DISCLOSURE MATERIALS


The following disclosure items were lodged separately with the ASX and NZX and can be accessed via the ANZ Shareholder Centre on the Group

website https://www.anz.com/shareholder/centre/ within the disclosures for 2021 Half Year Results.


 Consolidated Financial Report, Dividend Announcement and Appendix 4D

 Half Year Results Investor Discussion Pack

 News Release

 APS 330 Pillar III Disclosure as at 31 March 2021

 Key Financial Data Summary

 United Kingdom Disclosure and Transparency Rules Submission

DISCLOSURE SUMMARY


6

This page has been left blank intentionally

SUMMARY


7


CONTENTS Page


Guide to Half Year Results 8

Statutory Profit Results 9

Cash Profit Results 10

Key Balance Sheet Metrics 12

Large/Notable Items - continuing operations 13

Full Time Equivalent Staff 18

Other Non-Financial Information 18

SUMMARY


8

Guide to Half Year Results

CORONAVIRUS (COVID-19)

The COVID-19 pandemic has caused major disruptions to community health and economic activities with wide-ranging impacts across many business

sectors in Australia, New Zealand and globally over the past 12 months. From March 2020, the Group offered various forms of assistance to customers to

counteract the impact of COVID-19. These support packages were phased out during the March 2021 half. In respect of the support packages offered,

94% of home loan support packages in Australia and New Zealand and 90% of business support packages in Australia have reverted back to loan

repayments, with the remaining having been either restructured or transferred to hardship. Refer to Note 10 of the Condensed Consolidated Financial

Statements for further details on loan support packages offered to customers.

Financial Statements Impacts

The ramifications of COVID-19 continue to be uncertain and it remains difficult to predict the impact or duration of the pandemic. In preparing the

Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements, the Group has made various accounting estimates for future events based on forecasts of economic

conditions which reflect expectations and assumptions as at 31 March 2021 that the Group believes are reasonable under the circumstances.

While pervasive across the financial statements, the estimation uncertainty is predominantly related to expected credit losses (ECL) where the Group

recognised a credit impairment release of $491 million pre-tax in the March 2021 half (Sep 20 half: $1,064 million charge; Mar 20 half: $1,674 million

charge). The credit impairment release in the current period was primarily driven by the release of allowance for collectively assessed ECL largely

reflecting the impact of an improved economic outlook relative to the outlook at the September 2020 half.

Refer to Note 1 of the Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements for further details on key estimation uncertainties associated with the preparation of

the 31 March 2021 results.


NON-IFRS INFORMATION

Statutory profit is prepared in accordance with recognition and measurement requirements of Australian Accounting Standards, which comply with

International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS). The Group provides additional measures of performance in the Consolidated Financial Report &

Dividend Announcement which are prepared on a basis other than in accordance with accounting standards. The guidance provided in Australian

Securities and Investments Commission (ASIC) Regulatory Guide 230 has been followed when presenting this information.

Cash Profit

Cash profit, a non-IFRS measure, represents ANZ’s preferred measure of the result of the core business activities of the Group, enabling readers to

assess Group and Divisional performance against prior periods and against peer institutions. The adjustments made in arriving at cash profit are included

in statutory profit which is subject to review within the context of the external auditor’s review of the Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements. Cash

profit is not subject to review by the external auditor. The external auditor has informed the Audit Committee that cash profit adjustments have been

determined on a consistent basis across each period presented.

 Adjustments between statutory profit and cash profit - To calculate cash profit, the Group excludes non-core items from statutory profit. Refer to

pages 71 to 73 for adjustments between statutory and cash profit.

 Large/notable items within cash profit - The Group’s cash profit result from continuing operations includes a number of items collectively referred

to as large/notable items. While these items form part of cash profit, given their nature and significance, they have been presented separately

together with comparative information, where relevant, to provide transparency and aid comparison. Refer to pages 13 to 17 for details of

large/notable items.


DISCONTINUED OPERATIONS

The financial results of the divested Wealth Australia businesses are treated as discontinued operations from a financial reporting perspective. The Group

Income Statement and Statement of Comprehensive Income show discontinued operations separately from continuing operations in a separate line item

‘Profit/(Loss) from discontinued operations’.

Refer to Note 13 of the Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements for further information.

SUMMARY


9

Statutory Profit Results







Half Year


Movement



Mar 21

$M

Sep 20

$M

Mar 20

$M


Mar 21

v. Sep 20

Mar 21

v. Mar 20

Net interest income


6,986 6,827 7,222


2% -3%

Other operating income


1,381 1,917 1,671


-28% -17%

Operating income


8,367 8,744 8,893


-4% -6%

Operating expenses


(4,482) (4,778) (4,605)


-6% -3%

Profit before credit impairment and income tax


3,885 3,966 4,288


-2% -9%

Credit impairment (charge)/release


491 (1,064) (1,674)


large large

Profit before income tax


4,376 2,902 2,614


51% 67%

Income tax expense


(1,425) (862) (978)


65% 46%

Non-controlling interests


- - (1)


n/a -100%

Profit attributable to shareholders of the Company from continuing operations


2,951 2,040 1,635


45% 80%

Profit/(Loss) from discontinued operations


(8) (8) (90)


0% -91%

Profit attributable to shareholders of the Company


2,943 2,032 1,545


45% 90%


Earnings Per Ordinary Share (cents)


Half Year


Movement


Reference

Page

Mar 21 Sep 20 Mar 20


Mar 21

v. Sep 20

Mar 21

v. Mar 20

Basic

93

103.7 71.8 54.6


44% 90%

Diluted 93

98.4 66.3 51.5 48% 91%




Half Year



Reference

Page

Mar 21 Sep 20 Mar 20

Ordinary Share Dividends (cents)



Interim

1

92 70 - 25

Final

1

92 - 35 -

Total 92

70 35 25

Ordinary share dividend payout ratio

2

92 67.7% 48.9% 45.9%

Profitability Ratios


Return on average ordinary shareholders' equity

3

9.5% 6.6% 5.1%

Return on average assets

0.56% 0.38% 0.30%

Net interest margin

1.63% 1.57% 1.69%

Net interest income to average credit RWAs

3.99% 3.66% 3.96%

Efficiency Ratios


Operating expenses to operating income 53.8% 55.2% 53.8%

Operating expenses to average assets

0.87% 0.91% 0.92%

Credit Impairment Charge/(Release)


Individually assessed credit impairment charge ($M) 187 395 626

Collectively assessed credit impairment charge/(release) ($M)

(678) 669 1,048

Total credit impairment charge ($M) 100

(491) 1,064 1,674

Individually assessed credit impairment charge as a % of average gross loans and advances

4

0.06% 0.12% 0.20%

Total credit impairment charge/(release) as a % of average gross loans and advances

4

(0.16%) 0.33% 0.53%

1.

Fully franked for Australian tax purposes (30% tax rate) and carry New Zealand imputation credits of NZD 8 cents for the proposed 2021 interim dividend (2020 final dividend: NZD 4 cents;

2020 interim dividend: NZD 3 cents).

2.

Dividend payout ratio for the March 2021 half is calculated using the proposed 2021 interim dividend of $1,992 million, based on the forecast number of ordinary shares on issue at the

dividend record date. Dividend payout ratios for the September 2020 half and the March 2020 half were calculated using actual dividend paid of $994 million and $709 million respectively.

3.

Average ordinary shareholders’ equity excludes non-controlling interests.

4.

Credit impairment charge used in the ratio relates to gross loans and advances and off-balance sheet commitments - undrawn and contingent liabilities.

SUMMARY


10

Cash Profit Results

1





Half Year


Movement



Mar 21

$M

Sep 20

$M

Mar 20

$M


Mar 21

v. Sep 20

Mar 21

v. Mar 20

Net interest income


6,986 6,827 7,222


2% -3%

Other operating income


1,437 2,346 1,357


-39% 6%

Operating income


8,423 9,173 8,579


-8% -2%

Operating expenses


(4,482) (4,778) (4,605)


-6% -3%

Profit before credit impairment and income tax


3,941 4,395 3,974


-10% -1%

Credit impairment (charge)/release


491 (1,064) (1,674)


large large

Profit before income tax


4,432 3,331 2,300


33% 93%

Income tax expense


(1,442) (986) (886)


46% 63%

Non-controlling interests


- - (1)


n/a -100%

Cash profit from continuing operations


2,990 2,345 1,413


28% large

Cash profit/(loss) from discontinued operations


(8) (8) (90)


0% -91%

Cash profit


2,982 2,337 1,323


28% large


Earnings Per Ordinary Share (cents)


Half Year


Movement


Mar 21 Sep 20 Mar 20


Mar 21

v. Sep 20

Mar 21

v. Mar 20

Basic

105.0 82.5 46.7


27% large

Diluted

99.6 75.8 44.7 31% large



Half Year


Reference

Page

Mar 21 Sep 20 Mar 20

Ordinary Share Dividends

Ordinary share dividend payout ratio

2

66.8% 42.5% 53.6%

Profitability Ratios


Return on average ordinary shareholders' equity

3

9.7% 7.6% 4.4%

Return on average assets

0.57% 0.43% 0.26%

Net interest margin

1.63% 1.57% 1.68%

Net interest income to average credit RWAs

3.99% 3.66% 3.96%

Efficiency Ratios


Operating expenses to operating income 53.5% 52.6% 55.2%

Operating expenses to average assets

0.87% 0.90% 0.92%

Credit Impairment Charge/(Release)


Individually assessed credit impairment charge ($M) 29 187 395 626

Collectively assessed credit impairment charge/(release) ($M) 29

(678) 669 1,048

Total credit impairment charge ($M) 29

(491) 1,064 1,674

Individually assessed credit impairment charge as a % of average gross loans and advances

4

0.06% 0.12% 0.20%

Total credit impairment charge/(release) as a % of average gross loans and advances

4

(0.16%) 0.33% 0.53%

Cash Profit/(Loss) By Division Half Year


Movement


Mar 21

$M

Sep 20

$M

Mar 20

$M


Mar 21

v. Sep 20

Mar 21

v. Mar 20

Australia Retail and Commercial


1,782 1,123 1,214 59% 47%

Institutional

948 1,244 610 -24% 55%

New Zealand

771 450 567 71% 36%

Pacific

7 (82) 20 large -65%

TSO and Group Centre

(518) (390) (998) 33% -48%

Discontinued Operations

(8) (8) (90) 0% -91%

Cash profit

2,982 2,337 1,323 28% large

1.

Cash profit excludes non-core items included in statutory profit and is provided to assist readers in understanding the results of the core business activities of the Group. Refer to pages 71

to 73 for the reconciliation between statutory and cash profit. Refer to pages 13 to 17 for information on large/notable items included in continuing cash profit.

2.

Dividend payout ratio for the March 2021 half is calculated using the proposed 2021 interim dividend of $1,992 million, based on the forecast number of ordinary shares on issue at the

dividend record date. Dividend payout ratios for the September 2020 half and the March 2020 half were calculated using actual dividend paid of $994 million and $709 million respectively.

3.

Average ordinary shareholders’ equity excludes non-controlling interests.

4.

Credit impairment charge used in the ratio relates to gross loans and advances and off-balance sheet commitments - undrawn and contingent liabilities.

SUMMARY


11

Key Cash Profit Metrics

Discontinued Operations

The financial results of the divested Wealth Australia businesses are treated as discontinued operations from a financial reporting perspective. The Group

Income Statement and Statement of Comprehensive Income show discontinued operations separately from continuing operations in a separate line item

‘Profit/(Loss) from discontinued operations’.

 Sale to IOOF Holdings Limited (IOOF) - In October 2017, the Group announced it had agreed to sell its OnePath pensions and investments

(OnePath P&I) business and Aligned Dealer Groups (ADGs) businesses to IOOF. The sale of the ADG business completed on 1 October 2018 and

the OnePath P&I business completed on 31 January 2020.

 Sale to Zurich Financial Services Australia (Zurich) - In December 2017, the Group announced it had agreed to sell its life insurance business to

Zurich and the transaction completed on 31 May 2019.

There were no material financial impacts from the discontinued operations in the March 2021 half.

Continuing Operations

Key cash profit metrics specific to continuing operations are presented in the table below:



Half Year Movement




Mar 21 Sep 20 Mar 20

Mar 21

v. Sep 20

Mar 21

v. Mar 20


Earnings Per Ordinary Share (cents) - continuing operations


Earnings per share (basic) 105.3 82.8 49.9 27% large





Half Year




Mar 21 Sep 20 Mar 20


Ordinary Share Dividends - continuing operations


Ordinary share dividend payout ratio 66.6% 42.4% 50.2%

Profitability Ratios - continuing operations




Return on average ordinary shareholders' equity


9.7% 7.6% 4.7%

Return on average assets


0.57% 0.43% 0.28%

Net interest margin


1.63% 1.57% 1.69%

Net interest income to average credit RWAs

3.99% 3.66% 3.96%

Efficiency Ratios - continuing operations




Operating expenses to operating income


53.2% 52.1% 53.7%

Operating expenses to average assets

0.86% 0.88% 0.90%

SUMMARY


12

Key Balance Sheet Metrics



As at Movement


Reference

Page

Mar 21 Sep 20 Mar 20

Mar 21

v. Sep 20

Mar 21

v. Mar 20

Capital Management



Common Equity Tier 1 (Level 2)


- APRA Basel 3 42

12.4% 11.3% 10.8%

- Internationally Comparable Basel 3

1

42 18.1% 16.7% 15.5%

Credit risk weighted assets ($B) 42

341.9 360.0 386.0 -5% -11%

Total risk weighted assets ($B) 42

408.2 429.4 449.0 -5% -9%

APRA Leverage Ratio 44

5.5% 5.4% 5.0%

Balance Sheet: Key Items



Gross loans and advances ($B) 618.6 622.1 661.3 -1% -6%

Net loans and advances ($B)

614.4 617.1 656.6 0% -6%

Total assets ($B)

1,018.3 1,042.3 1,150.0 -2% -11%

Customer deposits ($B)

561.5 552.4 566.5 2% -1%

Total equity ($B)

62.6 61.3 61.4 2% 2%


As at Movement

Liquidity Risk

Reference

Page

Mar 21 Sep 20 Mar 20

Mar 21

v. Sep 20

Mar 21

v. Mar 20

Liquidity Coverage Ratio

2

40 138% 139% 139% -1% -1%

Net Stable Funding Ratio 41

121% 124% 118% -3% 3%


As at Movement


Reference

Page

Mar 21 Sep 20 Mar 20

Mar 21

v. Sep 20

Mar 21

v. Mar 20

Impaired Assets



Gross impaired assets ($M) 32

2,473 2,459 2,599 1% -5%

Gross impaired assets as a % of gross loans and advances

0.40% 0.40% 0.39%

Net impaired assets ($M) 32

1,664 1,568 1,506 6% 10%

Net impaired assets as a % of shareholders' equity

2.7% 2.6% 2.5%

Individually assessed provision ($M) 31 809 891 1,093 -9% -26%

Individually assessed provision as a % of gross impaired assets

32.7% 36.2% 42.1%

Collectively assessed provision ($M) 31

4,285 5,008 4,501 -14% -5%

Collectively assessed provision as a % of credit risk weighted assets

1.25% 1.39% 1.17%

Net Tangible Assets

Net tangible assets attributable to ordinary shareholders ($B)

3

58.5 56.9 56.4 3% 4%

Net tangible assets per ordinary share ($)

20.57 20.04 19.89 3% 3%



As at Movement

Net Loans And Advances by division

Mar 21

$B

Sep 20

$B

Mar 20

$B

Mar 21

v. Sep 20

Mar 21

v. Mar 20

Australia Retail and Commercial 344.3 339.4 329.8 1% 4%

Institutional

147.5 157.6 199.4 -6% -26%

New Zealand

120.5 116.6 125.2 3% -4%

Pacific

1.7 1.9 2.2 -11% -23%

TSO and Group Centre

0.4 1.6 - -75% n/a

Net loans and advances by division

614.4 617.1 656.6 0% -6%

1.

See page 43 for further details regarding the differences between APRA Basel 3 and Internationally Comparable Basel 3 standards.

2.

Liquidity Coverage Ratio is calculated on a half year average basis.

3.

Equals total shareholders’ equity less total non-controlling interests, goodwill and other intangible assets.

SUMMARY


13

Large/Notable Items - continuing operations

Large/notable items included in cash profit from continuing operations are described below.

Divestment impacts

As the divestments below did not qualify as discontinued operations under accounting standards, they form part of the continuing operations. The

financial impacts from these divestments are summarised below including the business results for those divestments that have completed.



Gain/(Loss) on sale from divestments Divested business results

Half Year Half Year

Cash Profit Impact

Mar 21

$M

Sep 20

$M

Mar 20

$M

Mar 21

$M

Sep 20

$M

Mar 20

$M

UDC - (44) - - 41 38

New Zealand legacy insurance portfolio

13 - - - - -

ANZ Share Investing

(251) - - - - -

Profit/(Loss) before income tax

(238) (44) - - 41 38

Income tax benefit/(expense) and non-controlling interests - 10 - - (11) (11)

Cash profit/(loss) from continuing operations

(238) (34) - - 30 27

 UDC Finance (UDC)

The Group completed the sale of UDC to Shinsei Bank Limited (Shinsei Bank) on 1 September 2020. The Group recognised a loss after tax of $34

million in the September 2020 half comprising a loss on disposal of $29 million, a $31 million loss on the reversal of the life-to-date cash profit

adjustments on the economic hedges of assets sold, $6 million of transaction costs, partially offset by a $22 million release from the foreign currency

translation reserve, and a $10 million tax credit.

 New Zealand legacy insurance portfolio

During the March 2021 half, the Group sold and transferred its rights and obligations relating to servicing a legacy portfolio of insurance underwritten

by Tower Limited (Tower) in the New Zealand division to Tower and recognised a gain after tax of $13 million.

 ANZ Share Investing

During the March 2021 half, the Group reclassified its ANZ Share Investing business as held for sale reflecting a continuation of the Group’s

simplification strategy. As a consequence of remeasuring the net assets at fair value less costs to sell, the Group recognised a loss after tax of $251

million relating to the write-down of goodwill attributable to the business. This had no impact to Common Equity Tier 1 (CET1) capital as it resulted in

an equivalent reduction in capital deductions.


Other large/notable items

 Customer remediation

Customer remediation includes provisions for expected refunds to customers, remediation project costs and related customer and regulatory claims,

penalties and litigation outcomes.


Half Year



Mar 21 Sep 20 Mar 20

Cash Profit Impact $M $M$M

Operating income

(74) (116)(58)


Operating expenses

(92) (138)(71)


Profit/(Loss) before income tax

(166) (254)(129)


Income tax benefit/(expense) and non-controlling interests 58 6638


Cash profit/(loss) from continuing operations

(108) (188)(91)



 Litigation settlements

During the March 2021 half, the Group reached an agreement to settle a United States class action related to the Bank Bill Swap Rate (BBSW) and

the trading of BBSW-based products. The settlement is without admission of liability and remains subject to negotiation and execution of complete

settlement terms as well as court approval. In the March 2021 half, the Group recognised expenses of $48 million after tax in relation to the

settlement and related costs.

 Restructuring

The Group recognised restructuring expenses of $76 million after tax in the March 2021 half (Sep 20 half: $41 million; Mar 20 half: $74 million)

largely relating to business and property changes in the Australia Retail and Commercial division and operational changes in the TSO and Group

Centre division.






SUMMARY


14

 Asian associate items


Half Year




Mar 21 Sep 20 Mar 20



$M $M$M


AmBank 1MDB settlement (212) --



AmBank goodwill impairment (135) --


PT Panin AASB 9 adjustment

- (68)-



Profit/(Loss) before income tax (347) (68)-



Income tax benefit/(expense) and non-controlling interests - 2-



Cash profit/(loss) from continuing operations (347) (66)-



AmBank 1MDB settlement

Following AMMB Holdings Berhad’s (AmBank) agreement with the Malaysian Ministry of Finance to resolve potential claims relating to its

involvement with 1Malaysia Development Berhad (1MDB), the Group recognised a $212 million reduction in equity accounted earnings after tax

reflecting its share of the settlement provision during the March 2021 half. This had no impact to CET1 capital as it resulted in an equivalent reduction

in capital deductions.

AmBank goodwill impairment

During the March 2021 half, AmBank partially impaired goodwill and the Group recognised a $135 million reduction in equity accounted earnings

after tax reflecting its share of the impairment recognised by AmBank. This had no impact to CET1 capital as it resulted in an equivalent reduction in

capital deductions.

PT Panin AASB 9 adjustment

When the Group adopted AASB 9 Financial Instruments on 1 October 2018, an estimate of PT Bank Pan Indonesia (PT Panin)’s transition

adjustment was recognised through opening retained earnings to align accounting policies. During the September 2020 half, PT Panin adopted

AASB 9 and recognised a transition adjustment in retained earnings. The $66 million after tax represents the Group’s equity accounted share of the

transition adjustment net of amounts adjusted by the Group on 1 October 2018. This had no impact to CET1 capital as it resulted in an equivalent

reduction in capital deductions.

 Asian associate impairments

During the March 2020 half, the Group recognised an impairment of $815 million after tax in respect of two of the Group’s equity accounted

investments to adjust their carrying values in line with their value in use (VIU) calculations at 31 March 2020. AmBank was impaired by $595 million

and PT Panin was impaired by $220 million. This had no impact to CET1 capital as it resulted in an equivalent reduction in capital deductions.

The Group completed VIU assessments and assessment of carrying values as at 31 March 2021 and determined that no adjustment to carrying

values was necessary.

 Accelerated software amortisation

During the September 2020 half, the Group amended the application of its software amortisation policy to reflect the shorter useful life of various

types of software, including regulatory and compliance focused assets and purchased assets. These changes reflect the Group’s rapidly changing

technology and business needs and ongoing reinvestments in purchased and internally developed software to ensure assets remain fit for purpose.

As a result of these changes, the Group recognised accelerated amortisation of $138 million after tax during the September 2020 half. This had no

impact to CET1 capital as it resulted in an equivalent reduction in capital deductions.

 Goodwill write-off

During the September 2020 half, the Group wrote off goodwill of $77 million after tax previously held in the Pacific and New Zealand divisions:

 Pacific division - The impact of COVID-19 on the economies of the Pacific region had been significant and conditions were expected to take

some time to recover. Goodwill of $50 million after tax for the division was impaired in the September 2020 half. No further impairment was

required for the carrying values of other assets in the Pacific division.

 New Zealand division - As a result of changes in the economic environment and outlook, the Group announced its intention to begin winding up

the Bonus Bonds business (“Bonus Bonds”, a managed investment product) in the New Zealand division by 31 October 2020. As a result, the

Group wrote off the associated goodwill of $27 million after tax in the September 2020 half.

This had no impact to CET1 capital as it resulted in an equivalent reduction in capital deductions.

 Lease-related items

Following the adoption of the new lease accounting standard (AASB 16) on 1 October 2019 the Group recognised additional charges which were

presented as a large/notable item at the time as the 2019 comparatives were prepared under the previous lease accounting standard (AASB 117).

During the March 2021 half, the recurring AASB 16 impacts have been removed as the comparative periods are now presented on a consistent basis

to the March 2021 half. The residual lease related item relates to non-recurring items recognised in 2020.

SUMMARY
15

Large/Notable items - continuing operations


Cash Profit Results

Ma

rch 2021 Half Year v March 2020 Half Year


March 2021 Half Year v S

eptember 2020 Half Year


Mar 21

Large/

notables

Mar 21

ex. Large/

notables Mar 20

Large/

notables

1


Mar 20

ex. Large/

notables

Movt

ex. Large/

notables

Mar 21

Large/

notables

Mar 21

ex. Large/

notables Sep 20

Large/

notables

1


Sep 20

ex. Large/

notables

Movt

ex. Large/

notables


$M

$M

$M

$M

$M

$M

%

$M

$M

$M $M $M $M %

Net interest income

6,986

(56)

7,042

7,222

53

7,169

-2%

6,986

(56)

7,042

6,827

(25)

6,852

3%

Other operating income

1,437

(603)

2,040

1,357

(850)

2,207

-8%

1,437

(603)

2,040

2,346

(137)

2,483

-18%

Operating income

8,423

(659)

9,082

8,579

(797)

9,376

-3%

8,423

(659)

9,082

9,173

(162)

9,335

-3%

Operating expenses

(4,482)

(266)

(4,216)

(4,605)

(244) (4,361)

-3%

(4,482)

(266)

(4,216)

(4,778)

(490)

(4,288)

-2%

Profit before credit im

pairment and income tax

3,941

(925)

4,866

3,974

(1,041)

5,015

-3%

3,941

(925)

4,866

4,395

(652)

5,047

-4%

Credit impairment (charge)/release

491

-

491

(1,674)

(20) (1,654)

large

491

-

491

(1,064)

(3)

(1,061)

large

Profit/(Loss) before income tax

4,432

(925)

5,357

2,300

(1,061)

3,361

59%

4,432

(925)

5,357

3,331

(655)

3,986

34%

Income tax benefit/(expense)

and non-controlling interests

(1,442)

108

(1,550)

(887)

74

(961)

61%

(1,442)

108

(1,550)

(986)

141

(1,127)

38%

Cash profit/(loss) from continuing operations

2,990

(817)

3,807

1,413

(987)

2,400

59%

2,990

(817)

3,807

2,345

(514)

2,859

33%


Cash Profit/(Loss) By Division

March 2021 Half Year v March 202

0 Half Year


March 2021 Half Y

ear v September 2020 Half Year


Mar 21

Large/

notables

Mar 21

ex. Large/

notables Mar 20

Large/

notables

1


Mar 20

ex. Large/

notables

Movt

ex. Large/

notables

Mar 21

Large/

notables

Mar 21

ex. Large/

notables Sep 20

Large/

notables

1


Sep 20

ex. Large/

notables

Movt

ex. Large/

notables


$M

$M

$M

$M

$M

$M

%

$M

$M

$M $M $M $M %

Australia Retail and Commercial

1,782

(414)

2,196

1,214

(141)

1,355

62%

1,782

(414)

2,196

1,123

(156)

1,279

72%

Institutional

948

(34)

982

610

(8)

618

59%

948

(34)

982

1,244

(61)

1,305

-25%

New Zealand

771

6

765

567

(2)

569

34%

771

6

765

450

(58)

508

51%

Pacific

7

(1)

8

20

(3)

23

-65%

7

(1)

8

(82)

(64)

(18)

large

TSO and Group Centre

2


(518)

(374)

(144)

(998)

(833)

(165)

-13%

(518)

(374)

(144)

(390)

(175)

(215)

-33%

Cash profit/(loss) from continuing operations

2,990

(817)

3,807

1,413

(987)

2,400

59%

2,990

(817)

3,807

2,345

(514)

2,859

33%

1.

Comparative numbers have been restated to remove the recurring impact of the new lease accounting standard (AASB 16) adopted o

n 1 October 2019 as the comparative periods are now presented on a consistent basis to the March 2021 half.

2.

TSO and Group Centre included the loss on sale from UDC divestment in the September 2020 half. It also included a component of

the divested business results for the completed sale of UDC in the September and March 2020 halves.

SUMMARY
16

Large/Notable items - continuing operations



The Group has recognised some large/notable items within cash p

rofit from continuing operations. These items are shown in the

tables below.




March 2021 Half Year


March 2020 Half Year


Large/notable items include

d in continuing cash profit


Large/notable items include

d in continuing cash profit


Gain/(Loss)

on sale from

divestments

$M

Customer

remediation

$M

Litigation

settlements

$M

Restruc-

turing

$M

Asian

associate

items

$M

Total

$M

Divested

business results

$M

Customer

remediation

$M

Restructuring

$M

Lease-related

items

1


$M

Asian associate

impairments

$M

Total

$M

Cash Profit

Net interest income

-

(56)

-

-

-

(56)

75

(22)

-

-

-

53

Other operating income

(238)

(18)

-

-

(347)

(603)

1

(36)

-

-

(815)

(850)

Operating income

(238)

(74)

-

-

(347)

(659)

76

(58)

-

-

(815)

(797)

Operating expenses

-

(92)

(69)

(105)

-

(266)

(18)

(71)

(105)

(50)

-

(244)

Profit before credit impairment and income tax

(238)

(166)

(69)

(105)

(347)

(925)

58

(129)

(105)

(50)

(815)

(1,041)

Credit impairment (charge)/ release

-

-

-

-

-

-

(20) - - - -

(20)

Profit before income tax

(238)

(166)

(69)

(105)

(347)

(925)

38

(129)

(105)

(50)

(815)

(1,061)

Income tax benefit/(expense) and non-controlling interests

-

58

21

29

-

108

(11)

38

31

16

-

74

Cash profit/(loss) from continuing operations

(238)

(108)

(48)

(76)

(347)

(817)

27

(91)

(74)

(34)

(815)

(987)


March 2021 Half Year


Se

ptember 2020 Half Year


Large/notable items in

cluded in continuing

cash profit


Large/n

otable items included in

continuing cash profit


Gain/(Loss)

on sale from

divestments

$M

Customer

remediation

$M

Litigation

settlements

$M

Restruc-

turing

$M

Asian

associate

items

$M

Total

$M

Gain/(Loss)

on sale from

divestments

$M

Divested

business

results

$M

Customer

remediation

$M

Goodwill

write-off

$M

Restruc-

turing

$M

Lease-

related

items

1


$M

Accelerated

software

amortisation

$M

Asian

associate

items

$M

Total

$M

Cash Profit


Net interest income

-

(56)

-

-

-

(56)

-

59

(84)

-

-

-

-

-

(25)

Other operating income

(238)

(18)

-

-

(347)

(603)

(38)

1

(32)

-

-

-

-

(68)

(137)

Operating income

(238)

(74)

-

-

(347)

(659)

(38)

60

(116)

-

-

-

-

(68)

(162)

Operating expenses

-

(92)

(69)

(105)

-

(266)

(6)

(16)

(138)

(77)

(56)

-

(197)

-

(490)

Profit before credit impairment and income tax

(238)

(166)

(69)

(105)

(347)

(925)

(44)

44

(254)

(77)

(56)

-

(197)

(68)

(652)

Credit impairment (charge)/ release

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

(3)

-

-

-

-

-

-

(3)

Profit before income tax

(238)

(166)

(69)

(105)

(347)

(925)

(44)

41

(254)

(77)

(56)

-

(197)

(68)

(655)

Income tax benefit/(expense) and non-controlling interests

-

58

21

29

-

108

10

(11)

66

-

15

-

59

2

141

Cash profit/(loss) from continuing operations

(238)

(108)

(48)

(76)

(347)

(817)

(34)

30

(188)

(77)

(41)

-

(138)

(66)

(514)

1.

Comparative numbers have been restated to remove the recurring impact of the new lease accounting standard (AASB 16) adopted o

n 1 October 2019 as the comparative periods are now presented on a consistent basis to the March 2021 half.

SUMMARY
17

Large/Notable items - continuing operations


The Group has recognised some large/notable items within cash p

rofit from continuing operations. The impact of these items on

the divisional results are shown in the tables below.






March 2021 Half Year


March 2020 Half Year


Large/notable items include

d in continuing cash profit


Large/notable items include

d in continuing cash profit


Gain/(Loss)

on sale from

divestments

$M

Customer

remediation

$M

Litigation

settlements

$M

Restruc-

turing

$M

Asian

associate

items

$M

Total

$M

Divested

business results

$M

Customer

remediation

$M

Restructuring

$M

Lease-related

items

1


$M

Asian associate

impairments

$M

Total

$M

Profit before income tax

Australia Retail and Commercial

(251)

(191)

-

(40)

-

(482)

-

(101)

(85)

(15)

-

(201)

Institutional

-

25

(69)

(16)

-

(60)

-

-

(4)

(7)

-

(11)

New Zealand

13

-

-

(10)

-

3

34

(26)

(11)

-

-

(3)

Pacific

-

-

-

(1)

-

(1)

-

(2)

-

(2)

-

(4)

TSO and Group Centre

2


-

-

-

(38)

(347)

(385)

4

-

(5)

(26)

(815)

(842)

Profit before income tax

(238)

(166)

(69)

(105)

(347)

(925)

38

(129)

(105)

(50)

(815)

(1,061)

Income tax benefit/(expense) and non-controlling interests

-

58

21

29

-

108

(11)

38

31

16

-

74

Cash profit/(loss) from continuing operations

(238)

(108)

(48)

(76)

(347)

(817)

27

(91)

(74)

(34)

(815)

(987)


March 2021 Half Year


September 2020 Half Year


Large/notable items include

d in continuing cash profit


Large/notable items include

d in continuing cash profit


Gain/(Loss)

on sale from

divestments

$M

Customer

remediation

$M

Litigation

settlements

$M

Restruc-

turing

$M

Asian

associate

items

$M

Total

$M

Gain/(Loss)

on sale from

divestments

$M

Divested

business

results

$M

Customer

remediation

$M

Goodwill

write-off

$M

Restruc-

turing

$M

Lease-

related

items

1


$M

Accelerated

software

amorisation

$M

Asian

associate

items

$M

Total

$M

Profit before income tax

Australia Retail and Commercial

(251)

(191)

-

(40)

-

(482)

-

-

(169)

-

(4)

(19)

(31)

-

(223)

Institutional

-

25

(69)

(16)

-

(60)

-

-

(20)

-

(13)

(7)

(38)

-

(78)

New Zealand

13

-

-

(10)

-

3

-

39

(50)

(27)

(20)

-

(11)

-

(69)

Pacific

-

-

-

(1)

-

(1)

-

-

(15)

(50)

-

(1)

-

-

(66)

TSO and Group Centre

2


-

-

-

(38)

(347)

(385)

(44)

2

-

-

(19)

27

(117)

(68)

(219)

Profit before income tax

(238)

(166)

(69)

(105)

(347)

(925)

(44)

41

(254)

(77)

(56)

-

(197)

(68)

(655)

Income tax benefit/(expense) and non-controlling interests

-

58

21

29

-

108

10

(11)

66

-

15

-

59

2

141

Cash profit/(loss) from continuing operations

(238)

(108)

(48)

(76)

(347)

(817)

(34)

30

(188)

(77)

(41)

-

(138)

(66)

(514)

1.

Comparative numbers have been restated to remove the recurring impact of the new lease accounting standard (AASB 16) adopted o

n 1 October 2019 as the comparative periods are now presented on a consistent basis to the March 2021 half.

2.

TSO and Group Centre included the loss on sale from UDC divestment in the September 2020 half. It also included a component of

the divested business results for the completed sale of UDC for the September and March 2020 halves.

SUMMARY


18

Full Time Equivalent Staff


As at 31 March 2021, ANZ employed 38,555 staff (Sep 20: 38,579; Mar 20: 38,939) on a full-time equivalent (FTE) basis.


Division


As at


Movement


Mar 21 Sep 20 Mar 20

Mar 21

v. Sep 20

Mar 21

v. Mar 20

Australia Retail and Commercial 14,118 14,078 14,061 0% 0%

Institutional

5,215 5,291 5,350 -1% -3%

New Zealand

1

6,691 6,679 7,009 0% -5%

Pacific

1,101 1,113 1,108 -1% -1%

TSO and Group Centre

1

10,719 10,345 10,306 4% 4%

Total FTE from continuing operations

37,844 37,506 37,834 1% 0%

Discontinued operations

2

711 1,073 1,105 -34% -36%

Total FTE

38,555 38,579 38,939 0% -1%

Average FTE 38,532 38,798 39,154 -1% -2%


Geography


As at


Movement


Mar 21 Sep 20 Mar 20

Mar 21

v. Sep 20

Mar 21

v. Mar 20

Australia 18,664 18,689 18,823 0% -1%

Asia, Pacific, Europe & America

12,678 12,680 12,584 0% 1%

New Zealand

7,213 7,210 7,532 0% -4%

Total FTE

38,555 38,579 38,939 0% -1%

1.

FTE has been restated to reflect the transfer of New Zealand Technology operations from the TSO and Group Centre division to the New Zealand division (Sep 20: 918; Mar 20: 906).

2.

The discontinued operations FTE is based on an estimate of the staff working in the divested businesses based on an allocation methodology and includes staff retained in the Group

working on transitioning the sold businesses to the purchasers in the March 2020 half.



Other Non-Financial Information



Half Year


Movement

Shareholder value - ordinary shares


Mar 21 Sep 20 Mar 20


Mar 21

v. Sep 20

Mar 21

v. Mar 20

Share price ($)

- high

29.55 21.22 28.67 39% 3%

- low

16.97 15.07 14.10 13% 20%

- closing


28.18 17.22 16.96 64% 66%

Closing market capitalisation of ordinary shares ($B)

80.2 48.8 48.1 64% 67%

Total shareholder returns (TSR)

66.6% 2.9% -38.7% large large




As at Mar 21

Credit ratings


Short-

Term

Long-

Term Outlook

Moody's Investor Services P-1 Aa3 Stable

Standard & Poor's A-1+ AA- Negative

Fitch Ratings

1

F1 A+ Negative

1.

On 12 April 2021 Fitch Ratings revised its outlook from Negative to Stable. The long-term and short-term ratings remain unchanged.

GROUP RESULTS


19


CONTENTS Page


Cash Profit 20

Net Interest Income - continuing operations 21

Other Operating Income - continuing operations 23

Operating Expenses - continuing operations 26

Investment Spend - continuing operations 28

Software Capitalisation - continuing operations 28

Credit Risk - continuing operations 29

Income Tax Expense - continuing operations 34

Impact of Foreign Currency Translation - continuing operations 35

Earnings Related Hedges - continuing operations 37

Earnings Per Share - continuing operations 37

Dividends - continuing operations 38

Economic Profit - continuing operations 38

Condensed Balance Sheet - including discontinued operations 39

Liquidity Risk - including discontinued operations 40

Funding - including discontinued operations 41

Capital Management - including discontinued operations 42

Leverage Ratio - including discontinued operations 44

Capital Management - Other Developments 45

GROUP RESULTS


20

Non-IFRS Information

Statutory profit is prepared in accordance with recognition and measurement requirements of Australian Accounting Standards, which comply with

International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS). The Group provides additional measures of performance in the Consolidated Financial Report &

Dividend Announcement which are prepared on a basis other than in accordance with accounting standards. The guidance provided in Australian

Securities and Investments Commission (ASIC) Regulatory Guide 230 has been followed when presenting this information.

Cash Profit

Cash profit, a non-IFRS measure, represents ANZ’s preferred measure of the result of the core business activities of the Group, enabling readers to

assess Group and Divisional performance against prior periods and against peer institutions. To calculate cash profit, the Group excludes non-core items

from statutory profit (refer to Definitions on pages 131 to 132 for further details). The adjustments made in arriving at cash profit are included in statutory

profit which is subject to review within the context of the external auditor’s review of the Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements. Cash profit is not

subject to review by the external auditor. The external auditor has informed the Audit Committee that cash profit adjustments have been determined on a

consistent basis across each period presented.

This Group Results section is reported on a cash profit basis from continuing operations unless otherwise stated. For information on

discontinued operations please refer to Note 13 of the Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements.




Half Year


Movement



Mar 21

$M

Sep 20

$M

Mar 20

$M

Mar 21

v. Sep 20

Mar 21

v. Mar 20

Statutory profit attributable to shareholders of the Company from

continuing operations


2,951 2,040 1,635 45% 80%



Adjustments between statutory profit and cash profit

1


Economic hedges


51 461 (340) -89% large

Revenue and expense hedges


(12) (156) 120 -92% large

Structured credit intermediation trades

- - (2) n/a -100%

Total adjustments between statutory profit and cash profit from

continuing operations


39 305 (222) -87% large

Cash profit from continuing operations 2,990 2,345 1,413 28% large

1.

Refer to pages 71 to 73 for analysis of the adjustments between statutory profit and cash profit.


Group performance - cash profit


Half Year


Movement



Mar 21

$M

Sep 20

$M

Mar 20

$M


Mar 21

v. Sep 20

Mar 21

v. Mar 20

Net interest income 6,986 6,827 7,222 2% -3%

Other operating income

1,437 2,346 1,357 -39% 6%

Operating income

8,423 9,173 8,579 -8% -2%

Operating expenses (4,482) (4,778) (4,605) -6% -3%

Profit before credit impairment and income tax

3,941 4,395 3,974 -10% -1%

Credit impairment (charge)/release 491 (1,064) (1,674) large large

Profit before income tax

4,432 3,331 2,300 33% 93%

Income tax expense (1,442) (986) (886) 46% 63%

Non-controlling interests

- - (1) n/a -100%

Cash profit from continuing operations

2,990 2,345 1,413 28% large


Half Year Movement

Cash Profit/(Loss) by Division

Mar 21

$M

Sep 20

$M

Mar 20

$M

Mar 21

v. Sep 20

Mar 21

v. Mar 20

Australia Retail and Commercial


1,782 1,123 1,214


59% 47%

Institutional

948 1,244 610 -24% 55%

New Zealand

771 450 567 71% 36%

Pacific

7 (82) 20 large -65%

TSO and Group Centre

(518) (390) (998) 33% -48%

Cash profit from continuing operations

2,990 2,345 1,413 28% large

GROUP RESULTS


21

Net Interest Income - continuing operations



Half Year


Movement

Group


Mar 21

$M

Sep 20

$M

Mar 20

$M


Mar 21

v. Sep 20

Mar 21

v. Mar 20

Cash net interest income

1

6,986 6,827 7,222 2% -3%

Average interest earning assets

857,524 869,110 856,652 -1% 0%

Average deposits and other borrowings

696,066 690,104 668,514 1% 4%

Net interest margin (%) - cash

1.63 1.57 1.69 6 bps -6 bps

Group (excluding Markets business unit)


Cash net interest income

1

6,584 6,457 6,822 2% -3%

Average interest earning assets

580,971 580,532 576,494 0% 1%

Average deposits and other borrowings

532,132 504,392 477,033 5% 12%

Net interest margin (%) - cash

2.27 2.22 2.37 5 bps -10 bps




Half Year


Movement

Cash profit net interest margin by major division

1



Mar 21

$M

Sep 20

$M

Mar 20

$M


Mar 21

v. Sep 20

Mar 21

v. Mar 20

Australia Retail and Commercial


Net interest margin (%) - cash


2.56 2.53 2.65


3 bps -9 bps

Average interest earning assets


311,211 305,924 305,981


2% 2%

Average deposits and other borrowings


240,094 222,191 210,214


8% 14%



Institutional


Net interest margin (%) - cash


0.77 0.73 0.78


4 bps -1 bps

Average interest earning assets


397,339 424,614 415,490


-6% -4%

Average deposits and other borrowings


292,475 321,745 305,506


-9% -4%



New Zealand


Net interest margin (%) - cash


2.32 2.20 2.31


12 bps 1 bps

Average interest earning assets


120,580 120,104 121,955


0% -1%

Average deposits and other borrowings

95,864 92,756 90,329 3% 6%

1.

Includes large/notable items of -$56 million for the March 2021 half (Sep 20 half: -$25 million; Mar 20 half: $53 million). Refer to pages 13 to 17 for further details on large/notable items.

Also includes the major bank levy of -$189 million for the March 2021 half (Sep 20 half: -$210 million; Mar 20 half: -$196 million).


Group net interest margin - March 2021 Half Year v March 2020 Half Year


1.

Markets Balance Sheet activities includes the impact of discretionary liquid assets and other Balance Sheet activities.


 March 2021 v March 2020

Net interest margin (-6 bps)

 Wholesale funding and deposit pricing (+2 bps): driven by favourable funding costs, partially offset by deposit margin compression.

 Asset pricing (0 bps): higher Institutional lending margins were offset by competition in home lending in the Australia Retail and Commercial

division.

 Asset and funding mix (+2 bps): driven by favourable deposit mix with growth in at-call deposits, as well as customer deposits replacing

wholesale funding. This was partially offset by unfavourable product mix from the impacts of customers switching from variable to fixed home

loans, and lower unsecured lending in the Australia Retail and Commercial, and New Zealand divisions.

 Liquidity (-6 bps): driven by growth in liquid assets.

 Impact of rates net of repricing (-5 bps): driven by the impact of central bank rate cuts on earnings on capital and replicated deposits, net of

repricing.

 Markets Balance Sheet activities (+4 bps): driven by lower Markets average interest earning assets as a result of lower reverse repurchase

agreements and foreign currency translation movements.

 Large/notable (-3 bps): driven by lower net interest income from divested UDC business and higher customer remediation.

GROUP RESULTS


22

Average interest earning assets (+$0.9 billion or flat)

 Average net loans and advances (-$18.2 billion or -3%): driven by decrease in Institutional lending and the impact of foreign currency translation

movements, partially offset by home lending growth in the Australia Retail and Commercial, and New Zealand divisions.

 Average trading and investment securities (+$19.2 billion or +15%): driven by an increase in liquid assets in Markets, partially offset by the

impact of foreign currency translation movements.

 Average cash and other liquid assets (flat): higher central bank balances were offset by lower reverse repurchase agreements and the impact of

foreign currency translation movements.

Average deposits and other borrowings (+$27.6 billion or +4%)

 Average deposits and other borrowings (+$27.6 billion or +4%): driven by growth in deposits across all divisions, partially offset by the impact of

foreign currency translation movements.


Group net interest margin - March 2021 Half Year v September 2020 Half Year


1.

Markets Balance Sheet activities includes the impact of discretionary liquid assets and other Balance Sheet activities.

 March 2021 v September 2020

Net interest margin (+6 bps)

 Wholesale funding and deposit pricing (+4 bps): driven by deposit optimisation across all divisions and favourable wholesale funding costs.

 Asset pricing (+2 bps): driven by higher Institutional lending margins partially offset by competition in home lending in the Australia Retail and

Commercial division.

 Asset and funding mix (+3 bps): driven by favourable deposit mix with growth in at-call deposits and favourable divisional lending mix from

stronger growth in the Australia Retail and Commercial, and New Zealand divisions relative to the Institutional division. This was partially offset by

unfavourable product mix from the impacts of customers switching from variable to fixed home loans, and lower unsecured lending in the Australia

Retail and Commercial, and New Zealand divisions.

 Liquidity (-3 bps): driven by growth in liquid assets.

 Impact of rates net of repricing (-3 bps): driven by the impact of central bank rate cuts on earnings on capital and replicated deposits, net of

repricing.

 Markets Balance Sheet activities (+4 bps): driven by lower Markets average interest earning assets as a result of lower reverse repurchase

agreements and the impact of foreign currency translation movements.

 Large/notable items (-1 bps): driven by lower net interest income from divested UDC business, partially offset by lower customer remediation.

Average interest earning assets (-$11.6 billion or -1%)

 Average net loans and advances (-$20.9 billion or -3%): driven by a decrease in Institutional lending and the impact of foreign currency

translation movements, partially offset by home lending growth in the Australia Retail and Commercial, and New Zealand divisions.

 Average trading and investment securities (+$12.4 billion or +9%): driven by an increase in liquid assets in Markets, partially offset by the impact

of foreign currency translation movements.

 Average cash and other liquid assets (-$3.0 billion or -2%): driven by decreases in settlement balances and reverse repurchase agreements as

well as the impact of foreign currency translation movements, partially offset by higher central bank balances.

Average deposits and other borrowings (+$6.0 billion or +1%)

 Average deposits and other borrowings (+$6.0 billion or +1%): driven by growth in the Australia Retail and Commercial, and New Zealand

divisions, and increases in commercial paper and certificates of deposit, partially offset by a decrease in the Institutional division and the impact

of foreign currency translation movements.

GROUP RESULTS


23

Other Operating Income - continuing operations




Half Year


Movement



Mar 21

$M

Sep 20

$M

Mar 20

$M


Mar 21

v. Sep 20

Mar 21

v. Mar 20

Net fee and commission income

1



1,011 1,080 1,135 -6% -11%

Markets other operating income


638 1,120 764 -43% -16%

Share of associates' profit/(loss)


(242) 20 135 large large

Other

1,2



30 126 (677) -76% large

Total cash other operating income from continuing operations

1,437 2,346 1,357 -39% 6%


Half Year Movement

Other operating income by division

Mar 21

$M

Sep 20

$M

Mar 20

$M

Mar 21

v. Sep 20

Mar 21

v. Mar 20

Australia Retail and Commercial


302 566 595 -47% -49%

Institutional

1,014 1,482 1,167 -32% -13%

New Zealand

238 226 247 5% -4%

Pacific

33 34 50 -3% -34%

TSO and Group Centre

(150) 38 (702) large -79%

Total cash other operating income from continuing operations

1,437 2,346 1,357 -39% 6%


Markets income


Half Year Movement


Mar 21

$M

Sep 20

$M

Mar 20

$M

Mar 21

v. Sep 20

Mar 21

v. Mar 20

Net interest income 402 370 400 9% 1%

Other operating income

638 1,120 764 -43% -16%

Total cash Markets income from continuing operations

1,040 1,490 1,164 -30% -11%

 

Other operating income (excluding large/notable items)

Other operating income included a number of items collectively referred to as large/notable items of -$603 million for the March 2021 half (Sep 20 half:

-$137 million; Mar 20 half: -$850 million). While these items form part of total cash other operating income from continuing operations, they have been

excluded from the tables below given their nature and significance. Refer to items on pages 13 to 17 for further details on large/notable items.


Other operating income (excluding large/notable items)


Half Year


Movement



Mar 21

$M

Sep 20

$M

Mar 20

$M


Mar 21

v. Sep 20

Mar 21

v. Mar 20

Net fee and commission income

1



1,051 1,086 1,163 -3% -10%

Markets other operating income


610 1,138 764 -46% -20%

Share of associates' profit/(loss)


105 88 135 19% -22%

Other

1,2



274 171 145 60% 89%

Total cash other operating income from continuing operations

2,040 2,483 2,207 -18% -8%


Other operating income by division (excluding large/notable items)

Half Year Movement


Mar 21

$M

Sep 20

$M

Mar 20

$M

Mar 21

v. Sep 20

Mar 21

v. Mar 20

Australia Retail and Commercial


596 582 625 2% -5%

Institutional

989 1,498 1,164 -34% -15%

New Zealand

225 225 254 0% -11%

Pacific

33 34 50 -3% -34%

TSO and Group Centre

197 144 114 37% 73%

Total cash other operating income from continuing operations

2,040 2,483 2,207 -18% -8%

1.

Excluding the Markets business unit.

2.

Includes foreign exchange earnings and net income from insurance business.

GROUP RESULTS


24

Other operating income - March 2021 Half Year v March 2020 Half Year



 March 2021 v March 2020

Other operating income increased by $80 million (+6%). Excluding large/notable items, other operating income decreased $167 million (-8%).

Net fee and commission income (-$124 million or -11%)

 $49 million decrease in the Institutional division driven by lower trade-related fees and loan syndication fees.

 $39 million decrease in the Australia Retail and Commercial division driven by lower credit card and international transaction volumes due to

COVID-19 impacts.

 $23 million decrease in the New Zealand division driven by the reduction or removal of fees and lower volume related fee income due to COVID-

19 impacts.

 $12 million decrease driven by higher customer remediation.

Markets income (-$124 million or -11%)

Markets income decreased $124 million (-11%) driven by $126 million (-16%) decrease in Other operating income, partially offset by $2 million (+1%)

increase in Net interest income. This was primarily attributable to the following business activities:

 $130 million decrease in Foreign Exchange income driven by elevated income in the March 2020 half as corporates and financial institutions

sought foreign exchange solutions at the onset of the pandemic, and currency volatility presented favourable trading conditions, partially offset by

lower customer remediation.

 $162 million decrease in Rates income driven by reduced demand for hedging solutions.

 $29 million decrease in Commodities income as the March 2020 half income was elevated from oil price volatility while the March 2021 half had

seen reduced demand for hedging solutions and less favourable trading conditions.

 $164 million increase in Balance Sheet income from increasing value of high quality liquid assets.

 $36 million increase in Credit and Capital Markets income driven by more favourable Credit Trading conditions and higher Sales revenues from

new bond issuance activity by customers.

Share of associates’ profit/(loss) (-$377 million)

 $212 million decrease driven by the Group’s share of AmBank 1MDB settlement in the March 2021 half.

 $135 million decrease driven by the Group’s share of AmBank goodwill impairment in the March 2021 half.

 $30 million decrease in profits from associates from AmBank ($21 million) and PT Panin ($9 million).

Other (+$707 million)

 $815 million increase driven by the impairment of PT Panin ($220 million) and AmBank ($595 million) in the March 2020 half.

 $110 million increase in the TSO and Group Centre division primarily due to realised gains from rebalancing the liquidity portfolio in Treasury

($31 million), and higher realised gains on economic hedges against foreign currency denominated revenue streams ($62 million) which offset

net unfavourable foreign currency translations elsewhere in the Group.

 $27 million increase in the Institutional division primarily driven by widening credit spread impacts on loans measured at fair value in the March

2020 half.

 $238 million decrease driven by the loss on reclassification of ANZ Share Investing to held for sale ($251 million) in the Australia Retail and

Commercial division, partially offset by gain from the sale of a legacy insurance portfolio to Tower ($13 million) in the New Zealand division.

GROUP RESULTS


25

 March 2021 v September 2020

Other operating income decreased by $909 million or (-39%). Excluding large/notable items, other operating income decreased $443 million (-18%).

Net fee and commission income (-$69 million or -6%)

 $33 million decrease driven by higher customer remediation.

 $26 million decrease in the Australia Retail and Commercial division driven by seasonality of unsecured portfolio rebates and incentives, partially

offset by increased customer activity.

 $12 million decrease in the Institutional division driven by lower trade-related fees and loan syndication fees.

Markets income (-$450 million or -30%)

Markets income decreased $450 million (-30%) driven by $482 million (-43%) decrease in Other operating income, partially offset by $32 million

(+9%) increase in Net interest income. This was primarily attributable to the following business activities:

 $210 million decrease in Rates income driven by lower customer hedging demands and excess market liquidity.

 $109 million decrease in Credit and Capital Markets income from the normalisation of trading and issuance levels from elevated conditions in the

September 2020 half.

 $110 million decrease in Derivative valuation adjustments driven by a non-repeat of credit valuation adjustment gains in the September 2020 half.

 $66 million decrease in Balance Sheet income driven by gains recognised in the September 2020 half from yield curve movements.

 $54 million increase in Foreign Exchange income primarily driven by lower customer remediation.

Share of associates’ profit/(loss) (-$262 million)

 $212 million decrease driven by the Group’s share of AmBank 1MDB settlement in the March 2021 half.

 $135 million decrease driven by the Group’s share of AmBank goodwill impairment in the March 2021 half.

 $68 million increase driven by the PT Panin AASB 9 adjustment in the September 2020 half.

 $16 million increase in profits from associates relating to PT Panin.

Other (-$96 million or -76%)

 $238 million decrease driven by loss on reclassification of ANZ Share Investing to held for sale ($251 million) in the Australia Retail and

Commercial division, partially offset by gain from the sale of a legacy insurance portfolio to Tower ($13 million) in the New Zealand division.

 $38 million increase driven by a loss on sale of UDC in the September 2020 half.

 $35 million increase in the TSO and Group Centre division primarily due to realised gains from rebalancing the liquidity portfolio in Treasury ($31

million), and higher realised gains on economic hedges against foreign currency denominated revenue streams ($23 million) which offset net

unfavourable foreign currency translations elsewhere in the Group, partially offset by a $26 million decrease driven by dividend income from Bank

of Tianjin in the September 2020 half.

 $40 million increase in the Australia Retail and Commercial division due to the gain on disposal of the offsite ATM network, reduction in insurance

claims due to lower arrears and higher transaction rebates in the March 2021 half.

GROUP RESULTS


26

Operating Expenses - continuing operations



Half Year Movement


Mar 21

$M

Sep 20

$M

Mar 20

$M

Mar 21

v. Sep 20

Mar 21

v. Mar 20

Personnel 2,449 2,413 2,465 1% -1%

Premises

350 384 405 -9% -14%

Technology

785 985 839 -20% -6%

Restructuring

105 56 105 88% 0%

Other

793 940 791 -16% 0%

Total cash operating expenses from continuing operations

4,482 4,778 4,605 -6% -3%

Full time equivalent staff (FTE) from continuing operations 37,844 37,506 37,834 1% 0%

Average full time equivalent staff (FTE) from continuing operations 37,594 37,695 37,759 0% 0%




Half Year


Movement

Operating expenses by division


Mar 21

$M

Sep 20

$M

Mar 20

$M


Mar 21

v. Sep 20

Mar 21

v. Mar 20

Australia Retail and Commercial


2,000 2,026 2,065


-1% -3%

Institutional


1,274 1,268 1,290


0% -1%

New Zealand


623 745 690


-16% -10%

Pacific


71 129 76


-45% -7%

TSO and Group Centre


514 610 484


-16% 6%

Total cash operating expenses from continuing operations

4,482 4,778 4,605 -6% -3%




Half Year


Movement

FTE by division


Mar 21 Sep 20 Mar 20


Mar 21

v. Sep 20

Mar 21

v. Mar 20

Australia Retail and Commercial


14,118 14,078 14,061


0% 0%

Institutional


5,215 5,291 5,350


-1% -3%

New Zealand

1



6,691 6,679 7,009


0% -5%

Pacific


1,101 1,113 1,108


-1% -1%

TSO and Group Centre

1



10,719 10,345 10,306


4% 4%

Total FTE from continuing operations

37,844 37,506 37,834 1% 0%

Average FTE from continuing operations 37,594 37,695 37,759 0% 0%

1.

FTE has been restated to reflect the transfer of New Zealand Technology operations from the TSO and Group Centre division to the New Zealand division (Sep 20: 918; Mar 20: 906).



Operating expenses (excluding large/notable items)

Operating expenses included a number of items collectively referred to as large/notable items of $266 million for the March 2021 half (Sep 20 half: $490

million; Mar 20 half: $244 million). While these items form part of total cash operating expenses from continuing operations, they have been excluded

from the tables below given their nature and significance. Refer to pages 13 to 17 for further details on large/notable items.


Expenses (excluding large/notable items)


Half Year Movement



Mar 21

$M

Sep 20

$M

Mar 20

$M

Mar 21

v. Sep 20

Mar 21

v. Mar 20


Personnel 2,396 2,334 2,401 3% 0%


Premises 351 383 404 -8% -13%


Technology 780 773 787 1% -1%


Restructuring - - - n/a n/a


Other 689 798 769 -14% -10%


Total cash operating expenses from continuing operations 4,216 4,288 4,361 -2% -3%



Expenses by division (excluding large/notable items)


Half Year


Movement



Mar 21

$M

Sep 20

$M

Mar 20

$M


Mar 21

v. Sep 20

Mar 21

v. Mar 20

Australia Retail and Commercial


1,869 1,892 1,904


-1% -2%

Institutional


1,188 1,207 1,278


-2% -7%

New Zealand


613 622 653


-1% -6%

Pacific


70 73 74


-4% -5%

TSO and Group Centre


476 494 452


-4% 5%

Total cash operating expenses from continuing operations

4,216 4,288 4,361 -2% -3%

GROUP RESULTS


27

Operating expenses - March 2021 Half Year v March 2020 Half Year



 March 2021 v March 2020

Operating expenses decreased by $123 million (-3%). Excluding large/notable items, operating expenses decreased $145 million (-3%).

 Personnel expenses decreased $16 million (-1%) resulting from investment in digital capabilities and process automation which contributed to

lower average FTE in the current period, and the impact of favourable foreign currency translation movements. This was partially offset by wage

inflation and higher employee leave expenses from granting all employees ‘thank-you’ leave to recognise their support during COVID-19.

 Premises expenses decreased $55 million (-14%) driven by ongoing optimisation of our property footprint.

 Technology expenses decreased $54 million (-6%) resulting from lease-related items in the March 2020 half.

 Restructuring expenses were flat, with lower business and distribution channel changes in the Australia Retail and Commercial division, offset by

operational changes in the TSO and Group Centre division in the March 2021 half.

 Other expenses increased $2 million (flat) as a litigation settlement ($69 million), higher customer remediation ($17 million) offset lower

marketing and travel expenses.


 March 2021 v September 2020

Operating expenses decreased by $296 million (-6%). Excluding large/notable items, operating expenses decreased $72 million (-2%).

 Personnel expenses increased $36 million (+1%) driven by higher employee leave expenses, partially from granting all employees ‘thank-you’

leave to recognise their support during COVID-19, wage inflation and additional resourcing needed to provide COVID-19 hardship support. This

was partially offset by investment in digital capabilities and process automation which contributed to lower average FTE in the current period,

favourable foreign currency translation movements and lower customer remediation costs ($16 million).

 Premises expenses decreased $34 million (-9%) driven by ongoing optimisation of our property footprint.

 Technology expenses decreased $200 million (-20%) largely as a result of accelerated amortisation of $197 million due to a change in

application of the software capitalisation policy in the September 2020 half.

 Restructuring expenses increased $49 million (+88%) relating to business and property changes in the Australia Retail and Commercial division,

and operational changes in the TSO and Group Centre division.

 Other expenses decreased $147 million (-16%) driven by a goodwill write-off in the Pacific and New Zealand divisions in the September 2020

half ($77 million), lower customer remediation ($22 million) and lower marketing expenses and lower BAU expenses. This was partially offset by

a litigation settlement recognised in the March 2021 half ($69 million).

GROUP RESULTS


28

Investment Spend - continuing operations


Half Year


Movement



Mar 21

$M

Sep 20

$M

Mar 20

$M


Mar 21

v. Sep 20

Mar 21

v. Mar 20

Investment expensed 609 608 491 0% 24%

Investment capitalised

160 224 198 -29% -19%

Total investment spend from continuing operations

769 832 689 -8% 12%




Investment spend by division Half Year


Movement


Mar 21

$M

Sep 20

$M

Mar 20

$M


Mar 21

v. Sep 20

Mar 21

v. Mar 20

Australia Retail and Commercial 253 269 217 -6% 17%

Institutional

83 86 78 -3% 6%

New Zealand

98 132 94 -26% 4%

Pacific

- - - n/a n/a

TSO and Group Centre

335 345 300 -3% 12%

Total investment spend from continuing operations

769 832 689 -8% 12%



Software Capitalisation - continuing operations

As at 31 March 2021, the Group’s intangible assets included $961 million of costs incurred to acquire and develop software. Details are presented in the

table below:


Half Year


Movement



Mar 21

$M

Sep 20

$M

Mar 20

$M


Mar 21

v. Sep 20

Mar 21

v. Mar 20

Balance at start of period 1,039 1,263 1,323 -18% -21%

Software capitalised during the period

156 194 181 -20% -14%

Amortisation during the period


- Current period amortisation

(233) (219) (241) 6% -3%

- Accelerated amortisation

1

- (197) - -100% n/a

Software impaired/written-off

(1) - (2) n/a -50%

Foreign currency translation movements

- (2) 2 -100% -100%

Total capitalised software from continuing operations

961 1,039 1,263 -8% -24%


Capitalised software by division As at


Movement


Mar 21

$M

Sep 20

$M

Mar 20

$M


Mar 21

v. Sep 20

Mar 21

v. Mar 20

Australia Retail and Commercial 133 147 209 -10% -36%

Institutional

135 139 196 -3% -31%

New Zealand

8 16 33 -50% -76%

TSO and Group Centre

685 737 825 -7% -17%

Total capitalised software from continuing operations

961 1,039 1,263 -8% -24%

1.

In the September 2020 half, the Group amended the application of its software amortisation policy to reflect the shorter useful life of software caused by rapidly changing technology and

business requirements. As a result, the Group recognised accelerated amortisation of $197 million during the September 2020 half which was recognised in the following divisions:



Accelerated amortisation

Sep 20 half

$M

Australia Retail and Commercial 31

Institutional 38

New Zealand 11

TSO and Group Centre 117

Total 197



GROUP RESULTS


29

Credit Risk - continuing operations

The impact and duration of COVID-19 on the global economy and how governments, businesses and consumers respond remains uncertain. This

uncertainty is reflected in the Group’s assessment of expected credit losses (ECL) from its credit portfolio which are subject to a number of management

judgements and estimates. The judgements and estimates made by management were based on a variety of internal and external information, as well as

the Group’s experience with respect to the performance of the portfolio under previously stressed conditions. Refer to Note 1 of the Condensed

Consolidated Financial Statements for further information.

Loan Deferral and Relief Packages (Support Packages)

From March 2020 the Group offered various forms of assistance to customers to counteract the impact of COVID-19 on the ability of customers to meet

their loan obligations. The assistance provided included arrangements such as temporary deferral of principal and interest repayments, replacing

principal and interest with interest only repayments, and extension of loan maturity dates.

These support packages were phased out during the March 2021 half. In the case of home loan support packages, 94% of all loans in Australia and New

Zealand where customers took advantage of a support package have reverted back to loan repayments, with the remaining 6% having been either

restructured or transferred to hardship. For business loan support packages in Australia, 90% of loans have returned to loan payments, with the

remaining 10% having been restructured or transferred to hardship. For those customers who took up loan support packages, it is considered that the

packages, as well as government support measures, may have obscured repayment delinquencies that might otherwise have occurred over the loan

deferral period and those that may still occur in the future. Thus the Group has provided a component of ECL for expected delinquencies and increases in

significant increase in credit risk (SICR).

Facilities which transitioned to interest-only or took up term extensions offered as a result of COVID-19, are now subsumed within the normal loan

population and are managed accordingly.


Credit impairment charge/(release)





Half Year Movement

Collectively assessed

Mar 21

$M

Sep 20

$M

Mar 20

$M

Mar 21

v. Sep 20

Mar 21

v. Mar 20

Australia Retail and Commercial (515) 526 525 large large

Institutional

(110) 4 369 large large

New Zealand

(53) 104 144 large large

Pacific

- 35 10 -100% -100%

Total collectively assessed (678) 669 1,048 large large


Individually assessed


Australia Retail and Commercial 134 278 318 -52% -58%

Institutional

55 49 272 12% -80%

New Zealand

(5) 62 35 large large

Pacific

3 6 1 -50% large

Total individually assessed 187 395 626 -53% -70%


Total credit impairment charge/(release)


Australia Retail and Commercial (381) 804 843 large large

Institutional

(55) 53 641 large large

New Zealand

(58) 166 179 large large

Pacific

3 41 11 -93% -73%

Total credit impairment charge/(release) (491) 1,064 1,674 large large

GROUP RESULTS


30

Credit impairment charge/(release), cont'd



Collectively assessed


Individually assessed




Stage 1 Stage 2 Stage 3 Total

Stage 3 -

New and

increased

Stage 3 -

Recoveries

and write-

backs Total Total

March 2021 Half Year $M $M $M $M $M $M $M $M

Australia Retail and Commercial

(136) (357) (22) (515) 326 (192) 134 (381)

Institutional

(89) (8) (13) (110) 88 (33) 55 (55)

New Zealand

(6) (30) (17) (53) 34 (39) (5) (58)

Pacific

(2) (1) 3 - 7 (4) 3 3

Total

(233) (396) (49) (678) 455 (268) 187 (491)



September 2020 Half Year

Australia Retail and Commercial 123 410 (7) 526 454 (176) 278 804

Institutional - 1 3 4 124 (75) 49 53

New Zealand (19) 104 19 104 88 (26) 62 166

Pacific (3) 34 4 35 9 (3) 6 41

Total 101 549 19 669 675 (280) 395 1,064



March 2020 Half Year

Australia Retail and Commercial 105 395 25 525 511 (193) 318 843

Institutional 203 177 (11) 369 327 (55) 272 641

New Zealand 39 86 19 144 59 (24) 35 179

Pacific 7 3 - 10 3 (2) 1 11

Total 354 661 33 1,048 900 (274) 626 1,674

Collectively assessed credit impairment (charge)/release

 March 2021 v March 2020

The collectively assessed credit impairment charge decreased $1,726 million driven by decreases across the Australia Retail and Commercial

(-$1,040 million), Institutional (-$479 million) and New Zealand (-$197 million) divisions. Collectively assessed credit impairment provision increased

substantially in the March 2020 half driven by the forward-looking impacts of the COVID-19 pandemic. Improvement in the economic outlook together

with a reduction in volumes, and improvements in portfolio mix and risk resulted in collectively assessed credit impairment provision releases in the

March 2021 half.

 March 2021 v September 2020

The collectively assessed credit impairment charge decreased $1,347 million driven by decreases across the Australia Retail and Commercial

(-$1,041 million), Institutional (-$114 million) and New Zealand (-$157 million) divisions. Collectively assessed credit impairment provision increased

substantially in the September 2020 half driven by the forward-looking impacts of the COVID-19 pandemic. Improvement in the economic outlook

together with a reduction in volumes, and improvements in portfolio mix and risk resulted in collectively assessed credit impairment provision

releases in the March 2021 half.

Individually assessed credit impairment (charge)/release

 March 2021 v March 2020

The individually assessed credit impairment charge decreased by $439 million (-70%) driven by decreases across the Institutional (-$217 million),

Australia Retail and Commercial (-$184 million), and New Zealand (-$40 million) divisions. The individually assessed credit impairment charges

remained subdued due to the impact of COVID-19 support packages.

 March 2021 v September 2020

The individually assessed credit impairment charge decreased by $208 million (-53%) driven by decreases across the Australia Retail and

Commercial (-$144 million), and New Zealand (-$67 million) divisions. The individually assessed credit impairment charges remained subdued due to

the impact of COVID-19 support packages.

GROUP RESULTS


31

Allowance for expected credit losses

1



As at Movement

Collectively assessed

Mar 21

$M

Sep 20

$M

Mar 20

$M

Mar 21

v. Sep 20

Mar 21

v. Mar 20

Australia Retail and Commercial 2,331 2,845 2,320 -18% 0%

Institutional

1,364 1,513 1,590 -10% -14%

New Zealand

513 570 541 -10% -5%

Pacific

77 80 50 -4% 54%

Total collectively assessed 4,285 5,008 4,501 -14% -5%



Individually assessed


Australia Retail and Commercial 520 610 582 -15% -11%

Institutional

191 158 406 21% -53%

New Zealand

79 102 79 -23% 0%

Pacific

19 21 26 -10% -27%

Total individually assessed 809 891 1,093 -9% -26%



Allowance for ECL


Australia Retail and Commercial 2,851 3,455 2,902 -17% -2%

Institutional

1,555 1,671 1,996 -7% -22%

New Zealand

592 672 620 -12% -5%

Pacific

96 101 76 -5% 26%

Total allowance for ECL 5,094 5,899 5,594 -14% -9%



Collectively assessed

Individually

assessed


As at March 2021

Stage 1

$M

Stage 2

$M

Stage 3

$M

Total

$M

Stage 3

$M

Total

$M

Australia Retail and Commercial 462 1,530 339 2,331 520 2,851

Institutional

940 407 17 1,364 191 1,555

New Zealand

141 313 59 513 79 592

Pacific

18 42 17 77 19 96

Total

1,561 2,292 432 4,285 809 5,094


As at September 2020

Australia Retail and Commercial 597 1,886 362 2,845 610 3,455

Institutional 1,056 426 31 1,513 158 1,671

New Zealand 147 346 77 570 102 672

Pacific 20 46 14 80 21 101

Total 1,820 2,704 484 5,008 891 5,899


As at March 2020

Australia Retail and Commercial 474 1,477 369 2,320 582 2,902

Institutional 1,115 444 31 1,590 406 1,996

New Zealand 200 279 62 541 79 620

Pacific 26 13 11 50 26 76

Total 1,815 2,213 473 4,501 1,093 5,594

1.

Includes allowance for expected credit losses for Net loans and advances - at amortised cost, Investment securities - debt securities at amortised cost and Off-balance sheet commitments -

undrawn and contingent facilities.


GROUP RESULTS


32

Long-Run Loss Rates

Management believes that disclosure of modelled long-run historical loss rates for individually assessed provisions assists in assessing the longer term

expected loss rates of the lending portfolio as it removes the volatility of reported earnings created by the use of accounting losses. The long-run loss

methodology used for economic profit is an internal measure and is not based on the credit loss recognition principles of AASB 9 Financial Instruments.

In addition, given it is based on an average historical long-run loss rate it may not fully reflect the potential impacts associated with COVID-19.



As at

Long-run loss as a % of gross lending assets by division

Mar 21 Sep 20 Mar 20

Australia Retail and Commercial


0.24% 0.27% 0.28%

New Zealand


0.15% 0.16% 0.19%

Institutional


0.25% 0.30% 0.25%

Total Group


0.23% 0.26% 0.26%



Gross Impaired Assets





As at


Movement


Mar 21

$M

Sep 20

$M

Mar 20

$M


Mar 21

v. Sep 20

Mar 21

v. Mar 20

Impaired loans

1

1,941 2,001 2,209 -3% -12%

Restructured items

2

300 254 226 18% 33%

Non-performing commitments and contingencies

1

232 204 164 14% 41%

Gross impaired assets

2,473 2,459 2,599 1% -5%

Individually assessed provisions

Impaired loans

(778) (851) (1,055) -9% -26%

Non-performing commitments and contingencies

(31) (40) (38) -23% -18%

Net impaired assets

1,664 1,568 1,506 6% 10%


Gross impaired assets by division


Australia Retail and Commercial 1,228 1,634 1,544 -25% -20%

Institutional

892 434 742 large 20%

New Zealand

310 347 264 -11% 17%

Pacific

43 44 49 -2% -12%

Gross impaired assets

2,473 2,459 2,599 1% -5%


Gross impaired assets by size of exposure

Less than $10 million 1,474 1,713 1,680 -14% -12%

$10 million to $100 million

267 339 349 -21% -23%

Greater than $100 million

732 407 570 80% 28%

Gross impaired assets

2,473 2,459 2,599 1% -5%

1.

Impaired loans and non-performing commitments and contingencies do not include exposures that are collectively assessed for Stage 3 ECL, which comprise unsecured retail exposures of

90+ days past due and defaulted but well secured exposures.

2.

Restructured items are facilities where the original contractual terms have been modified for reasons related to the financial difficulties of the customer. Restructuring may consist of

reduction of interest, principal or other payments legally due, or an extension in maturity materially beyond those typically offered to new facilities with similar risk.

 March 2021 v March 2020

Gross impaired assets decreased $126 million (-5%) driven by a decrease in the Australia Retail and Commercial division (-$316 million), partially

offset by increases in the Institutional ($150 million) and New Zealand ($46 million) divisions. The decrease in the Australia Retail and Commercial

division was driven by the repayment of a single name restructured exposure and decreases in the retail portfolio as underlying delinquency flows

remained subdued due to COVID-19 support packages. The increases in the Institutional and New Zealand divisions were driven by impairments of

a small number of well secured single name exposures.

 March 2021 v September 2020

Gross impaired assets increased $14 million (1%) driven by an increase in the Institutional division ($458 million), partially offset by decreases in the

Australia Retail and Commercial (-$406 million), and New Zealand (-$37 million) divisions. The increase in the Institutional division was driven by

impairments on a small number of well secured single name exposures. The decrease in the Australia Retail and Commercial division was driven by

the repayment of a single name restructured exposure and decrease in the retail portfolio as underlying delinquency flows remained subdued due to

COVID-19 support packages. The decrease in the New Zealand division was driven by the underlying delinquency flows that remained subdued due

to COVID-19 support package.

The Group’s individually assessed provision coverage ratio on impaired assets was 32.7% at 31 March 2021 (Sep 20: 36.2%; Mar 20: 42.1%).

GROUP RESULTS


33

New Impaired Assets



Half Year


Movement


Mar 21

$M

Sep 20

$M

Mar 20

$M


Mar 21

v. Sep 20

Mar 21

v. Mar 20

Impaired loans

1



798 1,081 1,407


-26% -43%

Restructured items

2



239 47 23


large large

Non-performing commitments and contingencies

1

84 91 140 -8% -40%

Total new impaired assets

1,121 1,219 1,570 -8% -29%

New impaired assets by division

Australia Retail and Commercial 421 775 870 -46% -52%

Institutional

602 197 571 large 5%

New Zealand

69 236 125 -71% -45%

Pacific

29 11 4 large large

Total new impaired assets

1,121 1,219 1,570 -8% -29%

1.

Impaired loans and non-performing commitments and contingencies do not include exposures that are collectively assessed for Stage 3 ECL, which comprise unsecured retail exposures of

90+ days past due and defaulted but well secured exposures.

2.

Restructured items are facilities where the original contractual terms have been modified for reasons related to the financial difficulties of the customer. Restructuring may consist of

reduction of interest, principal or other payments legally due, or an extension in maturity materially beyond those typically offered to new facilities with similar risk.

 March 2021 v March 2020

New impaired assets decreased $449 million (-29%) driven by the Australia Retail and Commercial (-$449 million), and New Zealand (-$56 million)

divisions due to continued COVID-19 support programs which were in place over the March 2021 half.

 March 2021 v September 2020

New impaired assets decreased by $98 million (-8%) driven by the Australia Retail and Commercial (-$354 million), and New Zealand (-$167 million)

divisions, partially offset by an increase in the Institutional division ($405 million). The decrease in the Australia Retail and Commercial, and New

Zealand divisions were due to continued COVID-19 support programs which were in place over the March 2021 half. The increase in the Institutional

division was driven by impairments of a small number of well secured single name exposures.



Ageing analysis of net loans and advances that are past due but not impaired

1




As at Movement


Mar 21

$M

Sep 20

$M

Mar 20

$M

Mar 21

v. Sep 20

Mar 21

v. Mar 20

1-29 days 5,657 5,161 9,114 10% -38%

30-59 days

1,732 1,028 2,772 68% -38%

60-89 days

691 569 1,368 21% -49%

90+ days

3,290 3,844 3,621 -14% -9%

Total

11,370 10,602 16,875 7% -33%

1.

Excludes eligible customers impacted by COVID-19 who applied for and were granted a 6 month repayment deferral packages for the duration of the deferral. Customers who were 30 days

past due or greater were not eligible for the 6 month repayment deferral packages.

 March 2021 v March 2020

Net loans and advances past due but not impaired decreased $5,505 million (-33%) driven by decreases across all segments in the Australia Retail

and Commercial, and New Zealand divisions home loan portfolio due to the customer uptake of COVID-19 support packages from March 2020.

 March 2021 v September 2020

Net loans and advances past due but not impaired increased $768 million (+7%) driven primarily by the Australia Retail and Commercial division

home loan portfolio in the 1-29 days and 30-59 days segments due to a small number of customers who have become delinquent after rolling off

COVID-19 support packages. The decrease in the 90+ days segment relates to a reduced flow of accounts entering delinquency in prior periods

driven by COVID-19 support packages.

GROUP RESULTS


34

Income Tax Expense - continuing operations




Half Year


Movement



Mar 21

$M

Sep 20

$M

Mar 20

$M


Mar 21

v. Sep 20

Mar 21

v. Mar 20

Income tax expense on cash profit


1,442 986 886 46% 63%

Effective tax rate (cash profit)

32.5% 29.6% 38.5%

 March 2021 v March 2020

The effective tax rate decreased from 38.5% to 32.5%. The decrease of 600 bps was driven by the non-tax deductible impairment of investments in

AmBank and PT Panin in the March 2020 half (-1,065 bps), partially offset by the non-tax deductible impacts of the reclassification of ANZ Share

Investing to held for sale in the March 2021 half (+170 bps) and lower equity accounted earnings due to the AmBank 1MDB settlement and goodwill

impairment (+235 bps) and lower other equity accounted earnings (+106 bps).

 March 2021 v September 2020

The effective tax rate increased from 29.6% to 32.5%. The increase of 290 bps was driven by the non-tax deductible impacts of the reclassification of

ANZ Share Investing to held for sale in the March 2021 half (+170 bps) and lower equity accounted earnings due to the AmBank 1MDB settlement

and goodwill impairment (+235 bps), partially offset by higher other equity accounted earnings primarily from PT Panin (-54 bps).

GROUP RESULTS


35

Impact of Foreign Currency Translation - continuing operations

The following tables present the Group’s cash profit results, net loans and advances and customer deposits neutralised for the impact of foreign currency

translation movements. Comparative data has been adjusted to remove the translation impact of foreign currency movements by retranslating prior

period comparatives at current period foreign exchange rates.


March 2021 Half Year v March 2020 Half Year


Half Year Movement


Actual

FX

unadjusted

FX

impact

FX

adjusted

FX

unadjusted

FX

adjusted


Mar 21

$M

Mar 20

$M

Mar 20

$M

Mar 20

$M

Mar 21

v. Mar 20

Mar 21

v. Mar 20

Net interest income 6,986 7,222 (98) 7,124 -3% -2%

Other operating income

1,437 1,357 (2) 1,355 6% 6%

Operating income

8,423 8,579 (100) 8,479 -2% -1%

Operating expenses (4,482) (4,605) 95 (4,510) -3% -1%

Profit before credit impairment and income tax

3,941 3,974 (5) 3,969 -1% -1%

Credit impairment (charge)/release 491 (1,674) 41 (1,633) large large

Profit before income tax

4,432 2,300 36 2,336 93% 90%

Income tax expense (1,442) (886) (16) (902) 63% 60%

Non-controlling interests

- (1) - (1) -100% -100%

Cash profit from continuing operations

2,990 1,413 20 1,433 large large




Cash profit from continuing operations by division




Australia Retail and Commercial


1,782 1,214 - 1,214


47% 47%

Institutional


948 610 (4) 606


55% 56%

New Zealand


771 567 (11) 556


36% 39%

Pacific


7 20 (1) 19


-65% -63%

TSO and Group Centre

(518) (998) 36 (962) -48% -46%

Cash profit from continuing operations

2,990 1,413 20 1,433 large large




Net loans and advances by division




Australia Retail and Commercial


344,269 329,812 - 329,812


4% 4%

Institutional


147,446 199,410 (14,007) 185,403


-26% -20%

New Zealand


120,482 125,195 (7,182) 118,013


-4% 2%

Pacific


1,713 2,176 (241) 1,935


-21% -11%

TSO and Group Centre

449 16 (1) 15 large large

Net loans and advances

614,359 656,609 (21,431) 635,178 -6% -3%


Customer deposits by division




Australia Retail and Commercial


241,315 212,990 - 212,990


13% 13%

Institutional


223,666 258,517 (28,460) 230,057


-13% -3%

New Zealand


93,201 91,175 (5,231) 85,944


2% 8%

Pacific


3,394 3,845 (432) 3,413


-12% -1%

TSO and Group Centre

(53) (32) (1) (33) 66% 61%

Customer deposits

561,523 566,495 (34,124) 532,371 -1% 5%

GROUP RESULTS


36

March 2021 Half Year v September 2020 Half Year

Half Year Movement


Actual

FX

unadjusted

FX

impact

FX

adjusted

FX

unadjusted

FX

adjusted


Mar 21

$M

Sep 20

$M

Sep 20

$M

Sep 20

$M

Mar 21

v. Sep 20

Mar 21

v. Sep 20

Net interest income 6,986 6,827 (46) 6,781 2% 3%

Other operating income

1,437 2,346 3 2,349 -39% -39%

Operating income

8,423 9,173 (43) 9,130 -8% -8%

Operating expenses (4,482) (4,778) 54 (4,724) -6% -5%

Profit before credit impairment and income tax

3,941 4,395 11 4,406 -10% -11%

Credit impairment (charge)/release 491 (1,064) 2 (1,062) large large

Profit before income tax

4,432 3,331 13 3,344 33% 33%

Income tax expense (1,442) (986) (4) (990) 46% 46%

Non-controlling interests

- - - - n/a n/a

Cash profit from continuing operations

2,990 2,345 9 2,354 28% 27%




Cash profit from continuing operations by division




Australia Retail and Commercial


1,782 1,123 - 1,123


59% 59%

Institutional


948 1,244 (19) 1,225


-24% -23%

New Zealand


771 450 2 452


71% 71%

Pacific


7 (82) 5 (77)


large large

TSO and Group Centre

(518) (390) 21 (369) 33% 40%

Cash profit from continuing operations

2,990 2,345 9 2,354 28% 27%




Net loans and advances by division




Australia Retail and Commercial


344,269 339,381 - 339,381


1% 1%

Institutional


147,446 157,634 (3,348) 154,286


-6% -4%

New Zealand


120,482 116,625 (980) 115,645


3% 4%

Pacific


1,713 1,866 (71) 1,795


-8% -5%

TSO and Group Centre

449 1,587 - 1,587 -72% -72%

Net loans and advances

614,359 617,093 (4,399) 612,694 0% 0%




Customer deposits by division




Australia Retail and Commercial


241,315 234,594 - 234,594


3% 3%

Institutional


223,666 223,288 (7,871) 215,417


0% 4%

New Zealand


93,201 91,004 (765) 90,239


2% 3%

Pacific


3,394 3,534 (129) 3,405


-4% 0%

TSO and Group Centre

(53) (57) - (57) -7% -7%

Customer deposits

561,523 552,363 (8,765) 543,598 2% 3%

GROUP RESULTS


37

Earnings Related Hedges - continuing operations

Where it is considered appropriate, the Group takes out economic hedges against larger foreign exchange denominated revenue streams (primarily New

Zealand Dollar and US Dollar). New Zealand Dollar exposure relates to the New Zealand geography and USD exposures relate to Asia, Pacific, Europe &

America geography. Details of these hedges are set out below.



Half Year

NZD Economic hedges

Mar 21

$M

Sep 20

$M

Mar 20

$M

Net open NZD position (notional principal)

1

2,444 2,276 3,165

Amount taken to income (pre-tax statutory basis)

2

26 149 (156)

Amount taken to income (pre-tax cash basis)

3

18 19 (13)

USD Economic hedges

Net open USD position (notional principal)

1

463 453 662

Amount taken to income (pre-tax statutory basis)

2

26 87 (39)

Amount taken to income (pre-tax cash basis)

3

16 (8) (15)

1.

Value in AUD at contracted rate.

2.

Unrealised valuation movement plus realised revenue from matured or closed out hedges.

3.

Realised revenue from closed out hedges.

As at 31 March 2021, the following hedges were in place to partially hedge future earnings against adverse movements in exchange rates:

 NZD 2.6 billion at a forward rate of approximately NZD 1.06/AUD.

 USD 0.3 billion at a forward rate of approximately USD 0.67/AUD.

During the March 2021 half:

 NZD 1.0 billion of economic hedges matured and a realised gain of $18 million (pre-tax) was recorded in cash profit.

 USD 0.2 billion of economic hedges matured and a realised gain of $16 million (pre-tax) was recorded in cash profit.

 An unrealised gain of $18 million (pre-tax) on the outstanding NZD and USD economic hedges were recorded in the statutory Income Statement

during the half. This unrealised gain has been treated as an adjustment to statutory profit in calculating cash profit as these are hedges of future NZD

and USD revenues.



Earnings Per Share - continuing operations




Half Year


Movement


Mar 21 Sep 20 Mar 20


Mar 21

v. Sep 20

Mar 21

v. Mar 20

Cash earnings per share (cents) from continuing operations




Basic




105.3 82.8 49.9 27% large

Diluted


99.9 76.1 47.5 31% large

Cash weighted average number of ordinary shares (M)


Basic


2,838.7 2,831.2 2,830.6 0% 0%

Diluted


3,084.4 3,200.7 3,238.6 -4% -5%

Cash profit from continuing operations ($M)


2,990 2,345 1,413 28% large

Cash profit from continuing operations used in calculating diluted

cash earnings per share ($M)


3,082 2,435 1,537 27% large

GROUP RESULTS


38

Dividends - continuing operations




Half Year


Movement

Dividend per ordinary share (cents) - continuing operations

1

Mar 21 Sep 20 Mar 20


Mar 21

v. Sep 20

Mar 21

v. Mar 20

Interim


70 - 25

Final

- 35 -

Total

70 35 25 100% large

Ordinary share dividends used in payout ratio ($M)

2,3

1,992 994 709

Cash profit from continuing operations ($M)

2,990 2,345 1,413 28% large

Ordinary share dividend payout ratio (cash basis)

3

66.6% 42.4% 50.2%

1.

Fully franked for Australian tax purposes (30% tax rate) and carry New Zealand imputation credits of NZD 8 cents for the proposed 2021 interim dividend (2020 final dividend: NZD 4 cents;

2020 interim dividend: NZD 3 cents).

2.

Dividend paid to ordinary equity holders of the Company. Excludes dividends paid by subsidiaries to the Group’s non-controlling equity holders (Mar 2021 half: nil; Sep 2020 half: nil, Mar

2020 half: nil).

3.

Dividend payout ratio is calculated using proposed 2021 interim dividend of $1,992 million, based on the forecast number of ordinary shares on issue at the dividend record date. Dividend

payout ratios for the September 2020 half and March 2020 half were calculated using actual dividend paid.


The Directors propose an interim dividend of 70 cents be paid on each eligible fully paid ANZ ordinary share on 1 July 2021. The proposed 2021 interim

dividend will be fully franked for Australian tax purposes. New Zealand imputation credits of NZD 8 cents per ordinary share will also be attached.



Economic Profit - continuing operations


Half Year Movement


Mar 21

$M

Sep 20

$M

Mar 20

$M


Mar 21

v. Sep 20

Mar 21

v. Mar 20

Statutory profit attributable to shareholders of the Company from

continuing operations


2,951 2,040 1,635


45% 80%

Adjustments between statutory profit and cash profit from continuing operations

39 305 (222) -87% large

Cash profit from continuing operations

2,990 2,345 1,413 28% large

Economic credit cost adjustment (895) 139 639 large large

Imputation credits

549 546 546 1% 1%

Economic return from continuing operations

2,644 3,030 2,598 -13% 2%

Cost of capital (2,621) (2,613) (2,536) 0% 3%

Economic profit from continuing operations

23 417 62 -94% -63%


Economic profit is a risk adjusted profit measure used to evaluate business unit performance. This is used for internal management purposes and is not

subject to audit by the external auditor. At a business unit level, capital is allocated based on Regulatory Capital, whereby higher risk businesses attract

higher levels of capital. This method is designed to help drive appropriate risk management and ensure business returns align with the level of risk. Key

risks covered include credit risk, operational risk, market risk and other risks.

Economic profit is calculated via a series of adjustments to cash profit:

 The economic credit cost adjustment replaces the accounting credit loss charge with internal expected loss based on the average long-run loss rate

per annum on the portfolio over an economic cycle.

 The benefit of imputation credits is recognised, measured at 70% of Australian tax.

 The cost of capital is a major component of economic profit. At an ANZ Group level, this is calculated using average ordinary shareholders’ equity

(excluding non-controlling interests), multiplied by the cost of capital rate (currently 8.5% and applied across comparative periods).

Economic profit decreased by $39 million against the March 2020 half with higher cash profit being more than offset by an unfavourable economic credit

cost adjustment and higher cost of capital.

Economic profit decreased by $394 million against the September 2020 half due to higher cash profit being more than offset by an unfavourable

economic credit cost adjustment.

GROUP RESULTS


39

Condensed Balance Sheet - including discontinued operations



As at


Movement

Assets

Mar 21

$B

Sep 20

$B

Mar 20

$B


Mar 21

v. Sep 20

Mar 21

v. Mar 20

Cash / Settlement balances owed to ANZ / Collateral paid 146.3 129.7 166.8 13% -12%

Trading and investment securities

138.3 144.3 135.0 -4% 2%

Derivative financial instruments

104.7 135.3 173.7 -23% -40%

Net loans and advances

614.4 617.1 656.6 0% -6%

Other

14.6 15.9 17.9 -8% -18%

Total assets

1,018.3 1,042.3 1,150.0 -2% -11%

Liabilities

Settlement balances owed by ANZ / Collateral received 26.7 31.5 39.8 -15% -33%

Deposits and other borrowings

706.6 682.3 726.9 4% -3%

Derivative financial instruments

102.9 134.7 167.4 -24% -39%

Debt issuances

107.6 119.7 140.2 -10% -23%

Other

11.9 12.8 14.3 -7% -17%

Total liabilities

955.7 981.0 1,088.6 -3% -12%

Total equity 62.6 61.3 61.4 2% 2%

 March 2021 v March 2020

 Cash / Settlement balances owed to ANZ / Collateral paid decreased $20.5 billion (-12%) driven by the impact of foreign currency translation

movements and decreases in reverse repurchase agreements and collateral paid, partially offset by increases in balances with central banks and

settlement balances owed to ANZ.

 Derivative financial assets and liabilities decreased $69.0 billion (-40%) and $64.5 billion (-39%) respectively driven by market rate movements,

primarily due to strengthening of the AUD against the USD and increase in AUD and NZD swap rates.

 Net loans and advances decreased $42.2 billion (-6%) driven by the impact of foreign currency translation movements and lower lending

volumes in the Institutional division (-$38.0 billion) as customers repaid COVID-19 lending. This was partially offset by an increase in the

Australia Retail and Commercial division (+$14.5 billion) driven by home loan growth, partially offset by a decrease in unsecured personal

lending and commercial lending, and an increase in the New Zealand division (+$2.5 billion) driven by home loan growth, partially offset by the

reduction in net loans and advances which were part of the UDC sale.

 Settlement balances owed by ANZ / Collateral received decreased by $13.1 billion (-33%) driven by the impact of foreign currency translation

movements and decreases in collateral received and cash clearing account balances.

 Deposits and other borrowings decreased $20.3 billion (-3%) driven by the impact of foreign currency translation movements, decreases in

deposits from banks and repurchase agreements (-$25.1 billion) and a decrease in customer deposits in the Institutional division (-$6.4 billion).

This was partially offset by customer deposit growth in the Australia Retail and Commercial (+$28.3 billion), and New Zealand (+$7.3 billion)

divisions, the drawdown of the RBA Term Funding Facility (TFF) (+$12.0 billion), and increases in commercial paper (+$4.6 billion) and

certificates of deposit (+$2.5 billion).

 Debt issuances decreased $32.6 billion (-23%) driven by the impact of foreign currency translation movements and lower senior debt issuances

which were partially replaced by the drawdown of the TFF, classified in Deposits and other borrowings.

 March 2021 v September 2020

 Cash / Settlement balances owed to ANZ / Collateral paid increased $16.6 billion (+13%) driven by increases in balances with central banks and

settlement balances owed to ANZ, partially offset by the impact of foreign currency translation movements and decreases in reverse repurchase

agreements and collateral paid.

 Derivative financial assets and liabilities decreased $30.6 billion (-23%) and $31.8 billion (-24%) respectively, driven by market rate movements,

primarily due to the strengthening of the AUD against the USD and NZD and the increase in AUD and NZD swap rates.

 Net loans and advances decreased $2.7 billion (flat) with the impact of foreign currency translation movements and lower lending volumes in the

Institutional division (-$6.8 billion) reflecting reduced economic activities and excess liquidity being offset by increases driven by home loan

growth in the Australia Retail and Commercial (+$4.9 billion), and New Zealand (+$4.8 billion) divisions.

 Deposits and other borrowings increased $24.3 billion (+4%) driven by increases in customer deposits in the Australia Retail and Commercial

(+$6.7 billion), New Zealand (+$3.0 billion) and Institutional (+$8.3 billion) divisions, an increase in commercial paper (+$17.0 billion), and an

increase in certificates of deposit (+$7.7 billion). This was partially offset by the impact of foreign currency translation movements and decreases

in deposits from banks and repurchase agreements (-$7.5 billion).


Debt issuances decreased $12.1 billion (-10%) driven by the impact of foreign currency translation movements and lower senior debt issuances.

GROUP RESULTS


40

Liquidity Risk - including discontinued operations

Liquidity risk is the risk that the Group is unable to meet its payment obligations as they fall due, including repaying depositors or maturing wholesale

debt, or that the Group has insufficient capacity to fund increases in assets. The timing mismatch of cash flows and the related liquidity risk is inherent in

all banking operations and is closely monitored by the Group and managed in accordance with the risk appetite set by the Board.

The Group’s approach to liquidity risk management incorporates two key components:

 Scenario modelling of funding sources

ANZ’s liquidity risk appetite is defined by the ability to meet a range of regulatory requirements and internal liquidity metrics mandated by the Board.

The metrics cover a range of scenarios of varying duration and level of severity. The objective of this framework is to:

 Provide protection against shorter term extreme market dislocation and stress.

 Maintain structural strength in the balance sheet by ensuring that an appropriate amount of longer-term assets are funded with longer-term

funding.

 Ensure that no undue timing concentrations exist in the Group’s funding profile.

A key component of this framework is the Liquidity Coverage Ratio (LCR), which is a severe short term liquidity stress scenario mandated by banking

regulators globally, including APRA. As part of meeting LCR requirements, ANZ has a Committed Liquidity Facility (CLF) with the Reserve Bank of

Australia (RBA). The CLF has been established to offset the shortage of available High Quality Liquid Assets (HQLA) in Australia and provides an

alternative form of contingent liquidity. The CLF is collateralised by assets, including internal residential mortgage backed securities, that are eligible

to be pledged as security with the RBA. The total amount of the CLF available to a qualifying Authorised Deposit-taking Institution (ADI) is set

annually by APRA.

From 1 January 2021, ANZ’s CLF is $10.7 billion (2020 calendar year end: $35.7 billion). The 2021 CLF reduction is driven by the

increase in government securities outstanding in Australia that are available for ADIs to hold. APRA has indicated that if this increase continues, the

CLF may no longer be required in the foreseeable future.

 Liquid assets

The Group holds a portfolio of high quality unencumbered liquid assets in order to protect the Group’s liquidity position in a severely stressed

environment, as well as to meet regulatory requirements. High Quality Liquid Assets comprise three categories, with the definitions consistent with

Basel 3 LCR:

 Highest-quality liquid assets (HQLA1): Cash, highest credit quality government, central bank or public sector securities eligible for repurchase

with central banks to provide same-day liquidity.

 High-quality liquid assets (HQLA2): High credit quality government, central bank or public sector securities, high quality corporate debt securities

and high quality covered bonds eligible for repurchase with central banks to provide same-day liquidity.

 Alternative liquid assets (ALA): Assets qualifying as collateral for the CLF and other eligible securities listed by the Reserve Bank of New

Zealand (RBNZ).

In March 2020, in response to the economic impact of COVID-19, the RBA implemented a Term Funding Facility (TFF). Under the TFF, the RBA has

offered three-year funding to ADI’s secured by RBA eligible collateral. ADIs can include the undrawn but available TFF as a liquid asset for the LCR,

representing a committed central bank facility that can be drawn at the ADI’s discretion. ANZ’s undrawn but available TFF is represented below by

the assets that are eligible to be pledged as security with the RBA.

In November 2020, in response to the economic impact of COVID-19, the RBNZ implemented a Funding for Lending Programme (FLP). Under the

FLP the RBNZ has offered three-year funding to eligible counterparties secured by approved eligible collateral. APRA has advised that the undrawn

but available FLP can be included as a cash inflow for the LCR. As the Level 2 LCR excludes liquid assets held above the NZ dollar LCR of 100%,

the undrawn but available FLP has also reduced the reported Level 2 liquid assets.

The Group monitors and manages the size and composition of its liquid assets portfolio on an ongoing basis in line with regulatory requirements and

the risk appetite set by the Board.



Half Year Average


Movement


Mar 21

$B

Sep 20

$B

Mar 20

$B


Mar 21

v. Sep 20

Mar 21

v. Mar 20

Market Values Post Discount

1



HQLA1 186.2 164.6 159.3


13% 17%

HQLA2

10.4 9.9 9.6


5% 8%

Internal Residential Mortgage Backed Securities

2

18.5 35.3 27.7


-48% -33%

Other ALA

2

7.9 8.6 12.8


-8% -38%

Total liquid assets

223.0 218.4 209.4 2% 6%



Cash flows modelled under stress scenario


Cash outflows 203.2 203.0 191.9 0% 6%

Cash inflows

41.3 45.4 41.2 -9% 0%

Net cash outflows

161.9 157.6 150.7 3% 7%

Liquidity Coverage Ratio

3

138% 139% 139% -1% -1%

1.

Half year average basis, calculated as prescribed per APRA Prudential Regulatory Standard (APS 210 Liquidity) and consistent with APS 330 requirements.

2.

Comprised of assets qualifying as collateral for the CLF and TFF up to approved facility limit; and any liquid assets as defined in the RBNZ's Liquidity Policy - Annex: Liquidity Assets -

Prudential Supervision Department Document BS13A12.

3.

All currency Level 2 LCR.

GROUP RESULTS


41

Funding - including discontinued operations

ANZ targets a diversified funding base, avoiding undue concentrations by investor type, maturity, market source and currency.

$3.8 billion of term wholesale debt (all of which was subordinated) with a remaining term greater than one year as at 31 March 2021 was issued during

the half.

The following table shows the Group’s total funding composition:

As at Movement


Mar 21

$B

Sep 20

$B

Mar 20

$B


Mar 21

v. Sep 20

Mar 21

v. Mar 20

Customer deposits and other liabilities

Australia Retail and Commercial 241.3 234.6 213.0 3% 13%

Institutional

223.6 223.3 258.5 0% -14%

New Zealand

93.2 91.0 91.2 2% 2%

Pacific

3.4 3.5 3.8 -3% -11%

Customer deposits

561.5 552.4 566.5 2% -1%

Other funding liabilities

1,2

8.9 8.9 11.1 0% -20%

Total customer liabilities (funding)

570.4 561.3 577.6 2% -1%

Wholesale funding

Debt issuances and Term Funding Facility 96.0 110.6 119.1 -13% -19%

Subordinated debt

23.7 21.1 21.1 12% 12%

Certificates of deposit

40.0 32.5 37.9 23% 6%

Commercial paper

26.1 9.1 21.8 large 20%

Other wholesale borrowings

3,4

87.9 104.2 130.0 -16% -32%

Total wholesale funding

273.7 277.5 329.9 -1% -17%

Shareholders' equity 62.6 61.3 61.4 2% 2%

Total funding 906.7 900.1 968.9 1% -6%

1.

Includes interest accruals, payables and other liabilities, provisions and net tax provisions.

2.

Excludes liability for acceptances as they do not provide net funding.

3.

Includes borrowings from banks, securities sold under repurchase agreements, net derivative balances, special purpose vehicles and other borrowings.

4.

Includes RBA open repurchase arrangement netted down by the corresponding exchange settlement account cash balance.

Net Stable Funding Ratio

The following table shows the Level 2 Net Stable Funding Ratio (NSFR) composition:

As at Movement


Mar 21

$B

Sep 20

$B

Mar 20

$B


Mar 21

v. Sep 20

Mar 21

v. Mar 20

Required Stable Funding

1


Retail & small and medium enterprises, corporate loans <35% risk weight

2

196.0 188.1 187.4 4% 5%

Retail & small and medium enterprises, corporate loans >35% risk weight

2

179.0 174.7 193.2 2% -7%

Other lending

3

29.7 28.6 26.9 4% 10%

Liquid assets

12.1 15.3 16.0 -21% -24%

Other assets

4

37.2 38.6 45.3 -4% -18%

Total Required Stable Funding

454.0 445.3 468.8 2% -3%

Available Stable Funding

1


Retail & small and medium enterprise customer deposits 275.7 271.7 257.3 1% 7%

Corporate, public sector entities & operational deposits

105.9 104.3 110.0 2% -4%

Central bank & other financial institution deposits

4.7 5.1 5.5 -8% -15%

Term funding

5

70.7 87.9 95.8 -20% -26%

Short term funding & other liabilities

5.6 1.4 1.4 large large

Capital

85.0 80.9 82.1 5% 4%

Total Available Stable Funding

547.6 551.3 552.1 -1% -1%

Net Stable Funding Ratio 121% 124% 118% -3% 3%

1.

NSFR factored balance as per APRA Prudential Regulatory Standard APS 210 Liquidity.

2.

Risk weighting as per APRA Prudential Regulatory Standard APS 112 Capital Adequacy: Standardised Approach to Credit Risk.

3.

Includes financial institution, central bank and non-performing loans.

4.

Includes off-balance sheet items, net derivatives and other assets.

5.

Includes balances from the drawdown of the RBA Term Funding Facility (TFF).

GROUP RESULTS


42

Capital Management - including discontinued operations



As at


APRA Basel 3 Internationally Comparable Basel 3

1


Mar 21 Sep 20 Mar 20 Mar 21 Sep 20 Mar 20

Capital Ratios (Level 2)

Common Equity Tier 1 12.4% 11.3% 10.8% 18.1% 16.7% 15.5%

Tier 1

14.3% 13.2% 12.5% 20.5% 19.1% 17.8%

Total capital

18.3% 16.4% 15.5% 25.7% 23.3% 21.5%

Risk weighted assets ($B)

408.2 429.4 449.0 317.5 331.5 353.7

1.

Internationally Comparable methodology aligns with APRA’s information paper entitled “International Capital Comparison Study” (13 July 2015).


APRA Basel 3 Common Equity Tier 1 (CET1) - March 2021 v September 2020


1.

Excludes large/notable and one off items for the purposes of Regulatory Capital Management attribution which are included in ‘other’ with the exception of the Asian associate items and the

loss on reclassification of ANZ Share Investing to held for sale which are nil impact to capital since it results in an equivalent reduction in capital deductions. Refer to pages 13 to 17.

 March 2021 v September 2020

ANZ’s CET1 ratio increased 110 bps to 12.4% during the March 2021 half. Key drivers of the movement in the CET1 ratio were:

 Cash Profit (excluding large/notable items and credit impairment impact) increased the CET1 ratio by +80 bps.

 Benefits from credit impairment release including the associated deferred tax assets (DTA) impacts, along with RWA risk migration benefits

mainly from Australian mortgages portfolio associated with lower RWA intensity in part due to changes in household saving and spending

patterns through the COVID-19 period, increased the CET1 ratio by +35 bps.

 Lower business RWA usage (excluding foreign currency translation movements, regulatory changes, risk migration and other one-offs) increased

CET1 ratio by +32 bps. This was mainly driven by a reduction in underlying CRWA in the Institutional division and an overall reduction in non

CRWA from movements mainly in Interest Rate Risk in the Banking Book (IRRBB).

 Capital deduction of -7 bps was driven by the movements in retained earnings in deconsolidated entities, expected losses in excess of eligible

provision shortfall and other intangible movements in the period.

 Payment of the 2020 final dividend (net of BOP and DRP issuance) reduced the CET1 ratio by -20 bps.

 Net RWA imposts decreased the CET1 ratio by -6 bps.

 Other impacts totalling -4 bps including large/notable adjustments from customer remediation, restructuring and litigation costs (-6 bps) offset by

other minor impacts of +2 bps.



Total Risk Weighted Assets As at Movement


Mar 21

$B

Sep 20

$B

Mar 20

$B

Mar 21

v. Sep 20

Mar 21

v. Mar 20

Credit RWA 341.9 360.0 386.0 -5% -11%

Market risk and IRRBB RWA

19.1 21.8 15.1 -12% 26%

Operational RWA

47.2 47.6 47.9 -1% -1%

Total RWA

408.2 429.4 449.0 -5% -9%

GROUP RESULTS


43

Total Risk Weighted Assets (RWA) - March 2021 v September 2020


 March 2021 v September 2020

Total RWA decreased $21.2 billion. Excluding the impact of foreign currency translation movements and other non-recurring CRWA changes,

underlying CRWAs (divisional lending and risk migration) decreased $16.0 billion, mainly driven by lending reduction in the Institutional division and

reduced risk migration in the Australia Retail and Commercial division. Other CRWA impacts include net changes from RWA imposts. The decrease

in non-CRWA of $3.1 billion was mainly driven by IRRBB reduction of $3.4 billion, mostly from improvement in embedded gains combined with

reduction in repricing and yield curve risk.


APRA to Internationally Comparable

1

Common Equity Tier 1 (CET1) as at 31 March 2021


1.

ANZ’s interpretation of the regulations documented in the Basel Committee publications: “Basel 3: A global regulatory framework for more resilient banks and banking systems” (June 2011)

and “International Convergence of Capital Measurement and Capital Standards” (June 2006). Also includes differences identified in APRA’s information paper entitled “International Capital

Comparison Study” (13 July 2015).

The above provides a reconciliation of the CET1 ratio under APRA’s Basel 3 prudential capital standards to Internationally Comparable Basel 3

standards. APRA views the Basel 3 reforms as a minimum requirement and hence has not incorporated some of the concessions proposed in the Basel

3 rules and has also set higher requirements in other areas. As a result, Australian banks’ Basel 3 reported capital ratios will not be directly comparable

with international peers. The International Comparable Basel 3 CET1 ratio incorporates differences between APRA and both the Basel Committee Basel

3 framework (including differences identified in the March 2014 Basel Committee’s Regulatory Consistency Assessment Programme (RCAP) on Basel 3

implementation in Australia) and its application in major offshore jurisdictions.

The material differences between APRA Basel 3 and Internationally Comparable Basel 3 ratios include:

Deductions

 Investments in insurance and banking associates - APRA requires full deduction against CET1. On an Internationally Comparable basis, these

investments are subject to a concessional threshold before a deduction is required.

 Deferred tax assets - A full deduction is required from CET1 for deferred tax assets relating to temporary differences. On an Internationally

Comparable basis, this is first subject to a concessional threshold before the deduction is required.

Risk Weighted Assets (RWA)

 Mortgages RWA - APRA imposes a floor of 20% on the downturn Loss Given Default (LGD) used in credit RWA calculations for residential

mortgages. The Internationally Comparable Basel 3 framework requires a downturn LGD floor of 10%. Additionally, from July 2016, APRA requires a

higher correlation factor than the Basel framework.

 IRRBB RWA - APRA requires inclusion of IRRBB within the RWA base for the CET1 ratio calculation. This is not required on an Internationally

Comparable basis.

 Specialised lending - APRA requires the supervisory slotting approach to be used in determining credit RWA for specialised lending exposures. The

Internationally Comparable basis allows for the advanced internal ratings based approach to be used when calculating RWA for these exposures.

 Unsecured Corporate Lending LGD - an adjustment to align ANZ’s unsecured corporate lending LGD to 45% to be consistent with banks in other

jurisdictions. The 45% LGD rate is also used in the Foundation Internal Ratings-Based approach (FIRB).

 Undrawn Corporate Lending Exposure at Default (EAD) - an adjustment to ANZ’s credit conversion factors (CCF) for undrawn corporate loan

commitments to 75% (used in FIRB approach) to align with banks in other jurisdictions.

GROUP RESULTS


44

Leverage Ratio - including discontinued operations

At 31 March 2021, the Group’s APRA Leverage Ratio was 5.5% which is above the 3.5% APRA proposed minimum for internal ratings-based approach

ADIs (IRB ADIs) which includes ANZ. The following table summarises the Group’s Leverage Ratio calculation:





As at Movement


Mar 21

$M

Sep 20

$M

Mar 20

$M

Mar 21

v. Sep 20

Mar 21

v. Mar 20

Tier 1 Capital (net of capital deductions) 58,431 56,481 56,295 3% 4%


On-balance sheet exposures (excluding derivatives and securities financing transaction

exposures)

878,187 841,830 899,411 4% -2%

Derivative exposures

33,933 32,296 42,868 5% -21%

Securities financing transaction exposures

26,947 58,416 67,443 -54% -60%

Other off-balance sheet exposures

114,125 114,128 114,677 0% 0%

Total exposure measure

1,053,192 1,046,670 1,124,399 1% -6%

APRA Leverage Ratio 5.5% 5.4% 5.0%

Internationally Comparable Leverage Ratio 6.2% 6.0% 5.6%

 March 2021 v September 2020

APRA leverage ratio increased 15 bps during the March 2021 half. Key drivers of the movement were:

 Net organic capital generation (largely from cash profit excluding large/notable and one-off items) less dividends paid (+25 bps).

 On balance sheet exposure growth in liquids and loan growth in the Australia Retail and Commercial, and New Zealand divisions (-10 bps).

GROUP RESULTS


45

Capital Management - Other Developments

 Capital Requirements - Unquestionably Strong

APRA’s key initiatives in relation to Unquestionably Strong capital requirements are as follows:

 In July 2017, APRA released an information paper outlining its assessment on the additional capital required for the Australian banking sector to

be considered ‘unquestionably strong’ as originally outlined in the Financial System Inquiry final report in December 2014. APRA indicated that

“in the case of the four major Australian banks, this equated to a benchmark CET1 capital ratio, under the current capital adequacy framework, of

at least 10.5 percent from 1 January 2020”.

 APRA is consulting on a number of proposals in relation to risk-weighting framework revisions to credit risk, operational risk, market risk and

interest rate risk in the banking book requirements. In December 2020, APRA released an updated consultation paper regarding proposed

changes to the capital framework for ADIs aimed at embedding ‘unquestionably strong’ levels of capital, improving the flexibility of the framework,

and improving the transparency of ADI capital strength. These proposals replaced previous consultation packages released by APRA in 2018

and 2019 in relation to proposed revisions to the capital framework for ADIs and is expected to be implemented from 1 January 2023. The key

aspects of APRA’s latest December 2020 proposals are:

- Increased alignment with internationally agreed Basel standards;

- Implementing more risk-sensitive risk weights for residential mortgage lending;

- Introduction of the Basel II capital floor that limits the RWA outcome for IRB ADIs to no less than 72.5% of the RWA outcome under the

standardised approach;

- Improving the flexibility of the capital framework through the introduction of a default level of the countercyclical capital buffer (CCyB) of 100

bps of RWA and increasing the capital conservation buffer (CCB) for IRB ADIs by 150 bps (from 250 bps to 400 bps);

- Improving the transparency and comparability of ADIs’ capital ratios, including by requiring IRB ADIs to also publish their capital ratios under

the standardised approach; and

- Implementing a Minimum Leverage Ratio for IRB ADIs at 3.5%.

APRA has indicated in their proposals a decrease in RWA by approximately 10% for IRB ADIs, but this would be offset by the increased capital

allocation to regulatory buffers. APRA has also indicated that, as ADIs are currently meeting the ‘unquestionably strong’ benchmarks, it is not

APRA’s intention to require ADIs to raise additional capital. Accordingly, APRA is expected to calibrate the proposed capital requirements for

ADIs, measured in dollar terms, to be consistent at an industry level with the existing ‘unquestionably strong’ capital benchmarks for ADIs under

the current capital framework. The impact of these proposed changes on individual ADIs (including ANZBGL), however, will vary depending on

the final form of requirements implemented by APRA.

Given the number of items that are yet to be finalised by APRA, the final outcome of any further changes to APRA’s prudential standards or other

impacts on the Group remains uncertain.

 APRA Guidance on Capital Management

In December 2020, APRA updated their capital management guidance whereby from the 2021 calendar year, APRA will no longer hold banks to a

minimum level of earnings retention but ADIs will need to maintain vigilance and careful planning in capital management, such as the need for ADI to

conduct regular stress testing and assurance on the capacity to continue to lend, amongst others. APRA also stated that the onus will be on Boards

to carefully consider the sustainable rate for dividends, taking into account the outlook for profitability, capital and the economic environment.


 APRA Total Loss Absorbing Capacity Requirements

In July 2019, APRA announced its decision on loss-absorbing capacity in which it will require domestic systemically important banks (D-SIBs),

including ANZ, to increase their Total Capital by 3% of risk weighted assets by January 2024. Based on ANZ’s capital position as at 31 March 2021,

this represents an incremental increase in the Total Capital requirement of approximately $4 billion, with an equivalent decrease in other senior

funding. APRA has stated that it anticipates that D-SIBs would satisfy the requirement predominantly with Tier 2 capital.

 Revisions to Related Entities Framework

APRA announced in August 2019 that it will implement its proposal to reduce limits for Australian ADIs’ exposure to related entities, reducing limits

from 50% of Level 1 Total Capital to 25% of Level 1 Tier 1 Capital. As exposures are measured net of capital deductions, the proposed changes to

APRA’s capital regulations (contained in APS111 below) would affect the measurement of ADIs’ exposures. On the basis that the APS111 revisions

are implemented as currently proposed, the reduction in the above limits is not expected to have a material impact on ANZ and its subsidiaries. The

implementation date for changes to the related entities framework has been deferred by APRA to 1 January 2022.

 Revisions to APS111 Capital Adequacy

In October 2019, APRA released a discussion paper on draft revisions to the prudential standard APS111 Capital Adequacy: Measurement of Capital

for consultation. The most material change from APRA’s proposal is in relation to the treatment of capital investments for each banking and

insurance subsidiary at Level 1 with the tangible component of the investment changing from 400% risk weighting to:

 250% risk weighting up to an amount equal to 10% of ANZ’s net Level 1 CET1; and

 the remainder of the investment will be treated as a CET1 capital deduction.

ANZ is reviewing the implications for its current investments. The net impact on the Group is unclear and will depend upon a number of factors

including the capitalisation of the affected subsidiaries at the time of implementation, the final form of the prudential standard, as well as the effect of

management actions being pursued that have the potential to materially offset the impact of these proposals. Based on ANZ’s current investment in

its affected subsidiaries and in the absence of any offsetting management actions, the above proposals implies a reduction in ANZ’s Level 1 CET1

capital ratio of up to approximately $2 billion (~60 bps). However, ANZ believes that this outcome is unlikely and, post implementation of

management actions, the net capital impact could be minimal. There is no impact on ANZ’s Level 2 CET1 capital ratio arising from these proposed

changes. The proposed implementation date has been deferred by APRA to January 2022.

GROUP RESULTS


46

 The Reserve Bank of New Zealand (RBNZ) review of capital requirements

In December 2019, the RBNZ announced its capital review policy decisions for New Zealand Banks. In November 2020, the RBNZ released for

consultation its draft Banking Prudential Requirements for these capital policy changes. The key requirements include:

 Tier 1 capital requirement of 16% of RWA for ANZ Bank New Zealand Limited (ANZ New Zealand) of which up to 2.5% of this could be in the

form of Additional Tier 1 (AT1) Capital. Total Capital requirement remained at 18% of RWA of which up to 2% can be Tier 2 Capital;

 Redeemable preference shares are allowable as AT1 capital. It is anticipated that ANZ New Zealand will be able to refinance existing internal

AT1 securities to external counterparties;

 Increase RWA outcomes for IRB banks to approximately 90% of what would be calculated under the standardised approach:

- Apply an 85% output floor for credit risk RWA of IRB banks; and

- Increase the scalar applied to credit risk RWA of IRB banks from 1.06 to 1.2;

 Implemented over a transition period concluding on 1 July 2028.

The net impact on the Group is an increase in CET1 capital of approximately $0.7 billion between 31 March 2021 and the end of the transition period

(based on the Group’s 31 March 2021 balance sheet). This amount could vary over time subject to changes to capital requirements in ANZ New

Zealand (e.g. from RWA growth), potential dividend payments and the level of capital already retained by ANZ New Zealand to meet the final RBNZ

requirements.

 RBNZ announcement on actions to support the banking system

In March 2021, the RBNZ announced that the restrictions on dividends and redemption of non-CET1 capital instruments put in place in April 2020 will

be eased. The updated restrictions will allow ANZ New Zealand, a New Zealand subsidiary of ANZBGL to pay up to 50% of their earnings as

dividends to shareholders. This restriction will remain in place until 1 July 2022, at which point the RBNZ intends to remove the restrictions

completely, subject to prevailing economic conditions.

Further, in the March 2021 update, the RBNZ announced that it will remove the restrictions on redemption of non-CET1 capital instruments.

However, as the restriction was in place in May 2020, ANZ New Zealand was not permitted to redeem its NZD 500 million Capital Notes at the

redemption date and did not exercise its option to convert in May 2020. The terms of the Capital Notes provide for their conversion into a variable

number of ANZBGL shares in May 2022 subject to certain conditions. Conversion would result in an increase in the Group’s CET1 capital

(approximately 10 bps) at Level 2.

DIVISIONAL RESULTS


47


CONTENTS Page


Divisional Performance - continuing operations 48

Australia Retail and Commercial - continuing operations 53

Institutional - continuing operations 57

New Zealand - continuing operations 64

Pacific - continuing operations 69

Technology, Services & Operations (TSO) and Group Centre - continuing operations 69

DIVISIONAL RESULTS


Divisional Performance - continuing operations


48

The Group operates on a divisional structure with five continuing divisions: Australia Retail and Commercial, Institutional, New Zealand, Pacific, and

Technology, Services & Operations (TSO) and Group Centre. For further information on the composition of divisions, refer to the Definitions on page 133.

The presentation of divisional results has been impacted by the following structural changes during the period. Prior period comparatives have been

restated:

 Australia Retail and Commercial division - the Advice business was transferred from Retail to Commercial and Private Bank business within the

division;

 Institutional division - a number of small operations were transferred from Corporate Finance to Central Functions within the division;

 the New Zealand Technology operations was transferred from the TSO and Group Centre division to the New Zealand division. As these costs were

previously recharged, there is no change to previously reported divisional cash profit, however divisional balance sheet and full time equivalent

employees (FTEs) have been restated to reflect this change.

Other than those described above, there have been no other significant changes.

The divisions reported are consistent with internal reporting provided to the chief operating decision maker, being the Chief Executive Officer.


The Divisional Results section is reported on a cash profit basis for continuing operations. For information on discontinued operations please

refer to the Guide to Half Year Results on page 8.



 

DIVISIONAL RESULTS


Divisional Performance - continuing operations


49

Cash profit by division - March 2021 Half Year v March 2020 Half Year


March 2021 Half Year

Australia

Retail and

Commercial

$M

Institutional

$M

New Zealand

$M

Pacific

$M

TSO and

Group Centre

$M

Group

$M

Net interest income

3,974 1,519 1,393 49 51 6,986

Other operating income

302 1,014 238 33 (150) 1,437

Operating income

4,276 2,533 1,631 82 (99) 8,423

Operating expenses (2,000) (1,274) (623) (71) (514) (4,482)

Profit/(Loss) before credit impairment and income tax

2,276 1,259 1,008 11 (613) 3,941

Credit impairment (charge)/release 381 55 58 (3) - 491

Profit/(Loss) before income tax

2,657 1,314 1,066 8 (613) 4,432

Income tax expense and non-controlling interests (875) (366) (295) (1) 95 (1,442)

Cash profit/(loss) from continuing operations

1,782 948 771 7 (518) 2,990


March 2020 Half Year

Australia

Retail and

Commercial

$M

Institutional

$M

New Zealand

$M

Pacific

$M

TSO and

Group Centre

$M

Group

$M

Net interest income 4,048 1,624 1,410 65 75 7,222

Other operating income 595 1,167 247 50 (702) 1,357

Operating income 4,643 2,791 1,657 115 (627) 8,579

Operating expenses (2,065) (1,290) (690) (76) (484) (4,605)

Profit/(Loss) before credit impairment and income tax 2,578 1,501 967 39 (1,111) 3,974

Credit impairment (charge)/release (843) (641) (179) (11) - (1,674)

Profit/(Loss) before income tax 1,735 860 788 28 (1,111) 2,300

Income tax expense and non-controlling interests (521) (250) (221) (8) 113 (887)

Cash profit/(loss) from continuing operations 1,214 610 567 20 (998) 1,413


March 2021 Half Year v March 2020 Half Year


Australia

Retail and

Commercial Institutional New Zealand Pacific

TSO and

Group Centre Group

Net interest income -2% -6% -1% -25% -32% -3%

Other operating income -49% -13% -4% -34% -79% 6%

Operating income -8% -9% -2% -29% -84% -2%

Operating expenses -3% -1% -10% -7% 6% -3%

Profit/(Loss) before credit impairment and income tax -12% -16% 4% -72% -45% -1%

Credit impairment charge/(release) large large large -73% n/a large

Profit/(Loss) before income tax 53% 53% 35% -71% -45% 93%

Income tax expense and non-controlling interests 68% 46% 33% -88% -16% 63%

Cash profit/(loss) from continuing operations 47% 55% 36% -65% -48% large

DIVISIONAL RESULTS


Divisional Performance - continuing operations


50

Cash profit by division - March 2021 Half Year v September 2020 Half Year


March 2021 Half Year

Australia

Retail and

Commercial

$M

Institutional

$M

New Zealand

$M

Pacific

$M

TSO and

Group Centre

$M

Group

$M

Net interest income

3,974 1,519 1,393 49 51 6,986

Other operating income

302 1,014 238 33 (150) 1,437

Operating income

4,276 2,533 1,631 82 (99) 8,423

Operating expenses (2,000) (1,274) (623) (71) (514) (4,482)

Profit/(Loss) before credit impairment and income tax

2,276 1,259 1,008 11 (613) 3,941

Credit impairment (charge)/release 381 55 58 (3) - 491

Profit/(Loss) before income tax

2,657 1,314 1,066 8 (613) 4,432

Income tax expense and non-controlling interests (875) (366) (295) (1) 95 (1,442)

Cash profit/(loss) from continuing operations

1,782 948 771 7 (518) 2,990


September 2020 Half Year

Australia

Retail and

Commercial

$M

Institutional

$M

New Zealand

$M

Pacific

$M

TSO and

Group Centre

$M

Group

$M

Net interest income 3,868 1,558 1,321 44 36 6,827

Other operating income 566 1,482 226 34 38 2,346

Operating income 4,434 3,040 1,547 78 74 9,173

Operating expenses (2,026) (1,268) (745) (129) (610) (4,778)

Profit/(Loss) before credit impairment and income tax 2,408 1,772 802 (51) (536) 4,395

Credit impairment (charge)/release (804) (53) (166) (41) - (1,064)

Profit/(Loss) before income tax 1,604 1,719 636 (92) (536) 3,331

Income tax expense and non-controlling interests (481) (475) (186) 10 146 (986)

Cash profit/(loss) from continuing operations 1,123 1,244 450 (82) (390) 2,345


March 2021 Half Year v September 2020 Half Year


Australia

Retail and

Commercial Institutional New Zealand Pacific

TSO and

Group Centre Group

Net interest income 3% -3% 5% 11% 42% 2%

Other operating income -47% -32% 5% -3% large -39%

Operating income -4% -17% 5% 5% large -8%

Operating expenses -1% 0% -16% -45% -16% -6%

Profit/(Loss) before credit impairment and income tax -5% -29% 26% large 14% -10%

Credit impairment (charge)/release large large large -93% n/a large

Profit/(Loss) before income tax 66% -24% 68% large 14% 33%

Income tax expense and non-controlling interests 82% -23% 59% large -35% 46%

Cash profit/(loss) from continuing operations 59% -24% 71% large 33% 28%

DIVISIONAL RESULTS


Divisional Performance - continuing operations


51

Cash profit by division (excluding large/notable items

1

) - March 2021 Half Year v March 2020 Half Year

The Group cash profit results include a number of items collectively referred to as large/notable items. While these items form part of cash profit they

have been excluded from the tables below given their nature and significance.


1.

Refer to pages 13 to 17 for a description of large/notable items.


March 2021 Half Year

Australia

Retail and

Commercial

$M

Institutional

$M

New Zealand

$M

Pacific

$M

TSO and

Group Centre

$M

Group

$M

Net interest income

4,031 1,518 1,393 49 51 7,042

Other operating income

596 989 225 33 197 2,040

Operating income

4,627 2,507 1,618 82 248 9,082

Operating expenses (1,869) (1,188) (613) (70) (476) (4,216)

Profit/(Loss) before credit impairment and income tax

2,758 1,319 1,005 12 (228) 4,866

Credit impairment (charge)/release 381 55 58 (3) - 491

Profit/(Loss) before income tax

3,139 1,374 1,063 9 (228) 5,357

Income tax expense and non-controlling interests (943) (392) (298) (1) 84 (1,550)

Cash profit/(loss) from continuing operations

2,196 982 765 8 (144) 3,807


March 2020 Half Year

Australia

Retail and

Commercial

$M

Institutional

$M

New Zealand

$M

Pacific

$M

TSO and

Group Centre

$M

Group

$M

Net interest income 4,058 1,626 1,348 67 70 7,169

Other operating income 625 1,164 254 50 114 2,207

Operating income 4,683 2,790 1,602 117 184 9,376

Operating expenses (1,904) (1,278) (653) (74) (452) (4,361)

Profit/(Loss) before credit impairment and income tax 2,779 1,512 949 43 (268) 5,015

Credit impairment (charge)/release (843) (641) (159) (11) - (1,654)

Profit/(Loss) before income tax 1,936 871 790 32 (268) 3,361

Income tax expense and non-controlling interests (581) (253) (221) (9) 103 (961)

Cash profit/(loss) from continuing operations 1,355 618 569 23 (165) 2,400


March 2021 Half Year v March 2020 Half Year


Australia

Retail and

Commercial Institutional New Zealand Pacific

TSO and

Group Centre Group

Net interest income -1% -7% 3% -27% -27% -2%

Other operating income -5% -15% -11% -34% 73% -8%

Operating income -1% -10% 1% -30% 35% -3%

Operating expenses -2% -7% -6% -5% 5% -3%

Profit/(Loss) before credit impairment and income tax -1% -13% 6% -72% -15% -3%

Credit impairment (charge)/release large large large -73% n/a large

Profit/(Loss) before income tax 62% 58% 35% -72% -15% 59%

Income tax expense and non-controlling interests 62% 55% 35% -89% -18% 61%

Cash profit/(loss) from continuing operations 62% 59% 34% -65% -13% 59%

DIVISIONAL RESULTS


Divisional Performance - continuing operations


52

Cash profit by division (excluding large/notable items

1

) - March 2021 Half Year v September 2020 Half Year


1.

Refer to pages 13 to 17 for a description of large/notable items.


March 2021 Half Year

Australia

Retail and

Commercial

$M

Institutional

$M

New Zealand

$M

Pacific

$M

TSO and

Group Centre

$M

Group

$M

Net interest income

4,031 1,518 1,393 49 51 7,042

Other operating income

596 989 225 33 197 2,040

Operating income

4,627 2,507 1,618 82 248 9,082

Operating expenses (1,869) (1,188) (613) (70) (476) (4,216)

Profit/(Loss) before credit impairment and income tax

2,758 1,319 1,005 12 (228) 4,866

Credit impairment (charge)/release 381 55 58 (3) - 491

Profit/(Loss) before income tax

3,139 1,374 1,063 9 (228) 5,357

Income tax expense and non-controlling interests (943) (392) (298) (1) 84 (1,550)

Cash profit/(loss) from continuing operations

2,196 982 765 8 (144) 3,807


September 2020 Half Year

Australia

Retail and

Commercial

$M

Institutional

$M

New Zealand

$M

Pacific

$M

TSO and

Group Centre

$M

Group

$M

Net interest income 3,941 1,559 1,265 54 33 6,852

Other operating income 582 1,498 225 34 144 2,483

Operating income 4,523 3,057 1,490 88 177 9,335

Operating expenses (1,892) (1,207) (622) (73) (494) (4,288)

Profit/(Loss) before credit impairment and income tax 2,631 1,850 868 15 (317) 5,047

Credit impairment (charge)/release (804) (53) (163) (41) - (1,061)

Profit/(Loss) before income tax 1,827 1,797 705 (26) (317) 3,986

Income tax expense and non-controlling interests (548) (492) (197) 8 102 (1,127)

Cash profit/(loss) from continuing operations 1,279 1,305 508 (18) (215) 2,859



March 2021 Half Year v September 2020 Half Year


Australia

Retail and

Commercial Institutional New Zealand Pacific

TSO and

Group Centre Group

Net interest income 2% -3% 10% -9% 55% 3%

Other operating income 2% -34% 0% -3% 37% -18%

Operating income 2% -18% 9% -7% 40% -3%

Operating expenses -1% -2% -1% -4% -4% -2%

Profit/(Loss) before credit impairment and income tax 5% -29% 16% -20% -28% -4%

Credit impairment (charge)/release large large large -93% n/a large

Profit/(Loss) before income tax 72% -24% 51% large -28% 34%

Income tax expense and non-controlling interests 72% -20% 51% large -18% 38%

Cash profit/(loss) from continuing operations 72% -25% 51% large -33% 33%

DIVISIONAL RESULTS


Australia Retail and Commercial - continuing operations

Mark Hand


53

Divisional performance was impacted by a number of large/notable items. Refer to pages 13 to 17 and pages 51 to 52 for details.



Half Year


Movement


Mar 21

$M

Sep 20

$M

Mar 20

$M

Mar 21

v. Sep 20

Mar 21

v. Mar 20

Net interest income 3,974 3,868 4,048


3% -2%

Other operating income

302 566 595


-47% -49%

Operating income

4,276 4,434 4,643


-4% -8%

Operating expenses (2,000) (2,026) (2,065)


-1% -3%

Profit before credit impairment and income tax

2,276 2,408 2,578


-5% -12%

Credit impairment (charge)/release 381 (804) (843)


large large

Profit before income tax

2,657 1,604 1,735


66% 53%

Income tax expense and non-controlling interests (875) (481) (521)


82% 68%

Cash profit

1,782 1,123 1,214


59% 47%

Balance Sheet


Net loans and advances 344,269 339,381 329,812


1% 4%

Other external assets

3,510 3,663 3,836


-4% -8%

External assets

347,779 343,044 333,648


1% 4%

Customer deposits 241,315 234,594 212,990


3% 13%

Other external liabilities 9,328 9,220 9,478


1% -2%

External liabilities

250,643 243,814 222,468


3% 13%

Risk weighted assets 163,006 166,662 161,758


-2% 1%

Average gross loans and advances 346,168 336,314 333,617


3% 4%

Average deposits and other borrowings

240,094 222,191 210,214


8% 14%

Ratios


Return on average assets 1.03% 0.67% 0.72%


Net interest margin 2.56% 2.53% 2.65%


Operating expenses to operating income 46.8% 45.7% 44.5%


Operating expenses to average assets 1.16% 1.20% 1.23%


Individually assessed credit impairment charge/(release) 134 278 318


-52% -58%

Individually assessed credit impairment charge/(release) as a % of average GLA

1

0.08% 0.17% 0.19%


Collectively assessed credit impairment charge/(release) (515) 526 525


large large

Collectively assessed credit impairment charge/(release) as a % of average GLA

1

(0.30%) 0.31% 0.31%


Gross impaired assets 1,228 1,634 1,544


-25% -20%

Gross impaired assets as a % of GLA

0.35% 0.48% 0.46%


Total full time equivalent staff (FTE) 14,118 14,078 14,061


0% 0%

1.

Credit impairment charge used in the ratio relates to gross loans and advances and off-balance sheet commitments - undrawn and contingent liabilities.


Cash Profit March 2021 v March 2020


Performance March 2021 v March 2020

 Lending volumes increased driven by home loan growth, partially offset

by lower unsecured lending due to lower consumer demand, increased

customer repayments following fiscal and regulatory stimulus and a

lower interest rate environment, and a decrease in commercial lending.

 Net interest margin decreased driven by unfavourable lending mix from

proportionately more growth in lower margin fixed rate home loans

compared to higher margin unsecured lending, deposit margin

compression and lower earnings on capital. This was partially offset by

lower funding costs, favourable funding deposit mix and asset and

deposit repricing benefits.

 Other operating income decreased driven by the loss on

reclassification of ANZ Share Investing to held for sale and lower credit

card and international transaction volumes due to COVID-19 impacts.

 Operating expenses decreased driven by productivity benefits and

lower restructuring expenses, partially offset by higher customer

remediation and investment spend.

 Credit impairment charges decreased driven by a collectively assessed

credit impairment release reflecting an improved economic outlook and

lower individually assessed credit impairment charge due to the impact

of COVID-19 support packages.

DIVISIONAL RESULTS


Australia Retail and Commercial - continuing operations

Mark Hand


54

Individually assessed credit impairment charge/(release)

Half Year


Movement


Mar 21

$M

Sep 20

$M

Mar 20

$M

Mar 21

v. Sep 20

Mar 21

v. Mar 20

Retail 75 155 156 -52% -52%

Home Loans

46 38 28 21% 64%

Cards and Personal Loans

26 111 122 -77% -79%

Deposits and Payments

1

3 6 6 -50% -50%

Commercial and Private Bank

59 123 162 -52% -64%

Business Banking

(9) 47 72 large large

Small Business Banking

68 76 90 -11% -24%

Individually assessed credit impairment charge/(release)

134 278 318 -52% -58%


Collectively assessed credit impairment charge/(release)

Half Year Movement


Mar 21

$M

Sep 20

$M

Mar 20

$M

Mar 21

v. Sep 20

Mar 21

v. Mar 20

Retail (306) 235 275 large large

Home Loans

(259) 244 239 large large

Cards and Personal Loans

(43) (6) 34 large large

Deposits and Payments

1

(4) (3) 2 33% large

Commercial and Private Bank

(209) 291 250 large large

Business Banking

(101) 191 137 large large

Small Business Banking

(108) 100 113 large large

Collectively assessed credit impairment charge/(release)

(515) 526 525 large large


Net loans and advances As at


Movement


Mar 21

$M

Sep 20

$M

Mar 20

$M

Mar 21

v. Sep 20

Mar 21

v. Mar 20

Retail 287,475 281,570 272,011 2% 6%

Home Loans

280,747 274,825 263,580 2% 7%

Cards and Personal Loans

6,682 6,710 8,370 0% -20%

Deposits and Payments

1

46 35 61 31% -25%

Commercial and Private Bank

56,794 57,811 57,801 -2% -2%

Business Banking


41,283 42,264 41,759 -2% -1%

Small Business Banking


12,254 12,312 13,030 0% -6%

Private Bank and Advice


3,257 3,235 3,012 1% 8%

Net loans and advances

344,269 339,381 329,812 1% 4%



Customer deposits

As at Movement


Mar 21

$M

Sep 20

$M

Mar 20

$M

Mar 21

v. Sep 20

Mar 21

v. Mar 20

Retail


134,655 133,536 123,435 1% 9%

Home Loans

2

35,901 33,161 28,133 8% 28%

Cards and Personal Loans


181 237 254 -24% -29%

Deposits and Payments

98,573 100,138 95,048 -2% 4%

Commercial and Private Bank


106,660 101,058 89,555 6% 19%

Business Banking


24,111 23,944 20,630 1% 17%

Small Business Banking


54,625 49,878 43,773 10% 25%

Private Bank and Advice


27,924 27,236 25,152 3% 11%

Customer deposits

241,315 234,594 212,990 3% 13%

1.

Net loans and advances for the deposits and payments business represent amounts in overdraft.

2.

Customer deposit amounts for the home loans business represent balances in offset accounts.


DIVISIONAL RESULTS


Australia Retail and Commercial - continuing operations

Mark Hand


55



March 2021 Half Year

Retail

$M

Commercial and

Private Bank

$M

Total

$M

Net interest income

2,874 1,100 3,974

Other operating income

75 227 302

Operating income

2,949 1,327 4,276

Operating expenses (1,327) (673) (2,000)

Profit before credit impairment and income tax

1,622 654 2,276

Credit impairment (charge)/release 231 150 381

Profit before income tax

1,853 804 2,657

Income tax expense and non-controlling interests (633) (242) (875)

Cash profit

1,220 562 1,782

Individually assessed credit impairment charge/(release) 75 59 134

Collectively assessed credit impairment charge/(release)

(306) (209) (515)

Net loans and advances

287,475 56,794 344,269

Customer deposits

134,655 106,660 241,315

Risk weighted assets

110,672 52,334 163,006



March 2020 Half Year


Net interest income 2,742 1,306 4,048

Other operating income 365 230 595

Operating income 3,107 1,536 4,643

Operating expenses (1,325) (740) (2,065)

Profit before credit impairment and income tax 1,782 796 2,578

Credit impairment (charge)/release (431) (412) (843)

Profit before income tax 1,351 384 1,735

Income tax expense and non-controlling interests (405) (116) (521)

Cash profit 946 268 1,214

Individually assessed credit impairment charge/(release) 156 162 318

Collectively assessed credit impairment charge/(release) 275 250 525

Net loans and advances 272,011 57,801 329,812

Customer deposits 123,435 89,555 212,990

Risk weighted assets 107,412 54,346 161,758


March 2021 Half Year v March 2020 Half Year

Net interest income 5% -16% -2%

Other operating income -79% -1% -49%

Operating income -5% -14% -8%

Operating expenses 0% -9% -3%

Profit before credit impairment and income tax -9% -18% -12%

Credit impairment (charge)/release large large large

Profit before income tax 37% large 53%

Income tax expense and non-controlling interests 56% large 68%

Cash profit 29% large 47%

Individually assessed credit impairment charge/(release) -52% -64% -58%

Collectively assessed credit impairment charge/(release) large large large

Net loans and advances 6% -2% 4%

Customer deposits 9% 19% 13%

Risk weighted assets 3% -4% 1%

DIVISIONAL RESULTS


Australia Retail and Commercial - continuing operations

Mark Hand


56



March 2021 Half Year

Retail

$M

Commercial and

Private Bank

$M

Total

$M

Net interest income

2,874 1,100 3,974

Other operating income

75 227 302

Operating income

2,949 1,327 4,276

Operating expenses (1,327) (673) (2,000)

Profit before credit impairment and income tax

1,622 654 2,276

Credit impairment (charge)/release 231 150 381

Profit before income tax

1,853 804 2,657

Income tax expense and non-controlling interests (633) (242) (875)

Cash profit

1,220 562 1,782

Individually assessed credit impairment charge/(release) 75 59 134

Collectively assessed credit impairment charge/(release)

(306) (209) (515)

Net loans and advances

287,475 56,794 344,269

Customer deposits

134,655 106,660 241,315

Risk weighted assets

110,672 52,334 163,006


September 2020 Half Year


Net interest income 2,724 1,144 3,868

Other operating income 333 233 566

Operating income 3,057 1,377 4,434

Operating expenses (1,335) (691) (2,026)

Profit before credit impairment and income tax 1,722 686 2,408

Credit impairment (charge)/release (390) (414) (804)

Profit before income tax 1,332 272 1,604

Income tax expense and non-controlling interests (398) (83) (481)

Cash profit 934 189 1,123

Individually assessed credit impairment charge/(release) 155 123 278

Collectively assessed credit impairment charge/(release) 235 291 526

Net loans and advances 281,570 57,811 339,381

Customer deposits 133,536 101,058 234,594

Risk weighted assets 112,142 54,520 166,662


March 2021 Half Year v September 2020 Half Year

Net interest income 6% -4% 3%

Other operating income -77% -3% -47%

Operating income -4% -4% -4%

Operating expenses -1% -3% -1%

Profit before credit impairment and income tax -6% -5% -5%

Credit impairment (charge)/release large large large

Profit before income tax 39% large 66%

Income tax expense and non-controlling interests 59% large 82%

Cash profit 31% large 59%

Individually assessed credit impairment charge/(release) -52% -52% -52%

Collectively assessed credit impairment charge/(release) large large large

Net loans and advances 2% -2% 1%

Customer deposits 1% 6% 3%

Risk weighted assets -1% -4% -2%

DIVISIONAL RESULTS


Institutional - continuing operations

Mark Whelan


57

Divisional performance was impacted by a number of large/notable items. Refer to pages 13 to 17 and pages 51 to 52 for details.



Half Year


Movement


Mar 21

$M

Sep 20

$M

Mar 20

$M

Mar 21

v. Sep 20

Mar 21

v. Mar 20

Net interest income 1,519 1,558 1,624


-3% -6%

Other operating income

1,014 1,482 1,167


-32% -13%

Operating income

2,533 3,040 2,791


-17% -9%

Operating expenses (1,274) (1,268) (1,290)


0% -1%

Profit before credit impairment and income tax

1,259 1,772 1,501


-29% -16%

Credit impairment (charge)/release 55 (53) (641)


large large

Profit before income tax

1,314 1,719 860


-24% 53%

Income tax expense and non-controlling interests (366) (475) (250)


-23% 46%

Cash profit

948 1,244 610


-24% 55%

Balance Sheet


Net loans and advances 147,446 157,634 199,410


-6% -26%

Other external assets

344,994 391,862 461,548


-12% -25%

External assets

492,440 549,496 660,958


-10% -25%

Customer deposits 223,666 223,288 258,517


0% -13%

Other deposits and borrowings 65,675 73,427 96,639


-11% -32%

Deposits and other borrowings

289,341 296,715 355,156


-2% -19%

Other external liabilities 143,956 183,318 229,611


-21% -37%

External liabilities

433,297 480,033 584,767


-10% -26%

Risk weighted assets 169,960 186,502 207,028


-9% -18%

Average gross loans and advances 151,897 179,138 175,366


-15% -13%

Average deposits and other borrowings

292,475 321,745 305,506


-9% -4%

Ratios


Return on average assets 0.35% 0.42% 0.23%


Net interest margin 0.77% 0.73% 0.78%


Net interest margin (excluding Markets)

1

1.85% 1.75% 1.81%


Operating expenses to operating income 50.3% 41.7% 46.2%


Operating expenses to average assets 0.47% 0.42% 0.48%


Individually assessed credit impairment charge/(release) 55 49 272


12% -80%

Individually assessed credit impairment charge/(release) as a % of average GLA

2

0.07% 0.05% 0.31%


Collectively assessed credit impairment charge/(release) (110) 4 369


large large

Collectively assessed credit impairment charge/(release) as a % of average GLA

2

(0.15%) 0.00% 0.42%


Gross impaired assets 892 434 742


large 20%

Gross impaired assets as a % of GLA

0.60% 0.27% 0.37%


Total full time equivalent staff (FTE) 5,215 5,291 5,350


-1% -3%

1.

Institutional (ex-Markets) net interest margin has been aligned to how it is reported internally by removing the impact of surplus funding within this segment. Comparative information has

been restated accordingly.

2.

Credit impairment charge used in the ratio relates to gross loans and advances and off-balance sheet commitments - undrawn and contingent liabilities.



Cash Profit March 2021 v March 2020


Performance March 2021 v March 2020

 Lending volumes decreased across all businesses. Customer

Deposits reduced in Markets and Transaction Banking.

 Net interest margin ex-Markets increased driven by improved

lending margins.

 Other operating income decreased driven by lower Markets

revenue as financial market conditions normalised and lower fee

income in Corporate Finance and Transaction Banking, partially

offset by lower customer remediation.

 Other operating expenses decreased driven by lower personnel

costs and discretionary spend, partially offset by a litigation

settlement.

 Credit impairment charges decreased driven by a collectively

assessed credit impairment release in the March 2021 half

reflecting an improved economic outlook and lower individually

assessed credit impairment charges in Transaction Banking.


DIVISIONAL RESULTS


Institutional - continuing operations

Mark Whelan


58

Institutional by Geography




Half Year


Movement

Australia

Mar 21

$M

Sep 20

$M

Mar 20

$M

Mar 21

v. Sep 20

Mar 21

v. Mar 20

Net interest income 884 859 920


3% -4%

Other operating income

491 660 392


-26% 25%

Operating income

1,375 1,519 1,312


-9% 5%

Operating expenses (654) (613) (584)


7% 12%

Profit before credit impairment and income tax

721 906 728


-20% -1%

Credit impairment (charge)/release 68 (5) (274)


large large

Profit before income tax

789 901 454


-12% 74%

Income tax expense and non-controlling interests (228) (275) (138)


-17% 65%

Cash profit

561 626 316


-10% 78%

Individually assessed credit impairment charge/(release) 34 22 50


55% -32%

Collectively assessed credit impairment charge/(release)

(102) (17) 224


large large

Net loans and advances

89,755 98,992 115,637


-9% -22%

Customer deposits

88,824 89,369 90,648


-1% -2%

Risk weighted assets

93,452 99,632 103,240


-6% -9%



Asia, Pacific, Europe, and America


Net interest income 478 541 536


-12% -11%

Other operating income

419 542 698


-23% -40%

Operating income

897 1,083 1,234


-17% -27%

Operating expenses (532) (559) (615)


-5% -13%

Profit before credit impairment and income tax

365 524 619


-30% -41%

Credit impairment (charge)/release (20) (56) (325)


-64% -94%

Profit before income tax

345 468 294


-26% 17%

Income tax expense and non-controlling interests (87) (102) (81)


-15% 7%

Cash profit

258 366 213


-30% 21%

Individually assessed credit impairment charge/(release) 24 27 215


-11% -89%

Collectively assessed credit impairment charge/(release)

(4) 29 110


large large

Net loans and advances

51,694 52,168 76,849


-1% -33%

Customer deposits

115,331 113,036 148,602


2% -22%

Risk weighted assets

63,922 71,884 89,491


-11% -29%



New Zealand


Net interest income 157 158 168


-1% -7%

Other operating income

104 280 77


-63% 35%

Operating income

261 438 245


-40% 7%

Operating expenses (88) (96) (91)


-8% -3%

Profit before credit impairment and income tax

173 342 154


-49% 12%

Credit impairment (charge)/release 7 8 (42)


-13% large

Profit before income tax

180 350 112


-49% 61%

Income tax expense and non-controlling interests (51) (98) (31)


-48% 65%

Cash profit

129 252 81


-49% 59%

Individually assessed credit impairment charge/(release) (3) - 7


n/a large

Collectively assessed credit impairment charge/(release)

(4) (8) 35


-50% large

Net loans and advances

5,997 6,474 6,924


-7% -13%

Customer deposits

19,511 20,883 19,267


-7% 1%

Risk weighted assets

12,586 14,986 14,297


-16% -12%


DIVISIONAL RESULTS


Institutional - continuing operations

Mark Whelan


59

Individually assessed credit impairment charge/(release)


Half Year


Movement



Mar 21

$M

Sep 20

$M

Mar 20

$M

Mar 21

v. Sep 20

Mar 21

v. Mar 20

Transaction Banking


5 18 227


-72% -98%

Corporate Finance


51 31 46


65% 11%

Markets


(1) - (1)


n/a 0%

Individually assessed credit impairment charge/(release)


55 49 272


12% -80%



Collectively assessed credit impairment charge/(release)


Half Year Movement



Mar 21

$M

Sep 20

$M

Mar 20

$M

Mar 21

v. Sep 20

Mar 21

v. Mar 20

Transaction Banking


(8) (37) 52


-78% large

Corporate Finance


(95) 46 312


large large

Markets


(7) (5) 5


40% large

Collectively assessed credit impairment charge/(release)


(110) 4 369


large large




Net loans and advances

As at Movement


Mar 21

$M

Sep 20

$M

Mar 20

$M

Mar 21

v. Sep 20

Mar 21

v. Mar 20

Transaction Banking 14,295 14,192 22,023


1% -35%

Corporate Finance

105,026 111,253 128,570


-6% -18%

Markets

28,097 32,160 48,714


-13% -42%

Central Functions

28 29 103


-3% -73%

Net loans and advances

147,446 157,634 199,410


-6% -26%



Customer deposits

As at Movement


Mar 21

$M

Sep 20

$M

Mar 20

$M

Mar 21

v. Sep 20

Mar 21

v. Mar 20

Transaction Banking 120,775 123,963 124,159


-3% -3%

Corporate Finance

1,817 966 971


88% 87%

Markets

99,272 96,464 131,277


3% -24%

Central Functions

1,802 1,895 2,110


-5% -15%

Customer deposits

223,666 223,288 258,517


0% -13%

DIVISIONAL RESULTS


Institutional - continuing operations

Mark Whelan


60



March 2021 Half Year

Transaction

Banking

$M

Corporate

Finance

$M

Markets

$M

Central

Functions

$M

Total

$M

Net interest income

326 783 402 8 1,519

Other operating income

320 45 638 11 1,014

Operating income

646 828 1,040 19 2,533

Operating expenses (368) (300) (591) (15) (1,274)

Profit/(Loss) before credit impairment and income tax

278 528 449 4 1,259

Credit impairment (charge)/release 3 44 8 - 55

Profit/(Loss) before income tax

281 572 457 4 1,314

Income tax expense and non-controlling interests (82) (163) (104) (17) (366)

Cash profit/(loss)

199 409 353 (13) 948

Individually assessed credit impairment charge/(release) 5 51 (1) - 55

Collectively assessed credit impairment charge/(release)

(8) (95) (7) - (110)

Net loans and advances

14,295 105,026 28,097 28 147,446

Customer deposits

120,775 1,817 99,272 1,802 223,666

Risk weighted assets

25,648 92,905 50,135 1,272 169,960


March 2020 Half Year


Net interest income 456 754 400 14 1,624

Other operating income 356 31 764 16 1,167

Operating income 812 785 1,164 30 2,791

Operating expenses (404) (301) (561) (24) (1,290)

Profit/(Loss) before credit impairment and income tax 408 484 603 6 1,501

Credit impairment (charge)/release (279) (358) (4) - (641)

Profit/(Loss) before income tax 129 126 599 6 860

Income tax expense and non-controlling interests (68) (34) (134) (14) (250)

Cash profit/(loss) 61 92 465 (8) 610

Individually assessed credit impairment charge/(release) 227 46 (1) - 272

Collectively assessed credit impairment charge/(release) 52 312 5 - 369

Net loans and advances 22,023 128,570 48,714 103 199,410

Customer deposits 124,159 971 131,277 2,110 258,517

Risk weighted assets 29,036 109,824 67,690 478 207,028


March 2021 Half Year v March 2020 Half Year

Net interest income -29% 4% 1% -43% -6%

Other operating income -10% 45% -16% -31% -13%

Operating income -20% 5% -11% -37% -9%

Operating expenses -9% 0% 5% -38% -1%

Profit/(Loss) before credit impairment and income tax -32% 9% -26% -33% -16%

Credit impairment (charge)/release large large large n/a large

Profit/(Loss) before income tax large large -24% -33% 53%

Income tax expense and non-controlling interests 21% large -22% 21% 46%

Cash profit/(loss) large large -24% 63% 55%

Individually assessed credit impairment charge/(release) -98% 11% 0% n/a -80%

Collectively assessed credit impairment charge/(release) large large large n/a large

Net loans and advances -35% -18% -42% -73% -26%

Customer deposits -3% 87% -24% -15% -13%

Risk weighted assets -12% -15% -26% large -18%

DIVISIONAL RESULTS


Institutional - continuing operations

Mark Whelan


61



March 2021 Half Year

Transaction

Banking

$M

Corporate

Finance

$M

Markets

$M

Central

Functions

$M

Total

$M

Net interest income

326 783 402 8 1,519

Other operating income

320 45 638 11 1,014

Operating income

646 828 1,040 19 2,533

Operating expenses (368) (300) (591) (15) (1,274)

Profit/(Loss) before credit impairment and income tax

278 528 449 4 1,259

Credit impairment (charge)/release 3 44 8 - 55

Profit/(Loss) before income tax

281 572 457 4 1,314

Income tax expense and non-controlling interests (82) (163) (104) (17) (366)

Cash profit/(loss)

199 409 353 (13) 948

Individually assessed credit impairment charge/(release) 5 51 (1) - 55

Collectively assessed credit impairment charge/(release)

(8) (95) (7) - (110)

Net loans and advances

14,295 105,026 28,097 28 147,446

Customer deposits

120,775 1,817 99,272 1,802 223,666

Risk weighted assets

25,648 92,905 50,135 1,272 169,960


September 2020 Half Year


Net interest income 377 802 370 9 1,558

Other operating income 331 28 1,120 3 1,482

Operating income 708 830 1,490 12 3,040

Operating expenses (408) (306) (534) (20) (1,268)

Profit/(Loss) before credit impairment and income tax 300 524 956 (8) 1,772

Credit impairment (charge)/release 19 (77) 5 - (53)

Profit/(Loss) before income tax 319 447 961 (8) 1,719

Income tax expense and non-controlling interests (95) (120) (258) (2) (475)

Cash profit/(loss) 224 327 703 (10) 1,244

Individually assessed credit impairment charge/(release) 18 31 - - 49

Collectively assessed credit impairment charge/(release) (37) 46 (5) - 4

Net loans and advances 14,192 111,253 32,160 29 157,634

Customer deposits 123,963 966 96,464 1,895 223,288

Risk weighted assets 23,739 102,923 59,345 495 186,502


March 2021 Half Year v September 2020 Half Year

Net interest income -14% -2% 9% -11% -3%

Other operating income -3% 61% -43% large -32%

Operating income -9% 0% -30% 58% -17%

Operating expenses -10% -2% 11% -25% 0%

Profit/(Loss) before credit impairment and income tax -7% 1% -53% large -29%

Credit impairment (charge)/release -84% large 60% n/a large

Profit/(Loss) before income tax -12% 28% -52% large -24%

Income tax expense and non-controlling interests -14% 36% -60% large -23%

Cash profit/(loss) -11% 25% -50% 30% -24%

Individually assessed credit impairment charge/(release) -72% 65% n/a n/a 12%

Collectively assessed credit impairment charge/(release) -78% large 40% n/a large

Net loans and advances 1% -6% -13% -3% -6%

Customer deposits -3% 88% 3% -5% 0%

Risk weighted assets 8% -10% -16% large -9%

DIVISIONAL RESULTS


Institutional - continuing operations

Mark Whelan


62

Analysis of Markets operating income

1

During the March 2021 half, the Group aligned reporting of Markets Franchise Revenue to its respective product lines (Foreign Exchange, Rates, Credit

and Capital Markets, and Commodities) to better reflect the underlying nature of Markets’ business. Prior period presentation of Markets Franchise

Revenue by Sales and Trading is retained this period to assist with transition to the new presentation.




Half Year Movement

Composition of Markets operating income by product

Mar 21

$M

Sep 20

$M

Mar 20

$M

Mar 21

v. Sep 20

Mar 21

v. Mar 20

Foreign Exchange 307 253 437


21% -30%

Rates

128 338 290


-62% -56%

Credit and Capital Markets

139 248 103


-44% 35%

Commodities

43 52 72


-17% -40%

Franchise Revenue

617 891 902


-31% -32%

Balance Sheet

2

402 468 238 -14% 69%

Derivative valuation adjustments

3

21 131 24 -84% -13%

Markets operating income

1,040 1,490 1,164


-30% -11%



Half Year Movement

Composition of Markets operating income by business activity

Mar 21

$M

Sep 20

$M

Mar 20

$M

Mar 21

v. Sep 20

Mar 21

v. Mar 20

Franchise Sales 419 471 513


-11% -18%

Franchise Trading

219 551 413


-60% -47%

Balance Sheet

2

402 468 238


-14% 69%

Markets operating income

1,040 1,490 1,164


-30% -11%

Includes:

Derivative valuation adjustments

3

21 131 24


-84% -13%

1.

Markets operating income includes net interest income and other operating income.

2.

Balance Sheet represents hedging of interest rate risk on the Group’s loan and deposit books and the management of the Group’s liquidity portfolio.

3.

Includes funding and credit valuation adjustments.




Half Year


Movement

Composition of Markets operating income by geography

Mar 21

$M

Sep 20

$M

Mar 20

$M

Mar 21

v. Sep 20

Mar 21

v. Mar 20

Australia 402 517 325


-22% 24%

Asia, Pacific, Europe & America

517 673 740


-23% -30%

New Zealand

121 300 99


-60% 22%

Markets operating income

1,040 1,490 1,164


-30% -11%

DIVISIONAL RESULTS


Institutional - continuing operations

Mark Whelan


63

Market risk

Traded market risk

Below are aggregate Value at Risk (VaR) exposures at 99% confidence level covering both physical and derivatives trading positions for the Bank’s

principal trading centres.


99% confidence level (1 day holding period)




High for Low for Avg for



High for Low for Avg for


As at period period period


As at year year year


Mar 21

$M

Mar 21

$M

Mar 21

$M

Mar 21

$M


Sep 20

$M

Sep 20

$M

Sep 20

$M

Sep 20

$M

Value at Risk at 99% confidence

Foreign exchange

3.2 10.0 2.0 4.6 2.0 6.1 1.2 3.1

Interest rate

6.2 19.6 4.3 10.1 9.6 13.8 3.3 7.2

Credit

14.8 22.2 9.3 14.4 13.9 17.1 1.8 8.6

Commodities

2.6 3.4 1.3 2.4 3.0 4.7 1.3 2.6

Equity

- - - - - - - -

Diversification benefit

(11.3) n/a n/a (10.1) (10.9) n/a n/a (8.0)

Total VaR

15.5 30.0 14.0 21.4 17.6 31.9 5.7 13.5



Non-traded interest rate risk

Non-traded interest rate risk is managed by Markets and relates to the potential adverse impact of changes in market interest rates on future net interest

income for the Group. Interest rate risk is reported using various techniques including VaR and scenario analysis based on a 1% shock.


99% confidence level (1 day holding period)




High for Low for Avg for


High for Low for Avg for


As at period period period As at year year year


Mar 21

$M

Mar 21

$M

Mar 21

$M

Mar 21

$M

Sep 20

$M

Sep 20

$M

Sep 20

$M

Sep 20

$M

Value at Risk at 99% confidence

Australia

67.3 81.8 63.6 72.3 60.8 60.8 18.8 33.4

New Zealand

26.5 32.8 26.5 29.8 26.3 26.3 9.4 15.2

Asia, Pacific, Europe & America

33.5 33.5 29.4 31.9 29.4 30.2 17.4 24.2

Diversification benefit

(55.2) n/a n/a (66.0) (61.4) n/a n/a (29.5)

Total VaR

72.1 79.4 59.3 68.0 55.1 58.3 31.5 43.3



Impact of 1% rate shock on the next 12 months’ net interest income margin



As at


Mar 21 Sep 20

As at period end 1.74% 1.25%

Maximum exposure

1.74% 1.61%

Minimum exposure

1.00% 0.52%

Average exposure (in absolute terms)

1.31% 1.01%

DIVISIONAL RESULTS


New Zealand - continuing operations

Antonia Watson

64

Divisional performance was impacted by a number of large/notable items. Refer to pages 13 to 17 and pages 51 to 52 for details (in AUD).

Table reflects NZD for New Zealand (AUD results shown on page 68)


Half Year Movement


Mar 21

NZD M

Sep 20

NZD M

Mar 20

NZD M

Mar 21

v. Sep 20

Mar 21

v. Mar 20

Net interest income 1,490 1,416 1,479


5% 1%

Other operating income

255 242 259


5% -2%

Operating income

1,745 1,658 1,738


5% 0%

Operating expenses (668) (796) (724)


-16% -8%

Profit before credit impairment and income tax

1,077 862 1,014


25% 6%

Credit impairment (charge)/release 63 (178) (188)


large large

Profit before income tax

1,140 684 826


67% 38%

Income tax expense and non-controlling interests (315) (199) (232)


58% 36%

Cash profit

825 485 594


70% 39%

Balance Sheet


Net loans and advances 131,250 125,981 128,560


4% 2%

Other external assets

4,153 4,522 4,805


-8% -14%

External assets

135,403 130,503 133,365


4% 2%

Customer deposits 101,530 98,304 93,626


3% 8%

Other deposits and borrowings 3,543 1,748 4,456


large -20%

Deposits and other borrowings

105,073 100,052 98,082


5% 7%

Other external liabilities 19,526 23,385 28,095


-17% -31%

External liabilities

124,599 123,437 126,177


1% -1%

Risk weighted assets 71,220 71,348 72,502


0% -2%

Average gross loans and advances 129,047 128,748 127,968


0% 1%

Average deposits and other borrowings

102,546 99,324 94,740


3% 8%

Net funds management income

109 106 113


3% -4%

Funds under management 36,489 35,223 32,504


4% 12%

Average funds under management

35,468 34,816 34,472


2% 3%

Ratios


Return on average assets 1.25% 0.73% 0.90%


Net interest margin 2.32% 2.20% 2.31%


Operating expenses to operating income 38.3% 48.0% 41.7%


Operating expenses to average assets 1.01% 1.20% 1.10%


Individually assessed credit impairment charge/(release) (6) 66 37


large large

Individually assessed credit impairment charge/(release) as a % of average GLA

1

(0.01%) 0.10% 0.06%


Collectively assessed credit impairment charge/(release) (57) 112 151


large large

Collectively assessed credit impairment charge/(release) as a % of average GLA

1

(0.09%) 0.17% 0.24%


Gross impaired assets 338 374 271


-10% 25%

Gross impaired assets as a % of GLA

0.26% 0.30% 0.21%


Total full time equivalent staff (FTE) 6,691 6,679 7,009


0% -5%

1.

Credit impairment charge used in the ratio relates to gross loans and advances and off-balance sheet commitments - undrawn and contingent liabilities.



Cash Profit March 2021 v March 2020

Performance March 2021 v March 2020

 Lending volumes increased driven by home loan growth, partially

offset by decrease in commercial lending and the impact of the sale

of UDC in the September 2020 half.

 Net interest margin was broadly flat as favourable deposit mix and

loan and deposit repricing were offset by headwinds from

unfavourable lending mix, a low interest rate environment and lower

net interest income from UDC post sale completion in the

September 2020 half.

 Operating expenses decreased driven by FTE reduction, lower

discretionary costs and lower expenses from UDC post sale

completion in the September 2020 half.

 Credit impairment charges decreased driven by collectively

assessed credit impairment release reflecting an improved

economic outlook and lower individually assessed credit impairment

charge due to the impact of COVID-19 support packages and

higher write-backs.


DIVISIONAL RESULTS


New Zealand - continuing operations

Antonia Watson

65

Individually assessed credit impairment charge/(release) Half Year


Movement


Mar 21

NZD M

Sep 20

NZD M

Mar 20

NZD M

Mar 21

v. Sep 20

Mar 21

v. Mar 20

Retail 9 21 20


-57% -55%

Home Loans

- 3 2


-100% -100%

Other

9 18 18


-50% -50%

Commercial

(15) 45 17 large large

Individually assessed credit impairment charge/(release)

(6) 66 37 large large


Collectively assessed credit impairment charge/(release) Half Year

Movement


Mar 21

NZD M

Sep 20

NZD M

Mar 20

NZD M

Mar 21

v. Sep 20

Mar 21

v. Mar 20

Retail (41) 40 62


large large

Home Loans

(36) 28 50


large large

Other

(5) 12 12


large large

Commercial

(16) 72 89 large large

Collectively assessed credit impairment charge/(release)

(57) 112 151 large large


Net loans and advances

As at Movement


Mar 21

NZD M

Sep 20

NZD M

Mar 20

NZD M

Mar 21

v. Sep 20

Mar 21

v. Mar 20

Retail 92,418 86,648 85,001


7% 9%

Home Loans

90,060 84,270 82,253


7% 9%

Other

2,358 2,378 2,748


-1% -14%

Commercial

38,832 39,333 43,559 -1% -11%

Net loans and advances

131,250 125,981 128,560


4% 2%



Customer deposits

As at Movement


Mar 21

NZD M

Sep 20

NZD M

Mar 20

NZD M

Mar 21

v. Sep 20

Mar 21

v. Mar 20

Retail 81,358 79,867 76,408


2% 6%

Commercial

20,172 18,437 17,218 9% 17%

Customer deposits

101,530 98,304 93,626


3% 8%

DIVISIONAL RESULTS


New Zealand - continuing operations

Antonia Watson

66

March 2021 Half Year

Retail

NZD M

Commercial

NZD M

Central

Functions

NZD M

Total

NZD M

Net interest income

986 503 1 1,490

Other operating income

248 5 2 255

Operating income

1,234 508 3 1,745

Operating expenses (547) (118) (3) (668)

Profit before credit impairment and income tax

687 390 - 1,077

Credit impairment (charge)/release 32 31 - 63

Profit before income tax

719 421 - 1,140

Income tax expense and non-controlling interests (198) (118) 1 (315)

Cash profit

521 303 1 825

Individually assessed credit impairment charge/(release) 9 (15) - (6)

Collectively assessed credit impairment charge/(release)

(41) (16) - (57)

Net loans and advances

92,418 38,832 - 131,250

Customer deposits

81,358 20,172 - 101,530

Risk weighted assets

39,190 29,924 2,106 71,220


March 2020 Half Year


Net interest income 922 549 8 1,479

Other operating income 254 5 - 259

Operating income 1,176 554 8 1,738

Operating expenses (574) (146) (4) (724)

Profit before credit impairment and income tax 602 408 4 1,014

Credit impairment (charge)/release (82) (106) - (188)

Profit before income tax 520 302 4 826

Income tax expense and non-controlling interests (146) (85) (1) (232)

Cash profit 374 217 3 594

Individually assessed credit impairment charge/(release) 20 17 - 37

Collectively assessed credit impairment charge/(release) 62 89 - 151

Net loans and advances 85,001 43,559 - 128,560

Customer deposits 76,408 17,218 - 93,626

Risk weighted assets 37,202 33,914 1,386 72,502


March 2021 Half Year v March 2020 Half Year

Net interest income 7% -8% -88% 1%

Other operating income -2% 0% n/a -2%

Operating income 5% -8% -63% 0%

Operating expenses -5% -19% -25% -8%

Profit before credit impairment and income tax 14% -4% -100% 6%

Credit impairment (charge)/release large large n/a large

Profit before income tax 38% 39% -100% 38%

Income tax expense and non-controlling interests 36% 39% large 36%

Cash profit 39% 40% -67% 39%

Individually assessed credit impairment charge/(release) -55% large n/a large

Collectively assessed credit impairment charge/(release) large large n/a large

Net loans and advances 9% -11% n/a 2%

Customer deposits 6% 17% n/a 8%

Risk weighted assets 5% -12% 52% -2%

DIVISIONAL RESULTS


New Zealand - continuing operations

Antonia Watson

67

March 2021 Half Year

Retail

NZD M

Commercial

NZD M

Central

Functions

NZD M

Total

NZD M

Net interest income

986 503 1 1,490

Other operating income

248 5 2 255

Operating income

1,234 508 3 1,745

Operating expenses (547) (118) (3) (668)

Profit before credit impairment and income tax

687 390 - 1,077

Credit impairment (charge)/release 32 31 - 63

Profit before income tax

719 421 - 1,140

Income tax expense and non-controlling interests (198) (118) 1 (315)

Cash profit

521 303 1 825

Individually assessed credit impairment charge/(release) 9 (15) - (6)

Collectively assessed credit impairment charge/(release)

(41) (16) - (57)

Net loans and advances

92,418 38,832 - 131,250

Customer deposits

81,358 20,172 - 101,530

Risk weighted assets

39,190 29,924 2,106 71,220


September 2020 Half Year


Net interest income 892 524 - 1,416

Other operating income 235 6 1 242

Operating income 1,127 530 1 1,658

Operating expenses (640) (157) 1 (796)

Profit before credit impairment and income tax 487 373 2 862

Credit impairment (charge)/release (61) (117) - (178)

Profit before income tax 426 256 2 684

Income tax expense and non-controlling interests (127) (71) (1) (199)

Cash profit 299 185 1 485

Individually assessed credit impairment charge/(release) 21 45 - 66

Collectively assessed credit impairment charge/(release) 40 72 - 112

Net loans and advances 86,648 39,333 - 125,981

Customer deposits 79,867 18,437 - 98,304

Risk weighted assets 38,308 30,839 2,201 71,348


March 2021 Half Year v September 2020 Half Year

Net interest income 11% -4% n/a 5%

Other operating income 6% -17% 100% 5%

Operating income 9% -4% large 5%

Operating expenses -15% -25% large -16%

Profit before credit impairment and income tax 41% 5% -100% 25%

Credit impairment (charge)/release large large n/a large

Profit before income tax 69% 64% -100% 67%

Income tax expense and non-controlling interests 56% 66% large 58%

Cash profit 74% 64% 0% 70%

Individually assessed credit impairment charge/(release) -57% large n/a large

Collectively assessed credit impairment charge/(release) large large n/a large

Net loans and advances 7% -1% n/a 4%

Customer deposits 2% 9% n/a 3%

Risk weighted assets 2% -3% -4% 0%

DIVISIONAL RESULTS


New Zealand - continuing operations

Antonia Watson

68

Table reflects AUD for New Zealand

NZD results shown on page 64




Half Year


Movement



Mar 21

$M

Sep 20

$M

Mar 20

$M

Mar 21

v. Sep 20

Mar 21

v. Mar 20

Net interest income


1,393 1,321 1,410


5% -1%

Other operating income

238 226 247


5% -4%

Operating income

1,631 1,547 1,657


5% -2%

Operating expenses (623) (745) (690)


-16% -10%

Profit before credit impairment and income tax

1,008 802 967


26% 4%

Credit impairment (charge)/release 58 (166) (179)


large large

Profit before income tax

1,066 636 788


68% 35%

Income tax expense and non-controlling interests (295) (186) (221)


59% 33%

Cash profit

771 450 567


71% 36%

Consisting of:


Retail 486 278 357


75% 36%

Commercial

284 171 207


66% 37%

Central Functions

1 1 3


0% -67%

Cash profit

771 450 567


71% 36%

Balance Sheet


Net loans and advances 120,482 116,625 125,195


3% -4%

Other external assets

3,812 4,186 4,679


-9% -19%

External assets

124,294 120,811 129,874


3% -4%

Customer deposits 93,201 91,004 91,175


2% 2%

Other deposits and borrowings 3,252 1,618 4,339


large -25%

Deposits and other borrowings

96,453 92,622 95,514


4% 1%

Other external liabilities 17,923 21,648 27,360


-17% -34%

External liabilities

114,376 114,270 122,874


0% -7%

Risk weighted assets 65,376 66,049 70,604


-1% -7%

Average gross loans and advances 120,639 120,182 122,011


0% -1%

Average deposits and other borrowings

95,864 92,756 90,329


3% 6%

Net funds management income

102 100 107


2% -5%

Funds under management 33,495 32,608 31,653


3% 6%

Average funds under management

33,157 32,499 32,868


2% 1%

Ratios


Return on average assets


1.25% 0.73% 0.90%


Net interest margin


2.32% 2.20% 2.31%


Operating expenses to operating income


38.3% 48.0% 41.7%


Operating expenses to average assets


1.01% 1.20% 1.10%


Individually assessed credit impairment charge/(release)


(5) 62 35


large large

Individually assessed credit impairment charge/(release) as a % of average GLA

1



(0.01%) 0.10% 0.06%


Collectively assessed credit impairment charge/(release)


(53) 104 144


large large

Collectively assessed credit impairment charge/(release) as a % of average GLA

1



(0.09%) 0.17% 0.24%


Gross impaired assets


310 347 264


-11% 17%

Gross impaired assets as a % of GLA


0.26% 0.30% 0.21%


Total full time equivalent staff (FTE)


6,691 6,679 7,009


0% -5%

1.

Credit impairment charge used in the ratio relates to gross loans and advances and off-balance sheet commitments - undrawn and contingent liabilities.

DIVISIONAL RESULTS


Pacific - continuing operations

Antonia Watson


Divisional performance was impacted by a number of large/notable items. Refer to pages 13 to 17 and pages 51 to 52 for details of these items.



69


Half Year


Movement


Mar 21

$M

Sep 20

$M

Mar 20

$M


Mar 21

v. Sep 20

Mar 21

v. Mar 20

Net interest income 49 44 65


11% -25%

Other operating income

33 34 50 -3% -34%

Operating income

82 78 115 5% -29%

Operating expenses

1

(71) (129) (76) -45% -7%

Profit/(Loss) before credit impairment and income tax

11 (51) 39 large -72%

Credit impairment (charge)/release (3) (41) (11) -93% -73%

Profit/(Loss) before income tax

8 (92) 28 large -71%

Income tax expense and non-controlling interests (1) 10 (8) large -88%

Cash profit/(loss)

7 (82) 20 large -65%

Balance Sheet

Net loans and advances 1,713 1,866 2,176 -8% -21%

Customer deposits

3,394 3,534 3,845 -4% -12%

Risk weighted assets

3,176 3,357 3,547 -5% -10%

Total full time equivalent staff (FTE)

1,101 1,113 1,108 -1% -1%

1.

Includes $50 million of goodwill written-off in the September 2020 half.



TSO and Group Centre - continuing operations


Divisional performance was impacted by a number of large/notable items. Refer to pages 13 to 17 and pages 51 to 52 for details of these items.



Half Year


Movement


Mar 21

$M

Sep 20

$M

Mar 20

$M

Mar 21

v. Sep 20

Mar 21

v. Mar 20

Share of associates profit/(loss) (242) 21 135 large large

Operating income (other)

143 53 (762) large large

Operating income

1

(99) 74 (627) large -84%

Operating expenses

2

(514) (610) (484) -16% 6%

Profit/(Loss) before credit impairment and income tax

(613) (536) (1,111) 14% -45%

Credit impairment (charge)/release - - - n/a n/a

Profit/(Loss) before income tax

(613) (536) (1,111) 14% -45%

Income tax benefit and non-controlling interests 95 146 113 -35% -16%

Cash profit/(loss)

(518) (390) (998) 33% -48%

Risk weighted assets 6,319 6,429 5,664 -2% 12%

Total full time equivalent staff (FTE)

10,719 10,345 10,306 4% 4%

1.

Includes -$347 million in the March 2021 half in respect of the Group’s share of the AmBank 1MDB settlement and goodwill write-off. The March 2020 half includes -$815 million impairment

charge for AmBank and PT Panin. Refer to pages 13 to 17 for further details on large/notable items.

2.

Includes restructuring expense of $38 million in the March 2021 half (Sep 20 half: $19 million; Mar 20 half: $5 million). The September 2020 half includes $117 million of accelerated

software amortisation. Refer to pages 13 to 17 for further details on large/notable items.

DIVISIONAL RESULTS


70

This page has been left blank intentionally

PROFIT RECONCILIATION


71


CONTENTS Page


Adjustments between statutory profit and cash profit 72

Explanation of adjustments between statutory profit and cash profit - continuing operations 72

Reconciliation of statutory profit to cash profit 73

PROFIT RECONCILIATION


72

Non-IFRS information

Statutory profit is prepared in accordance with recognition and measurement requirements of Australian Accounting Standards, which comply with

International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS). The Group provides additional measures of performance in the Consolidated Financial Report &

Dividend Announcement which are prepared on a basis other than in accordance with accounting standards. The guidance provided in ASIC’s

Regulatory Guide 230 has been followed when presenting this information.

Adjustments between statutory profit and cash profit

Cash profit represents ANZ’s preferred measure of the result of the core business activities of the Group, enabling readers to assess Group and

Divisional performance against prior periods and against peer institutions. To calculate cash profit, the Group excludes non-core items from statutory

profit (refer to Definitions on pages 131 to 132 for further details). The adjustments made in arriving at cash profit are included in statutory profit which is

subject to review within the context of the external auditor’s review of the Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements. Cash profit is not subject to

review by the external auditor. The external auditor has informed the Audit Committee that cash profit adjustments have been determined on a consistent

basis across each period presented.



Half Year


Movement


Mar 21

$M

Sep 20

$M

Mar 20

$M

Mar 21

v. Sep 20

Mar 21

v. Mar 20

Statutory profit attributable to shareholders of the Company from continuing

operations

2,951 2,040 1,635 45% 80%


Adjustments between statutory profit and cash profit from continuing operations

Economic hedges

51 461 (340) -89% large

Revenue and expense hedges

(12) (156) 120 -92% large

Structured credit intermediation trades

- - (2) n/a -100%

Total adjustments between statutory profit and cash profit from continuing operations

39 305 (222) -87% large

Cash profit from continuing operations 2,990 2,345 1,413 28% large


Statutory loss attributable to shareholders of the Company from discontinued

operations

(8) (8) (90) 0% -91%

Adjustments between statutory profit and cash profit from discontinued operations

- - - n/a n/a

Cash profit from discontinued operations

(8) (8) (90) 0% -91%


Cash profit 2,982 2,337 1,323 28% large

Explanation of adjustments between statutory profit and cash profit - continuing operations

 Economic hedges

The Group enters into economic hedges to manage its interest rate and foreign exchange risk which, in accordance with accounting standards, result

in fair value gains and losses being recognised within the Income Statement. This includes gains and losses arising from approved classes of

derivatives not designated in accounting hedge relationships but which are considered to be economic hedges as well as ineffectiveness from

designated accounting hedges.

Economic hedges comprise:


 Funding related swaps (primarily cross currency interest rate swaps) used to convert the proceeds of foreign currency debt issuances into

floating rate Australian dollar and New Zealand dollar debt that do not qualify for hedge accounting. The main drivers of these fair value

movements are currency basis spreads and Australian dollar and New Zealand dollar fluctuations against other major funding currencies.

 Economic hedges of select structured finance and specialised leasing transactions that do not qualify for hedge accounting. The main drivers of

these fair value adjustments are movements in the Australian and New Zealand term structure of interest rates.

 Ineffectiveness from designated accounting hedge relationships.

The Group removes the fair value adjustments from cash profit since the profit or loss will reverse over time to match with the profit or loss from the

underlying hedged item.

In the March 2021 half, the majority of the loss on economic hedges relates to funding related swaps, principally from the strengthening of AUD and

NZD against USD and narrowing of basis spreads on the EUR/USD currency pair.

 Revenue and expense hedges

The Group enters into economic hedges to manage hedges of larger foreign exchange denominated revenue and expense streams, primarily NZD

and USD (and USD correlated). The gain on revenue and expense hedges in the March 2021 half was mainly due to the strengthening of AUD

against the USD and NZD.

 Structured credit intermediation trades

ANZ entered into a series of structured credit intermediation trades prior to the Global Financial Crisis with eight US financial guarantors. This

involved selling credit default swaps (CDSs) as protection over specific debt structures and purchasing CDS protection over the same structures.

ANZ has subsequently exited its positions with the remaining two CDS deals having matured during the March 2021 half. Accordingly, the notional

value of outstanding bought and sold CDSs at 31 March 2021 was nil (Sep 20: $0.3 billion; Mar 20: $0.3 billion).

PROFIT RECONCILIATION


73

Reconciliation of statutory profit to cash profit




Adjustments to statutory profit


Statutory

profit

Economic

hedges

Revenue and

expense

hedges

Structured

credit

intermediation

trades

Total

adjustments

to statutory

profit Cash profit

$M $M $M $M $M $M

March 2021 Half Year

Net interest income 6,986 - - - - 6,986

Other operating income

1,381 73 (17) - 56 1,437

Operating income

8,367 73 (17) - 56 8,423

Operating expenses (4,482) - - - - (4,482)

Profit before credit impairment and tax

3,885 73 (17) - 56 3,941

Credit impairment (charge)/release 491 - - - - 491

Profit before income tax

4,376 73 (17) - 56 4,432

Income tax expense (1,425) (22) 5 - (17) (1,442)

Non-controlling interests

- - - - - -

Profit after tax from continuing operations

2,951 51 (12) - 39 2,990

Profit/(Loss) after tax from discontinued operations (8) - - - - (8)

Profit after tax

2,943 51 (12) - 39 2,982


September 2020 Half Year

Net interest income 6,827 - - - - 6,827

Other operating income 1,917 649 (220) - 429 2,346

Operating income 8,744 649 (220) - 429 9,173

Operating expenses (4,778) - - - - (4,778)

Profit before credit impairment and tax 3,966 649 (220) - 429 4,395

Credit impairment (charge)/release (1,064) - - - - (1,064)

Profit before income tax 2,902 649 (220) - 429 3,331

Income tax expense (862) (188) 64 - (124) (986)

Non-controlling interests - - - - - -

Profit after tax from continuing operations 2,040 461 (156) - 305 2,345

Profit/(Loss) after tax from discontinued operations (8) - - - - (8)

Profit after tax 2,032 461 (156) - 305 2,337


March 2020 Half Year

Net interest income 7,222 - - - - 7,222

Other operating income 1,671 (480) 169 (3) (314) 1,357

Operating income 8,893 (480) 169 (3) (314) 8,579

Operating expenses (4,605) - - - - (4,605)

Profit before credit impairment and tax 4,288 (480) 169 (3) (314) 3,974

Credit impairment (charge)/release (1,674) - - - - (1,674)

Profit before income tax 2,614 (480) 169 (3) (314) 2,300

Income tax expense (978) 140 (49) 1 92 (886)

Non-controlling interests (1) - - - - (1)

Profit after tax from continuing operations 1,635 (340) 120 (2) (222) 1,413

Profit/(Loss) after tax from discontinued operations (90) - - - - (90)

Profit after tax 1,545 (340) 120 (2) (222) 1,323

PROFIT RECONCILIATION


74

This page has been left blank intentionally

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


75


CONTENTS Page


Directors’ Report 76

Condensed Consolidated Income Statement 77

Condensed Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income 78

Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheet 79

Condensed Consolidated Cash Flow Statement 80

Condensed Consolidated Statement of Changes in Equity 81

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements 82

Directors’ Declaration 118

Auditor’s Review Report and Independence Declaration 119

DIRECTORS’ REPORT



76

The Directors present their report on the Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements for the half year ended 31 March 2021.


Directors


The names of the Directors of the Company who held office during and since the end of the half year are:


Mr PD O’Sullivan Chairman

Mr SC Elliott Director and Chief Executive Officer

Mr DM Gonski, AC Director, retired on 28 October 2020

Ms IR Atlas, AO Director

Ms PJ Dwyer Director

Ms SJ Halton, AO PSM Director

Mr GR Liebelt Director

Rt Hon Sir JP Key, GNZM AC Director

Mr JT MacFarlane Director



Result

The consolidated profit attributable to shareholders of the Company was $2,943 million, and consolidated profit attributable to shareholders of the

Company from continuing operations was $2,951 million. Further details are contained in Group Results on pages 19 to 46 which forms part of this report,

and in the Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements.



Review of operations

A review of the operations of the Group during the half year and the results of those operations are contained in the Group Results on pages 19 to 46

which forms part of this report.



Lead auditor’s independence declaration

The lead auditor’s independence declaration given under section 307C of the Corporations Act 2001 (as amended) is set out on page 120 which forms

part of this report.



Rounding of amounts

The amounts contained in these Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements have been rounded to the nearest million dollars, except where

otherwise indicated, as permitted by ASIC Corporations Instrument 2016/191.



Significant events since balance date

On 26 April 2021, the Group posted notice that it will exercise its option to redeem wholesale A$700,000,000 floating rate subordinated notes due May

2026. The notes will be redeemed on 17 May 2021 for their par value of $700 million.

Other than the matter above, there have been no other significant events from 31 March 2021 to the date of signing this report that have not been

adjusted or disclosed.



Signed in accordance with a resolution of the Directors.






Paul D O’Sullivan Shayne C Elliott

Chairman Managing Director




4 May 2021

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED INCOME STATEMENT



Australia and New Zealand Banking Group Limited


77



Half Year


Movement



Note

Mar 21

$M

Sep 20

$M

Mar 20

$M


Mar 21

v. Sep 20

Mar 21

v. Mar 20

Interest income


9,879 10,626 13,800


-7% -28%

Interest expense

(2,893) (3,799) (6,578)


-24% -56%

Net interest income


2 6,986 6,827 7,222


2% -3%

Other operating income


2 1,571 1,866 1,489


-16% 6%

Net income from insurance business


2 52 31 47


68% 11%

Share of associates' profit/(loss) 2, 19

(242) 20 135


large large

Operating income


8,367 8,744 8,893


-4% -6%

Operating expenses 3 (4,482) (4,778) (4,605)


-6% -3%

Profit before credit impairment and income tax


3,885 3,966 4,288


-2% -9%

Credit impairment (charge)/release 10 491 (1,064) (1,674)


large large

Profit before income tax


4,376 2,902 2,614


51% 67%

Income tax expense 4 (1,425) (862) (978)


65% 46%

Profit after tax from continuing operations

2,951 2,040 1,636


45% 80%

Profit/(Loss) after tax from discontinued operations 13 (8) (8) (90)


0% -91%

Profit for the period

2,943 2,032 1,546


45% 90%

Comprising:




Profit attributable to shareholders of the Company 2,943 2,032 1,545


45% 90%

Profit attributable to non-controlling interests

- - 1


n/a -100%


Earnings per ordinary share (cents) including discontinued

operations




Basic


6 103.7 71.8 54.6


44% 90%

Diluted


6 98.4 66.3 51.5


48% 91%

Earnings per ordinary share (cents) from continuing operations




Basic


6 104.0 72.1 57.8


44% 80%

Diluted


6 98.7 66.5 54.3


48% 82%

Dividend per ordinary share (cents) 5

70 35 25


n/a n/a

The notes appearing on pages 82 to 117 form an integral part of the Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements.

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME



Australia and New Zealand Banking Group Limited


78


Half Year


Movement


Mar 21

$M

Sep 20

$M

Mar 20

$M

Mar 21

v. Sep 20

Mar 21

v. Mar 20

Profit for the period from continuing operations 2,951 2,040 1,636 45% 80%


Other comprehensive income


Items that will not be reclassified subsequently to profit or loss

Investment securities - equity securities at FVOCI 124 (42) (115) large large

Other reserve movements

(20) (223) 236 -91% large


Items that may be reclassified subsequently to profit or loss

Foreign currency translation reserve

1

(658) (1,831) 1,281 -64% large

Other reserve movements

(319) 629 83 large large


Income tax attributable to the above items 82 (104) (76) large large

Share of associates' other comprehensive income

2

41 41 10 0% large

Other comprehensive income after tax from continuing operations

(750) (1,530) 1,419 -51% large

Profit/(Loss) after tax from discontinued operations (8) (8) (90) 0% -91%

Other comprehensive income after tax from discontinued operations - - - n/a n/a

Total comprehensive income for the period

2,193 502 2,965 large -26%

Comprising total comprehensive income attributable to:

Shareholders of the Company 2,193 502 2,965 large -26%

Non-controlling interests

- - - n/a n/a

1.

Includes foreign currency translation differences attributable to non-controlling interests of nil (Sep 20 half: nil; Mar 20 half: $1 million loss).

2.

Share of associates’ other comprehensive income includes:


Mar 21 half

$M

Sep 20 half

$M

Mar 20 half

$M

FVOCI reserve gain/(loss) 47 41 7

Defined benefits gain/(loss) (5) - 3

Cash flow hedge reserve gain/(loss) 1 (1) -

Foreign currency translation reserve gain/(loss) (2) 1 -

Total 41 41 10


The notes appearing on pages 82 to 117 form an integral part of the Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements.

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET



Australia and New Zealand Banking Group Limited



79


As At Movement

Assets Note

Mar 21

$M

Sep 20

$M

Mar 20

$M

Mar 21

v. Sep 20

Mar 21

v. Mar 20

Cash and cash equivalents

1

124,460 107,923 143,093 15% -13%

Settlement balances owed to ANZ

9,778 7,541 6,961 30% 40%

Collateral paid

12,059 14,308 16,762 -16% -28%

Trading securities

46,331 50,913 49,068 -9% -6%

Derivative financial instruments 8

104,666 135,331 173,677 -23% -40%

Investment securities

91,990 93,391 85,923 -2% 7%

Net loans and advances 9

614,359 617,093 656,609 0% -6%

Regulatory deposits

859 801 804 7% 7%

Investments in associates

1,854 2,164 2,313 -14% -20%

Current tax assets

170 161 452 6% -62%

Deferred tax assets

2,105 2,124 1,816 -1% 16%

Goodwill and other intangible assets

4,024 4,379 4,957 -8% -19%

Premises and equipment

2,792 3,013 3,211 -7% -13%

Other assets

2,892 3,144 4,309 -8% -33%

Total assets

1,018,339 1,042,286 1,149,955 -2% -11%


Liabilities

Settlement balances owed by ANZ 19,188 22,241 22,314 -14% -14%

Collateral received

7,552 9,304 17,463 -19% -57%

Deposits and other borrowings 11

706,623 682,333 726,909 4% -3%

Derivative financial instruments 8

102,926 134,711 167,364 -24% -39%

Current tax liabilities

203 349 244 -42% -17%

Deferred tax liabilities

73 80 94 -9% -22%

Payables and other liabilities

8,558 9,128 10,536 -6% -19%

Employee entitlements

600 596 635 1% -6%

Other provisions 12

2,417 2,579 2,773 -6% -13%

Debt issuances 14

107,623 119,668 140,248 -10% -23%

Total liabilities

955,763 980,989 1,088,580 -3% -12%

Net assets 62,576 61,297 61,375 2% 2%


Shareholders' equity

Ordinary share capital 17 26,615 26,531 26,440 0% 1%

Reserves 17

741 1,501 2,851 -51% -74%

Retained earnings 17

35,210 33,255 32,073 6% 10%

Share capital and reserves attributable to shareholders of the Company

62,566 61,287 61,364 2% 2%

Non-controlling interests 17 10 10 11 0% -9%

Total shareholders' equity

62,576 61,297 61,375 2% 2%

1.

Includes settlement balances owed to ANZ that meet the definition of cash and cash equivalents.


The notes appearing on pages 82 to 117 form an integral part of the Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements.

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED CASH FLOW STATEMENT



Australia and New Zealand Banking Group Limited

80

The Condensed Consolidated Cash Flow Statement includes discontinued operations. Please refer to Note 13 of the Condensed Consolidated Financial

Statements for cash flows associated with discontinued operations.

Half Year


Mar 21

$M

Sep 20

$M

Mar 20

$M

Profit after income tax 2,943 2,032 1,546

Adjustments to reconcile to net cash flow from operating activities:


Credit impairment charge/(release) (491) 1,064 1,674

Impairment of investment in associates

- - 815

Depreciation and amortisation

1

563 778 613

Goodwill write-off

- 77 -

(Profit)/loss on sale of premises and equipment

(11) (4) (4)

Net derivatives/foreign exchange adjustment

(6,556) (4,905) 1,859

(Gain)/loss on sale from divestments

238 14 11

Other non-cash movements

74 19 (99)

Net (increase)/decrease in operating assets:

Collateral paid 1,730 1,187 (904)

Trading securities

(3,660) (3,564) 1,761

Loans and advances

(1,372) 23,273 (30,392)

Other assets

47 611 (687)

Net increase/(decrease) in operating liabilities:

Deposits and other borrowings 35,594 (15,628) 67,503

Settlement balances owed by ANZ

(2,929) 274 11,202

Collateral received

(1,313) (6,640) 8,379

Other liabilities

4,964 (951) (8,630)

Total adjustments

26,878 (4,395) 53,101

Net cash (used in)/provided by operating activities

2

29,821 (2,363) 54,647

Cash flows from investing activities

Investment securities:

Purchases (12,863) (22,660) (17,369)

Proceeds from sale or maturity

12,323 9,645 18,997

Proceeds from divestments, net of cash disposed

13 618 691

Repayment of IOOF secured notes

- - (800)

Other assets

(366) (554) (33)

Net cash (used in)/provided by investing activities

(893) (12,951) 1,486

Cash flows from financing activities

Debt issuances:

3


Issue proceeds 4,648 327 11,933

Redemptions

(11,366) (11,003) (10,427)

Dividends paid

4

(879) (633) (2,228)

On market purchase of treasury shares

(79) - (122)

Repayment of lease liabilities

(158) (133) (148)

Net cash (used in)/provided by financing activities

(7,834) (11,442) (992)

Net increase/(decrease) in cash and cash equivalents 21,094 (26,756) 55,141

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period 107,923 143,093 81,621

Effects of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents

(4,557) (8,414) 6,331

Cash and cash equivalents at end of period

124,460 107,923 143,093

1.

Includes accelerated amortisation of $197 million in the September 2020 half following the Group’s change in the application of its software amortisation policy to reflect the shorter useful life

of software caused by rapidly changing technology and business requirements.

2.

Net cash (used in)/provided by operating activities includes interest received of $9,907 million (Sep 20 half: $10,916 million; Mar 20 half: $13,875 million), interest paid of $3,226 million (Sep

20 half: $4,354 million; Mar 20 half: $6,802 million) and income taxes paid of $1,424 million (Sep 20 half: $868 million; Mar 20 half: $1,480 million).

3.

Non-cash changes in debt issuances includes fair value hedging loss of $1,311 million (Sep 20 half: $24 million loss; Mar 20 half: $1,103 million loss) and foreign exchange gains of $4,077

million (Sep 20 half: $10,159 million gain; Mar 20 half: $8,536 million loss).

4.

Cash outflow for shares purchased to satisfy the dividend reinvestment plan are classified in Dividends paid.

The notes appearing on pages 82 to 117 form an integral part of the Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements.

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN EQUITY



Australia and New Zealand Banking Group Limited


81


Ordinary

share

capital Reserves

Retained

earnings

Share capital

and reserves

attributable to

shareholders of

the Company

Non-

controlling

interests

Total

shareholders'

equity


$M $M $M $M $M $M

As at 1 October 2019 26,490 1,629 32,664 60,783 11 60,794

Impact on transition to AASB 16 - - (88) (88) - (88)

Profit or loss from continuing operations - - 1,635 1,635 1 1,636

Profit or loss from discontinued operations - - (90) (90) - (90)

Other comprehensive income for the period from continuing operations - 1,249 171 1,420 (1) 1,419

Other comprehensive income for the period from discontinued operations - - - - - -

Total comprehensive income for the period - 1,249 1,716 2,965 - 2,965

Transactions with equity holders in their capacity as equity holders:

Dividends paid - - (2,228) (2,228) - (2,228)

Other equity movements:


Group employee share acquisition scheme (50) - - (50) - (50)

Other items - (27) 9 (18) - (18)

As at 31 March 2020 26,440 2,851 32,073 61,364 11 61,375

Profit or loss from continuing operations - - 2,040 2,040 - 2,040

Profit or loss from discontinued operations - - (8) (8) - (8)

Other comprehensive income for the period from continuing operations - (1,373) (157) (1,530) - (1,530)

Other comprehensive income for the period from discontinued operations - - - - - -

Total comprehensive income for the period - (1,373) 1,875 502 - 502

Transactions with equity holders in their capacity as equity holders:

Dividends paid - - (694) (694) - (694)

Dividend Reinvestment Plan

1

61 - - 61 - 61

Other equity movements:

Group employee share acquisition scheme 30 - - 30 - 30

Other items - 23 1 24 (1) 23

As at 30 September 2020 26,531 1,501 33,255 61,287 10 61,297

Profit or loss from continuing operations - - 2,951 2,951 - 2,951

Profit or loss from discontinued operations - - (8) (8) - (8)

Other comprehensive income for the period from continuing operations - (731) (19) (750) - (750)

Other comprehensive income for the period from discontinued operations - - - - - -

Total comprehensive income for the period - (731) 2,924 2,193 - 2,193

Transactions with equity holders in their capacity as equity holders:

Dividends paid - - (973) (973) - (973)

Dividend Reinvestment Plan

1

94 - - 94 - 94

Other equity movements:

Group employee share acquisition scheme (10) - - (10) - (10)

Other items - (29) 4 (25) - (25)

As at 31 March 2021 26,615 741 35,210 62,566 10 62,576

1.

4.2 million shares were issued under the Dividend Reinvestment Plan (DRP) for the 2020 final dividend (3.4 million shares for the 2020 interim dividend).


The notes appearing on pages 82 to 117 form an integral part of the Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements.

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


82

1. Basis of preparation

These Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements:

 have been prepared in accordance with the recognition and measurement requirements of Australian Accounting Standards (AASs);

 should be read in conjunction with ANZ’s Annual Financial Statements for the year ended 30 September 2020 and any public announcements made

by the Parent Entity and its controlled entities (the Group) for the half year ended 31 March 2021 in accordance with the continuous disclosure

obligations under the Corporations Act 2001 and the ASX Listing Rules;

 do not include all notes of the type normally included in ANZ’s Annual Financial Report;

 are presented in Australian dollars unless otherwise stated; and

 were approved by the Board of Directors on 4 May 2021.

i) Statement of Compliance

These Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements have been prepared in accordance with the Corporations Act 2001 and AASB 134 Interim

Financial Reporting which ensures compliance with IAS 34 Interim Financial Reporting.

ii) Rounding of amounts

The amounts contained in these Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements have been rounded to the nearest million dollars, except where

otherwise indicated, as permitted by Australian Securities and Investments Commission Corporations Instrument 2016/191.

iii) Basis of measurement

The financial information has been prepared in accordance with the historical cost basis except that the following assets and liabilities are stated at their

fair value:

 derivative financial instruments as well as, in the case of fair value hedges, the fair value adjustment on the underlying hedged exposure;

 financial assets and liabilities held for trading;

 financial assets and liabilities designated at fair value through profit and loss;

 financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income; and

 assets and liabilities held for sale (except those at carrying value as per Note 13).

In accordance with AASB 119 Employee Benefits, defined benefit obligations are measured using the Projected Unit Credit method.

iv) Use of estimates, assumptions and judgements

The preparation of these Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements requires the use of management judgement, estimates and assumptions that

affect reported amounts and the application of accounting policies. Discussion of the critical accounting estimates and judgements, which include

complex or subjective decisions or assessments are provided in the 2020 ANZ Annual Financial Report. Such estimates and judgements are reviewed on

an ongoing basis.

A brief explanation of the key estimates, assumptions and judgements for the half year ended 31 March 2021 follows.

Coronavirus (COVID-19) pandemic

The COVID-19 pandemic and its effect on the global economy have impacted our customers, operations and Group performance. The outbreak

necessitated governments to respond at unprecedented levels to protect the health of the population, local economies and livelihoods. It has affected

different regions at different times and at varying degrees and there remains a risk of subsequent waves of infection. Thus the pandemic has significantly

increased the estimation uncertainty in the preparation of these financial statements including:

 the extent and duration of the disruption to business arising from the actions of governments, businesses and consumers to contain the spread of the

virus;

 the impact, extent and duration of the expected economic downt

urn (and forecasts for key economic factors including GDP, employment and house

prices). This includes disruption to capital markets, and the impacts on credit quality, liquidity, unemployment, consumer spending, as well as specific

sector impacts and other restructuring activities; and

 the efficacy, extent and pace of roll-out of vaccines, as well as the effectiveness of government and central bank measures that have been and will

be put in place to support businesses and consumers through this disruption.

The Group has made various accounting estimates in these Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements based on forecasts of economic conditions

which reflect expectations and assumptions as at 31 March 2021 about future events that the Directors believe are reasonable in the circumstances.

There is a considerable degree of judgement involved in preparing these estimates. The underlying assumptions are also subject to uncertainties which

are often outside the control of the Group. Accordingly, actual economic conditions are likely to be different from those forecast since anticipated events

frequently do not occur as expected, and the effect of those differences may significantly impact accounting estimates included in these financial

statements.

The significant accounting estimates impacted by these forecasts and associated uncertainties are predominantly related to expected credit losses,

carrying values of goodwill, fair value measurement, and recoverable amounts of non-financial assets.

The impact of the COVID-19 pandemic on each of these accounting estimates is discussed further below and/or in the relevant note in the 2020 ANZ

Annual Financial Report. Readers should consider these disclosures in light of the inherent uncertainty described above.

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


83

1. Basis of preparation, cont’d

Allowance for expected credit losses

The Group measures the allowance for expected credit losses (ECL) using an expected credit loss impairment model as required by AASB 9 Financial

Instruments. The Group’s accounting policy for the recognition and measurement of the allowance for expected credit losses is described at Note 13 to

ANZ’s Annual Financial Statements for the year ended 30 September 2020.

The continuing impact of COVID-19 on the global economy, including the roll-out of vaccines, and how governments, businesses and consumers

respond remains uncertain. This uncertainty is reflected in the Group’s assessment of expected credit losses from its credit portfolio which are subject to

a number of management judgements and estimates.

The table below shows the Group’s allowance for expected credit losses (refer to Note 10 and Note 15 for further information).


As at


Mar 21

$M

Sep 20

$M

Mar 20

$M

Collectively assessed 4,285 5,008 4,501

Individually assessed

809 891 1,093

Total

1

5,094 5,899 5,594

1.

Includes allowance for expected credit losses for Net loans and advances - at amortised cost, Investment securities - debt securities at amortised cost and Off-balance sheet commitments -

undrawn and contingent facilities.

Individually assessed allowance for expected credit losses

During the March 2021 half, there was a net decrease in the individually assessed allowance for expected credit losses of $82 million.

In estimating individually assessed ECL for Stage 3 exposures, the Group makes judgements and assumptions in relation to expected repayments, the

realisable value of collateral, business prospects for the customer, competing claims and the likely cost and duration of the work-out process.

Judgements and assumptions in respect of these matters have been updated to reflect the ongoing and potential impact of COVID-19.

Collectively assessed allowance for expected credit losses

During the March 2021 half, the collectively assessed allowance for expected credit losses decreased by $723 million attributable to: a reduction of $417

million due to the improving economic outlook offset by changes to scenario weightings and an allowance for model uncertainty due to the continuing

pandemic and recent wind-back of government support programs (such as JobKeeper); a reduction of $199 million due to lower lending volumes and

changes in portfolio composition; a reduction of $112 million attributable to changes in credit risk; and a reduction of $45 million from foreign currency

translation offset by an increase of $50 million in management adjustments.

In estimating collectively assessed ECL, the Group makes judgements and assumptions in relation to:

 the selection of an estimation technique or modelling methodology, noting that the modelling of the Group’s ECL estimates are complex; and

 the selection of inputs for those models, and the interdependencies between those inputs.

The following table summarises the key judgements and assumptions in relation to the model inputs and the interdependencies between those inputs,

and highlights significant changes during the current period.

The judgements and associated assumptions have been made in the context of the impact of COVID-19, and reflect historical experience and other

factors that are considered to be relevant, including expectations of future events that are believed to be reasonable under the circumstances. The

Group’s ECL estimates are inherently uncertain and, as a result, actual results may differ from these estimates.

Judgement/Assumption Description Considerations for the half year ended 31 March 2021

Determining when a

significant increase in

credit risk (SICR) has

occurred

In the measurement of ECL, judgement is involved in

setting the rules and trigger points to determine whether

there has been a SICR since initial recognition of a loan,

which would result in the financial asset moving from

‘stage 1’ to ‘stage 2’. This is a key area of judgement since

transition from stage 1 to stage 2 increases the ECL from

an allowance based on the probability of default in the

next 12 months, to an allowance for lifetime expected

credit losses. Subsequent decreases in credit risk

resulting in transition from stage 2 to stage 1 may similarly

result in significant changes in the ECL allowance.

The setting of precise trigger points requires judgement

which may have a material impact upon the size of the

ECL allowance. The Group monitors the effectiveness of

SICR criteria on an ongoing basis.

The support packages offered to customers in response

to COVID-19 in 2020 are no longer being offered, and the

majority of customers who took up the support packages

have reverted back to their normal loan repayments.

The support packages, as well as government support

measures, may have obscured repayment delinquencies

that might otherwise have occurred and those that may

still occur in the future. Thus the Group has provided a

component of ECL for expected delinquencies and

increases in SICR.

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


84

1. Basis of preparation, cont’d

Judgement/Assumption Description Considerations for the half year ended 31 March 2021

Measuring both 12-

month and lifetime credit

losses

The probability of default (PD), loss given default (LGD)

and exposure at default (EAD) credit risk parameters

used in determining ECL are point-in-time measures

reflecting the relevant forward-looking information

determined by management. Judgement is involved in

determining which forward-looking information variables

are relevant for particular lending portfolios and for

determining each portfolio’s point-in-time sensitivity.

The PD, EAD and LGD models are subject to the Group’s

model risk policy that stipulates periodic model monitoring,

periodic re-validation and defines approval procedures and

authorities according to model materiality.

In the March 2021 half, an adjustment was made to the

modelled outcome to account for continuing model

uncertainties as a result of COVID-19.

In addition, judgement is required where behavioural

characteristics are applied in estimating the lifetime of a

facility to be used in measuring ECL.

There were no material changes to the policies during the

half year ended 31 March 2021.

Base case economic

forecast

The Group derives a forward-looking “base case”

economic scenario which reflects ANZ Research –

Economics’ (ANZ Economics) view of future macro-

economic conditions.

There have been no changes to the types of forward-

looking variables (key economic drivers) used as model

inputs in the current period.

As at 31 March 2021, the base case assumptions have

been updated to reflect the current phase of COVID-19,

including containment in key geographies, government

stimulus measures and roll-out of vaccines. In determining

the expected path and timing out of the current economic

downturn, assessments of the impact of central bank

policies, governments’ actions, the response of business,

and institution specific responses (such as repayment

deferrals) were considered.

The expected outcomes of key economic drivers for the

base case scenario as at 31 March 2021 are described

below under the heading “Base case economic forecast

assumptions”.

Probability weighting of

each economic scenario

(base case, upside

1

,

downside

1

and severe

downside

2

scenarios)

Probability weighting of each economic scenario is

determined by management considering the risks and

uncertainties surrounding the base case economic

scenario at each measurement date.

The key consideration for probability weightings in the

current period is the extent and timing of recovery from the

economic downturn caused by COVID-19.

The Group considers these weightings in each geography

to provide the best estimate of the possible loss outcomes

and has analysed inter-relationships and correlations (over

both the short and long term) within the Group’s credit

portfolios in determining them.

As at 31 March 2021, a reduced weighting was applied to

the base case forecast which reflects a significantly

improved and largely optimistic view of base case

economic conditions by ANZ Economics. Greater

weighting has been applied to the downside scenario given

the Group’s assessment of downside risks.

The assigned probability weightings in Australia, New

Zealand and Rest of world are subject to a high degree of

inherent uncertainty and therefore the actual outcomes

may be significantly different to those projected.

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


85

1. Basis of preparation, cont’d

Judgement/Assumption Description Considerations for the half year ended 31 March 2021

Management temporary

adjustments

Management temporary adjustments to the ECL

allowance are used in circumstances where it is judged

that our existing inputs, assumptions and model

techniques do not capture all the risk factors relevant to

our lending portfolios. Emerging local or global

macroeconomic, microeconomic or political events, and

natural disasters that are not incorporated into our

current parameters, risk ratings, or forward-looking

information are examples of such circumstances. The

use of management temporary adjustments may impact

the amount of ECL recognised.

The uncertainty associated with the COVID-19

pandemic, including the roll-out of vaccines, and the

extent to which the actions of governments, businesses

and consumers mitigate against potentially adverse

credit outcomes are not fully incorporated into existing

ECL models which are based on historical underlying

data. Accordingly, management overlays have been

applied to ensure credit provisions are appropriate.

Management have applied a number of adjustments to the

modelled ECL primarily due to the uncertainty associated

with continuing COVID-19 impacts.

Management overlays (including COVID-19 overlays)

which add to the modelled ECL provision have been made

for risks particular to retail including home loans, small

business and commercial banking in Australia, for retail,

commercial and agri banking in New Zealand, and for

tourism in the Pacific.

1.

The upside and downside scenarios are fixed by reference to average economic cycle conditions (that is, they are not based on the economic conditions prevailing at balance date) and are

based on a combination of more optimistic (in the case of the upside) and pessimistic (in the case of the downside) economic conditions.

2.

The severe downside scenario is fixed by reference to average economic cycle conditions and accounts for the potentially severe downside impact of less likely extremely adverse

economic conditions.

Base case economic forecast assumptions

The uncertain evolution of the COVID-19 pandemic increases the risk to the economic forecast resulting in an understatement or overstatement of the

ECL balance due to uncertainties around:

 The extent and duration of measures, including the roll-out of vaccines, to contain the spread of COVID-19;

 The extent and duration of the economic down-turn, along with the speed and timing required for economies to recover; and

 The effectiveness of government stimulus measures, in particular their impact on the magnitude of economic downturn and the extent and duration

of the recovery.

The economic drivers of the base case economic forecasts at 31 March 2021 are set out below. These reflect ANZ Economics’ view of future macro-

economic conditions at 31 March 2021. For years beyond the near term forecasts below, the ECL models project future year economic conditions

including an assumption to eventual reversion to mid-cycle economic conditions.

The base case economic forecasts as at 31 March 2021 indicate a significant improvement in current and expected economic conditions from the

forecasts as at 30 September 2020 reflecting the ongoing progress and actions in responding to the COVID-19 pandemic.

Probability weightings

Probability weighting of each scenario is determined by management considering the risks and uncertainties surrounding the base case economic

scenario. The key consideration for probability weightings in the current period is the effectiveness of actions taken in response to COVID-19 and the

ability of vaccines to limit the impact of the virus.

The base case scenario represents a significant improvement in the forecasts since September 2020. Given the uncertainties associated with a potential

recovery in the economy, the average base case weighting across geographies has been reduced to 41.4% (Sep 20: 50.0%) and the downside scenario

increased to 46.7% (Sep 20: 33.3%).


Actual calendar year Forecast calendar year

2020 2021 2022

Australia


GDP -2.4% 4.8% 3.3%

Unemployment 6.5% 6.2% 5.3%

Residential property prices 1.9% 17.4% 6.5%

Consumer price index 0.8 2.4 1.7

New Zealand


GDP -3.0% 3.6% 3.7%

Unemployment 4.6% 5.4% 4.6%

Residential property prices 15.6% 17.4% 4.1%

Consumer price index 1.7 1.9 1.6

Rest of world


GDP -3.5% 6.0% 3.2%

Consumer price index 1.2 2.5 2.0

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


86

1. Basis of preparation, cont’d

The assigned probability weightings in Australia, New Zealand and Rest of world are subject to a high degree of inherent uncertainty and therefore the

actual outcomes may be significantly different to those projected. The Group considers these weightings in each geography to provide the best estimate

of the possible loss outcomes and has analysed inter-relationships and correlations (over both the short and long term) within the Group’s credit portfolios

in determining them. The average weightings applied across the Group are set out below:



31 March 2021 30 September 2020 31 March 2020

Group


Base 41.4% 50.0% 50.0%

Upside 5.5% 10.4% 12.7%

Downside 46.7% 33.3% 27.3%

Severe Downside 6.4% 6.3% 10.0%


ECL - Sensitivity analysis

Given current economic uncertainties and the judgement applied to factors used in determining the expected default of borrowers in future periods,

expected credit losses reported by the Group should be considered as a best estimate within a range of possible estimates. The table below illustrates

the sensitivity of collectively assessed ECL to key factors used in determining it as at 31 March 2021:



Total

$M

Impact

$M

If 1% of stage 1 facilities were included in stage 2 4,342 57

If 1% of stage 2 facilities were included in stage 1 4,278 (7)


100% upside scenario 1,815 (2,470)

100% base scenario 2,487 (1,798)

100% downside scenario 4,412 127

100% severe downside scenario 5,508 1,223


Fair value measurement of financial instruments

The majority of valuation models the Group uses to value financial instruments employ only observable market data as inputs.

For certain financial instruments, we may use data that is not readily observable in current markets where we need to exercise more management

judgement to determine fair value depending on the significance of the unobservable input to the overall valuation. Generally, we derive unobservable

inputs from other relevant market data and compare them to observed transaction prices where available.

At 31 March 2021, the Group had $1,224 million of assets and $25 million of liabilities where the valuation was primarily derived using unobservable

inputs (Sep 20: $1,183 million assets and $55 million liabilities; Mar 20: $1,296 million assets and $67 million liabilities). The financial instruments which

are valued using unobservable inputs are predominantly equity investment securities where quoted prices in active markets are not available.

The Group has an investment in the Bank of Tianjin (BoT), which at 31 March 2021 has a carrying value of $1,019 million (Sep 20: $934 million; Mar 20:

$1,053 million). As a result of illiquidity of the quoted share price, the Group determines the fair value based on a valuation model using comparable bank

pricing multiples as determined by management. Judgement is required in both the selection of the model and inputs used. Although the comparator

group entities operate in the same industry, the nature of their business and local economic conditions may be different from the Group’s investment.

Thus where local conditions change, which impact the price-to-book ratio of the comparator group, the fair value of the asset will change proportionately.

That is, if the price-to-book ratio changed by 10%, the fair value would change by 10%. Since the asset is classified as fair value through other

comprehensive income, changes in the fair value are recorded directly in equity.

Investments in associates

The Group assesses the carrying value of its associate investments for impairment indicators semi-annually.

At 31 March 2021, the impairment assessment of non-lending assets identified that two of the Group’s associate investments AMMB Holdings Berhad

(AmBank) and PT Bank Pan Indonesia (PT Panin) had indicators of impairment. Although their market value (based on share price) was below their

carrying value, no impairment was recognised as their carrying values are supported by their value in use (VIU) calculations.

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


87

1. Basis of preparation, cont’d

The ongoing impact of COVID-19 on the valuation of AmBank and PT Panin remains uncertain. Significant management judgement is required to

determine the key assumptions underpinning the VIU calculations. Factors may change in subsequent periods and lead to potential future impairments or

reversals of prior period impairments. This includes forecast earnings levels in the near term and/or changes in the long term growth forecasts, required

levels of regulatory capital and the post-tax discount rate. The key assumptions used in the VIU calculations are outlined below:


AmBank PT Panin


Mar 21 Sep 20 Mar 20


Mar 21 Sep 20 Mar 20

Carrying Value ($m) 685 1,056 1,161


1,140 1,084 1,130

Post-tax discount rate 11.2% 11.3% 12.4%


14.1% 15.2% 13.9%

Terminal growth rate 5.0% 4.8% 4.9%


5.1% 5.3% 5.3%

Expected earnings growth (compound annual growth rate - 5 years)¹ large 2.8% 1.0%


6.9% 4.2% 2.6%

Common Equity Tier 1 ratio (5 year average) 13.0% 12.9% 11.5%


12.8% 12.8% 12.3%

1.

For AmBank the expected earnings growth is noted as large due to the large loss arising in the current forecast year due to the impact of the 1MDB settlement and the impairment of

goodwill. The expected earnings growth for years 2-5 for AmBank is 7.3%.

The VIU calculations are sensitive to changes in the underlying assumptions with reasonably possible changes in key assumptions having a positive or

negative impact on the VIU outcome, and as such the recoverable amount of the investment.

 A change in the March 2021 post-tax discount rate by +/- 50bps would impact the VIU outcome for PT Panin by ($58 million) / $66 million, and ($71

million) / $84 million for AmBank.

 A change in the March 2021 terminal growth rate by +/- 25bps would impact the VIU outcome for PT Panin by $15 million / ($16 million) and $5

million / ($6 million) for AmBank.

Neither investment would be impaired if the discount rate were increased or the terminal growth rate reduced by the reasonably possible changes above.

Goodwill

On the reclassification of ANZ Share Investing as held for sale as at 31 March 2021, the relevant assets and liabilities were remeasured at the lower of

their carrying value and the fair value less costs to sell resulting in $251 million of goodwill attributable to this business been written down. After the write

down, the Group’s goodwill balance was $2,989 million.

The Group conducted an assessment as to whether the carrying value of the goodwill was impaired. For the purpose of impairment testing, goodwill

acquired in a business combination is allocated at the date of acquisition to the cash generating units (CGUs) that are expected to benefit from the

synergies of the related business combination. These CGUs are the Group’s reportable segments. CGUs with goodwill assets as at 31 March 2021 were

the Australia Retail and Commercial division ($153 million), the New Zealand division ($1,777 million) and the Institutional division ($1,059 million).

Goodwill is considered to be impaired if the carrying amount of the relevant Cash Generating Unit (CGU) exceeds its recoverable amount. We estimate

the recoverable amount of each CGU to which goodwill is allocated using a fair value less costs of disposal (FVLCOD) approach, with a VIU assessment

performed where the FVLCOD approach indicates an impairment.

Management’s approach used to determine the FVLCOD of each CGU was consistent with the prior period. The assessment of the recoverable amount

of each CGU has been made in consideration of the impacts of COVID-19 and subsequent economic recovery on both earnings and asset prices, and

reflects expectations of future events that are believed to be reasonable under the circumstances. The key inputs used to determine FVLCOD of each

CGU containing goodwill are noted below:

 Future maintainable earnings for each of the CGU’s used for the March 2021 half year assessment are similar or slightly above those used for the

2020 full year.

 Price/Earnings (P/E) multiples applied (including 30% control premium) - the P/E multiples derived from the valuations of comparator entities

improved for all three CGUs:

Price/Earnings Multiples

Division Mar 21 Half Year Sep 20 Full Year

Australia Retail and Commercial 19.6 16.0

New Zealand 15.7 12.7

Institutional 16.8 13.4

Based on this assessment, no impairment was identified.

Customer remediation provisions

At 31 March 2021, the Group has recognised customer remediation provisions of $1,003 million (Sep 20: $1,109 million; Mar 20: $1,094 million) which

includes provisions for expected refunds to customers, remediation project costs and related customer and regulatory claims, penalties and litigation

outcomes.

Determining the amount of the provisions, which represent management’s best estimate of the cost of settling the identified matters, requires the exercise

of significant judgement. It will often be necessary to form a view on a number of different assumptions, including the number of impacted customers, the

average refund per customer, associated remediation project costs, and the implications of regulatory exposures and customer claims having regard to

their specific facts and circumstances.

Consequently, the appropriateness of the underlying assumptions is reviewed on a regular basis against actual experience and other relevant evidence,

including expert legal advice, and adjustments are made to the provisions where appropriate.

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


88

1. Basis of preparation, cont’d


Other provisions

The Group holds provisions for various obligations including restructuring costs, non-lending losses, fraud and forgeries and litigation related claims.

These provisions involve judgements regarding the timing and outcome of future events, including estimates of expenditure required to satisfy such

obligations. The appropriateness of the underlying assumptions is reviewed on a regular basis against actual experience and other relevant evidence,

including expert legal advice, and adjustments are made to the provisions where appropriate.

v) Accounting policies

These Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements have been prepared on the basis of accounting policies and using methods of computation

consistent with those applied in the 2020 ANZ Annual Financial Report.

Discontinued operations are separately presented from the results of the continuing operations as a single line item ‘Profit/(loss) after tax from

discontinued operations’ in the Condensed Consolidated Income Statement. Notes to the Condensed Consolidated Income Statement have been

presented on a continuing basis.

Accounting standards adopted during the period

On 1 October 2020, the Group adopted the revised Conceptual Framework for Financial Reporting. The new Framework includes updated definitions and

criteria for the recognition and derecognition of assets and liabilities. Additionally, it introduces new concepts on measurement, including factors to

consider when selecting a measurement basis. The adoption of the revised conceptual framework did not have a material impact on the Group.

In addition to the above, several amendments to existing accounting standards apply for the first time in 2021, but do not have a material impact on the

Group.

vi) Future accounting developments

Interest Rate Benchmark Reform

In September 2020, the AASB issued AASB 2020-8 Amendments to Australian Accounting Standards - Interest Rate Benchmark Reform - Phase 2. This

standard addresses issues that may affect the Group at the point of transition from an existing Interbank Offer Rate (IBOR rate) to a Risk Free Rate

(RFR), including the effects of changes to contractual cash flows or hedging relationships. The standard includes amendments that provide practical

expedients in respect of:

 accounting for changes in the basis for determining contractual cash flows as a result of IBOR reform by updating the effective interest rate resulting

in no immediate profit or loss impact. This applies only when the change is necessary as a direct consequence of the reform, and the new basis for

determining the contractual cash flows is economically equivalent to the previous basis.

 Permitting changes to hedge documentation and hedge designation as a result of IBOR reform without discontinuing the existing hedge accounted

relationship.

The standard applies to the Group in the 2022 financial year and earlier application is permitted. The Group is in the process of assessing the impact of

the new standard on its financial statements and timing of adoption.

The Group has exposure to IBOR rates that are subject to reform through its issuance of debt, the structural interest rate risk position, holdings of

investment securities; products denominated in foreign currencies and associated hedging. The Group's hedging relationships are exposed to various

IBOR rates subject to reform including USD, GBP, CHF and JPY LIBOR and Euro Interbank Offered Rate (EURIBOR).

To manage the impact of IBOR reform, the Group has established an enterprise-wide Benchmark Transition Program and is continuing to monitor market

developments in relation to the transition and their impact on the Group’s financial assets and liabilities to ensure that no unexpected consequences or

disruption arises.

AASB 9 General hedge accounting

AASB 9 introduces new hedge accounting requirements which more closely align accounting with risk management activities undertaken when hedging

financial and non-financial risks.

AASB 9 provides the Group with an accounting policy choice to continue to apply AASB 139 Financial Instruments: Recognition and Measurement

(AASB 139) hedge accounting requirements until the International Accounting Standard Board’s ongoing project on macro hedge accounting is

completed. The Group currently applies the hedge accounting requirements of AASB 139.

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


89

2. Income



Half Year Movement


Mar 21

$M

Sep 20

$M

Mar 20

$M

Mar 21

v. Sep 20

Mar 21

v. Mar 20

Interest income 9,879 10,626 13,800 -7% -28%

Interest expense

(2,704) (3,589) (6,382) -25% -58%

Major bank levy

(189) (210) (196) -10% -4%

Net interest income

6,986 6,827 7,222 2% -3%

Other operating income

i) Fee and commission income

Lending fees

1

244 276 303 -12% -19%

Non-lending fees

1,266 1,246 1,441 2% -12%

Commissions

46 75 46 -39% 0%

Funds management income

140 136 139 3% 1%

Fee and commission income

1,696 1,733 1,929 -2% -12%

Fee and commission expense (646) (585) (752) 10% -14%

Net fee and commission income

1,050 1,148 1,177 -9% -11%

ii) Other income

Net foreign exchange earnings and other financial instruments income

2

729 710 1,099 3% -34%

Impairment of AmBank

- - (595) n/a -100%

Impairment of PT Panin

- - (220) n/a -100%

Reclassification of ANZ Share Investing to held for sale

3

(251) - - n/a n/a

Sale of New Zealand legacy insurance portfolio

13 - - n/a n/a

Sale of UDC

- (7) - -100% n/a

Dividend income on equity securities

- 26 - -100% n/a

Other

30 (11) 28 large 7%

Other income

521 718 312 -27% 67%

Other operating income 1,571 1,866 1,489 -16% 6%

Net income from insurance business 52 31 47 68% 11%

Share of associates' profit/(loss) (242) 20 135 large large

Operating income

4

8,367 8,744 8,893 -4% -6%

1.

Lending fees exclude fees treated as part of the effective yield calculation in interest income.

2.

Includes fair value movements (excluding realised and accrued interest) on derivatives not designated as accounting hedges entered into to manage interest rate and foreign exchange risk

on funding instruments, ineffective portions of cash flow hedges, and fair value movements in financial assets and liabilities designated at fair value through profit or loss.


3.

The loss on reclassification of ANZ Share Investing to held for sale is included within Other operating income to align with the classification of loss on sale that would have applied if the sale

had completed in the March 2021 half.

4.

Includes charges associated with customer remediation of $74 million for the March 2021 half (Sep 20 half: $116 million; Mar 20 half: $58 million).

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


90

3. Operating expenses



Half Year Movement


Mar 21

$M

Sep 20

$M

Mar 20

$M

Mar 21

v. Sep 20

Mar 21

v. Mar 20

i) Personnel

Salaries and related costs


2,196 2,133 2,177 3% 1%

Superannuation costs

164 160 169 3% -3%

Other

89 120 119 -26% -25%

Personnel

1

2,449 2,413 2,465 1% -1%

ii) Premises

Rent 42 41 43 2% -2%

Depreciation

225 254 263 -11% -14%

Other

83 89 99 -7% -16%

Premises

350 384 405 -9% -14%

iii) Technology

Depreciation and amortisation

2



334 517 341 -35% -2%

Subscription licences and outsourced services

372 375 405 -1% -8%

Other

79 93 93 -15% -15%

Technology

1,2

785 985 839 -20% -6%

iv) Restructuring 105 56 105 88% 0%


v) Other

Advertising and public relations


71 88 89 -19% -20%

Professional fees

329 374 293 -12% 12%

Freight, stationery, postage and communication

95 101 104 -6% -9%

Other

3

298 377 305 -21% -2%

Other

1,3

793 940 791 -16% 0%

Operating expenses

1,2,3

4,482 4,778 4,605 -6% -3%

1.

Includes customer remediation expenses of $92 million for the March 2021 half (Sep 20 half: $138 million; Mar 20 half: $71 million) across Personnel, Technology and Other expenses.

2.

Includes accelerated amortisation of $197 million for the September 2020 half.

3.

Includes litigation settlement expenses of $69 million for the March 2021 half and goodwill write-off of $77 million for the September 2020 half.

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


91

4. Income tax expense


Reconciliation of the prima facie income tax expense on pre-tax profit with the income tax expense recognised in the profit and loss.



Half Year


Movement


Mar 21

$M

Sep 20

$M

Mar 20

$M

Mar 21

v. Sep 20

Mar 21

v. Mar 20

Profit before income tax from continuing operations 4,376 2,902 2,614


51% 67%

Prima facie income tax expense at 30%

1,313 871 784


51% 67%

Tax effect of permanent differences:



Gains or losses on sale from divestments

(4) 2 -


large n/a

Impairment of investment in AmBank and PT Panin

- - 245


n/a -100%

Share of associates' (profit)/loss

72 (6) (41)


large large

Reclassification of ANZ Share Investing to held for sale

75 - -


n/a n/a

Interest on convertible instruments

22 23 29


-4% -24%

Overseas tax rate differential

(50) (51) (35)


-2% 43%

Provision for foreign tax on dividend repatriation

26 6 14


large 86%

Other

(20) 20 5 large large

Subtotal

1,434 865 1,001 66% 43%

Income tax (over)/under provided in previous years (9) (3) (23) large -61%

Income tax expense

1,425 862 978 65% 46%

Australia 1,013 535 580 89% 75%

Overseas 412 327 398 26% 4%

Income tax expense

1,425 862 978 65% 46%

Effective tax rate 32.6% 29.7% 37.4%

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


92

5. Dividends


Dividend per ordinary share (cents)

1


Half Year Movement


Mar 21 Sep 20 Mar 20

Mar 21

v. Sep 20

Mar 21

v. Mar 20

Interim 70 - 25

Final

- 35 -

Total

70 35 25 100% large


Ordinary share dividend ($M)

2



Interim dividend

- 709 -

Final dividend

994 - 2,268

Bonus option plan adjustment

(21) (15) (40) 40% -48%

Total

973 694 2,228 40% -56%

Ordinary share dividend payout ratio


(%)

3

67.7% 48.9% 45.9%

1.

Fully franked for Australian tax purposes (30% tax rate) and carry New Zealand imputation credits of NZD 8 cents for the proposed 2021 interim dividend (2020 final dividend: NZD 4 cents;

2020 interim dividend: NZD 3 cents).

2.

Dividends paid to ordinary equity holders of the Company. Excludes dividends paid by subsidiaries of the Group to non-controlling equity holders (Mar 21 half: nil; Sep 20 half: nil; Mar 20

half: nil).

3.

The dividend payout ratio for the March 2021 half is calculated using the proposed 2021 interim dividend of $1,992 million, based on the forecast number of ordinary shares on issue at the

dividend record date. Dividend payout ratios for the September 2020 half and March 2020 half were calculated using actual dividend paid of $994 million and $709 million respectively.


Ordinary Shares

The Directors propose an interim dividend of 70 cents be paid on each eligible fully paid ANZ ordinary share on 1 July 2021. The proposed 2021 interim

dividend will be fully franked for Australian tax purposes. New Zealand imputation credits of NZD 8 cents per ordinary share will also be attached.

ANZ has a Dividend Reinvestment Plan (DRP) and a Bonus Option Plan (BOP) that will operate in respect of the proposed 2021 interim dividend.


NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


93

6. Earnings per share


Basic EPS is calculated by dividing the profit or loss attributable to ordinary shareholders by the weighted average number of ordinary shares outstanding

during the period (after eliminating ANZ shares held within the Group known as treasury shares). Diluted EPS is calculated by adjusting the profit or loss

attributable to ordinary shareholders and the weighted average number of ordinary shares used in the basic EPS calculation for the effect of dilutive

potential ordinary shares.




Half Year Movement



Mar 21 Sep 20 Mar 20

Mar 21

v. Sep 20

Mar 21

v. Mar 20

Earnings Per Share (EPS) - Basic


Earnings Per Share (cents)


103.7 71.8 54.6 44% 90%

Earnings Per Share (cents) from continuing operations


104.0 72.1 57.8 44% 80%

Earnings Per Share (cents) from discontinued operations


(0.3) (0.3) (3.2) 0% -91%




Earnings Per Share (EPS) - Diluted


Earnings Per Share (cents)


98.4 66.3 51.5 48% 91%

Earnings Per Share (cents) from continuing operations


98.7 66.5 54.3 48% 82%

Earnings Per Share (cents) from discontinued operations


(0.3) (0.2) (2.8) 50% -89%





Half Year Movement


Mar 21 Sep 20 Mar 20

Mar 21

v. Sep 20

Mar 21

v. Mar 20

Reconciliation of earnings used in earnings per share calculations


Basic:


Profit for the period ($M)


2,943 2,032 1,546 45% 90%

Less: Profit attributable to non-controlling interests ($M)


- - 1 n/a -100%

Earnings used in calculating basic earnings per share ($M)


2,943 2,032 1,545 45% 90%

Less: Profit/(Loss) after tax from discontinued operations ($M)


(8) (8) (90) 0% -91%

Earnings used in calculating basic earnings per share from continuing

operations ($M)


2,951 2,040 1,635 45% 80%




Diluted:



Earnings used in calculating basic earnings per share ($M)


2,943 2,032 1,545 45% 90%

Add: Interest on convertible subordinated debt ($M)


92 90 124 2% -26%

Earnings used in calculating diluted earnings per share ($M)


3,035 2,122 1,669 43% 82%

Less: Profit/(Loss) after tax from discontinued operations ($M)


(8) (8) (90) 0% -91%

Earnings used in calculating diluted earnings per share from

continuing operations ($M)


3,043 2,130 1,759 43% 73%




Reconciliation of weighted average number of ordinary shares

(WANOS) used in earnings per share calculations

1





WANOS used in calculating basic earnings per share (M)


2,838.7 2,831.2 2,830.6 0% 0%

Add: Weighted average dilutive potential ordinary shares (M)



Convertible subordinated debt (M)


238.7 362.2 401.4 -34% -41%

Share based payments (options, rights and deferred shares) (M)


7.0 7.3 6.6 -4% 6%

WANOS used in calculating diluted earnings per share (M)


3,084.4 3,200.7 3,238.6 -4% -5%

1.

Weighted average number of ordinary shares for the March 2021 half excludes 4.7 million weighted average number of treasury shares held in ANZEST Pty Ltd (Sep 20 half: 5.0 million; Mar

20 half: 4.9 million).

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


94

7. Segment analysis

i) Description of segments

The Group operates on a divisional structure with five continuing divisions: Australia Retail and Commercial, Institutional, New Zealand, Pacific, and TSO

and Group Centre. For further information on the composition of divisions refer to the Definitions on page 133.

The presentation of divisional results has not been impacted by methodology or structural changes during the period.

The divisions reported below are consistent with internal reporting provided to the chief operating decision maker, being the Chief Executive Officer.

ii) Operating segments

ANZ measures the performance of continuing segments on a cash profit basis. To calculate cash profit, certain non-core items are removed from

statutory profit. Details of these items are included in the ‘Other items’ section of this note.

Transactions between divisions across segments within ANZ are conducted on an arm’s-length basis and disclosed as part of the income and expenses

of these segments.

For information on discontinued operations please refer to Note 13 of the Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements.



Australia

Retail and

Commercial Institutional

New

Zealand Pacific

TSO and

Group

Centre

Other

items

1


Group

Total

March 2021 Half Year $M $M $M $M $M $M $M

Net interest income

3,974 1,519 1,393 49 51 - 6,986

Net fee and commission income

- Lending fees 111 123 6 4 - - 244

- Non-lending fees

618 348 293 10 (3) - 1,266

- Commissions

29 1 16 - - - 46

- Funds management income

17 1 122 - - - 140

- Fee and commission expense

(286) (144) (215) (1) - - (646)

Net income from insurance business

52 - - - - - 52

Other income

(240) 685 16 20 96 (56) 521

Share of associates’ profit/(loss)

1 - - - (243) - (242)

Operating income

4,276 2,533 1,631 82 (99) (56) 8,367

Profit/(Loss) after tax from continuing operations 1,782 948 771 7 (518) (39) 2,951

Profit/(Loss) after tax from discontinued operations (8)

Profit after tax attributable to shareholders

2,943

1.

In evaluating the performance of the operating segments, certain items are removed from statutory profit where they are not considered integral to the ongoing performance of the segment.

These items are presented in section (iii) below.

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


95

7. Segment analysis, cont’d



Australia

Retail and

Commercial Institutional

New

Zealand Pacific

TSO and

Group

Centre

Other

items

1


Group

Total

September 2020 Half Year

$M $M $M $M $M $M $M

Net interest income 3,868 1,558 1,321 44 36 - 6,827

Net fee and commission income

- Lending fees 134 132 6 4 - - 276

- Non-lending fees 616 370 255 11 (6) - 1,246

- Commissions 42 - 33 - - - 75

- Funds management income 18 1 117 - - - 136

- Fee and commission expense (266) (130) (188) (1) - - (585)

Net income from insurance business 30 - - - 1 - 31

Other income (7) 1,109 3 20 22 (429) 718

Share of associates’ profit/(loss) (1) - - - 21 - 20

Operating income 4,434 3,040 1,547 78 74 (429) 8,744

Profit/(Loss) after tax from continuing operations 1,123 1,244 450 (82) (390) (305) 2,040

Profit/(Loss) after tax from discontinued operations (8)

Profit after tax attributable to shareholders 2,032


March 2020 Half Year

Net interest income 4,048 1,624 1,410 65 75 - 7,222

Net fee and commission income

- Lending fees 133 156 8 6 - - 303

- Non-lending fees 694 406 331 18 (8) - 1,441

- Commissions 25 - 21 - - - 46

- Funds management income 12 1 126 - - - 139

- Fee and commission expense (322) (178) (248) (4) - - (752)

Net income from insurance business 47 - - - - - 47

Other income 6 782 9 30 (829) 314 312

Share of associates’ profit - - - - 135 - 135

Operating income 4,643 2,791 1,657 115 (627) 314 8,893

Profit/(Loss) after tax from continuing operations 1,214 610 567 20 (998) 222 1,635

Profit/(Loss) after tax from discontinued operations (90)

Profit after tax attributable to shareholders 1,545

1.

In evaluating the performance of the operating segments, certain items are removed from statutory profit where they are not considered integral to the ongoing performance of the segment.

These items are presented in section (iii) below.


iii) Other items

The table below sets out the profit after tax impact of other items which are removed from statutory profit to reflect the cash profit of each segment.



Half Year Movement

Item gains/(losses) Related segment

Mar 21

$M

Sep 20

$M

Mar 20

$M

Mar 21

v. Sep 20

Mar 21

v. Mar 20

Economic hedges

Institutional, New Zealand, TSO and

Group Centre

(51) (461) 340 -89% large

Revenue and expense hedges TSO and Group Centre

12 156 (120) -92% large

Structured credit intermediation trades Institutional

- - 2 n/a -100%

Total from continuing operations

(39) (305) 222 -87% large

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


96

8. Derivative financial instruments

Derivative financial instruments are contracts whose value is derived from one or more underlying variables or indices defined in the contract, require little

or no initial net investment and are settled at a future date. Derivatives include contracts traded on registered exchanges and contracts agreed between

counterparties. The use of derivatives and their sale to customers as risk management products is an integral part of the Group’s trading and sales

activities. Derivatives are also used to manage the Group’s own exposure to fluctuations in foreign exchange and interest rates as part of its asset and

liability management activities.

The following table provides an overview of the Group’s interest rate, foreign exchange, commodity and credit derivatives. They include all trading and

balance sheet risk management contracts. The derivative instruments become favourable (assets) or unfavourable (liabilities) as a result of fluctuations in

market rates relative to the terms of the derivative.



Assets Liabilities Assets Liabilities Assets Liabilities

Fair Values

Mar 21

$M

Mar 21

$M

Sep 20

$M

Sep 20

$M

Mar 20

$M

Mar 20

$M

Interest rate contracts


Forward rate agreements 10 (12) 86 (86) 255 (250)

Futures contracts

45 (74) 31 (231) 78 (160)

Swap agreements

73,125 (71,523) 109,918 (105,578) 112,934 (108,736)

Options purchased

1,192 - 1,676 - 2,436 -

Options sold

- (1,162) - (2,609) - (3,865)

Total

74,372 (72,771) 111,711 (108,504) 115,703 (113,011)

Foreign exchange contracts

Spot and forward contracts 15,858 (14,389) 11,882 (11,461) 26,038 (23,964)

Swap agreements

12,683 (13,833) 8,766 (12,388) 27,624 (27,138)

Options purchased

311 - 372 - 837 -

Options sold

- (587) - (502) - (937)

Total

28,852 (28,809) 21,020 (24,351) 54,499 (52,039)

Commodity contracts 1,439 (1,345) 2,577 (1,834) 3,449 (2,288)

Credit default swaps

Structured credit derivatives purchased - - 18 - 16 -

Other credit derivatives purchased

1 (1) 4 (3) 4 (6)

Credit derivatives purchased

1 (1) 22 (3) 20 (6)

Structured credit derivatives sold - - - (18) - (17)

Other credit derivatives sold

2 - 1 (1) 6 (3)

Credit derivatives sold

2 - 1 (19) 6 (20)

Total 3 (1) 23 (22) 26 (26)

Derivative financial instruments 104,666 (102,926) 135,331 (134,711) 173,677 (167,364)

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


97

9. Net loans and advances


As at Movement


Mar 21

$M

Sep 20

$M

Mar 20

$M

Mar 21

v. Sep 20

Mar 21

v. Mar 20

Australia

Overdrafts 4,070 4,189 4,997 -3% -19%

Credit cards outstanding

6,119 5,984 7,383 2% -17%

Commercial bills outstanding

6,152 6,383 6,414 -4% -4%

Term loans - housing

280,545 274,967 263,596 2% 6%

Term loans - non-housing

138,771 150,272 164,346 -8% -16%

Lease receivables

958 991 1,066 -3% -10%

Hire purchase contracts

339 364 452 -7% -25%

Total Australia

436,954 443,150 448,254 -1% -3%


Asia, Pacific, Europe & America

Overdrafts 516 415 476 24% 8%

Credit cards outstanding

5 6 7 -17% -29%

Term loans - housing

472 489 531 -3% -11%

Term loans - non-housing

51,867 52,682 78,803 -2% -34%

Lease receivables

1,108 1,031 29 7% large

Other

15 20 28 -25% -46%

Total Asia, Pacific, Europe & America

53,983 54,643 79,874 -1% -32%


New Zealand

Overdrafts 599 610 795 -2% -25%

Credit cards outstanding

1,181 1,204 1,389 -2% -15%

Term loans - housing

87,561 82,894 85,301 6% 3%

Term loans - non-housing

37,390 38,771 43,373 -4% -14%

Lease receivables

- - 138 n/a -100%

Hire purchase contracts

- - 1,657 n/a -100%

Total New Zealand

126,731 123,479 132,653 3% -4%

Sub-total 617,668 621,272 660,781 -1% -7%


Unearned income

1,2

(437) (460) (661) -5% -34%

Capitalised brokerage and other origination costs

1,2

1,378 1,262 1,158 9% 19%

Gross loans and advances

618,609 622,074 661,278 -1% -6%


Allowance for expected credit losses (refer to Note 10) (4,250) (4,981) (4,669) -15% -9%

Net loans and advances

614,359 617,093 656,609 0% -6%

1.

In the March 2021 half, deferred expenses previously netted within Unearned income were reclassified to Capitalised brokerage and other origination costs to better align with the nature of

the balances. Comparatives have been restated accordingly (Sep 20 half: $394 million; Mar 20 half: $293 million).

2.

Amortised over the expected life of the loan.

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


98

10. Allowance for expected credit losses


As at


Mar 21 Sep 20 Mar 20


Collectively

assessed

$M

Individually

assessed

$M

Total

$M

Collectively

assessed

$M

Individually

assessed

$M

Total

$M

Collectively

assessed

$M

Individually

assessed

$M

Total

$M



Net loans and advances at

amortised cost

3,472 778 4,250 4,130 851 4,981 3,614 1,055 4,669

Off-balance sheet commitments

795 31 826 858 40 898 872 38 910

Investment securities - debt securities

at amortised cost

18 - 18 20 - 20 15 - 15

Total

4,285 809 5,094 5,008 891 5,899 4,501 1,093 5,594

Other Comprehensive Income

Investment securities - debt securities

at FVOCI

1


11 - 11 10 - 10 9 - 9

1.

For FVOCI assets, the allowance for ECL does not alter the carrying amount which remains at fair value. Instead, the allowance for ECL is recognised in Other Comprehensive Income (OCI)

with a corresponding charge to profit or loss.


The following tables present the movement in the allowance for ECL.


Net loans and advances at amortised cost




Allowance for ECL is included in Net loans and advances.


Stage 3



Stage 1

$M

Stage 2

$M

Collectively

assessed

$M

Individually

assessed

$M

Total

$M

As at 1 October 2019 927 1,378 413 791 3,509

Transfer between stages 204 (270) (95) 161 -

New and increased provisions (net of releases) 30 840 132 718 1,720

Write-backs - - - (164) (164)

Bad debts written off (excluding recoveries) - - - (469) (469)

Foreign currency translation and other movements

1

30 20 5 18 73

As at 31 March 2020 1,191 1,968 455 1,055 4,669

Transfer between stages 187 (291) (106) 210 -

New and increased provisions (net of releases) (112) 841 119 455 1,303

Write-backs - - - (157) (157)

Bad debts written off (excluding recoveries) - - - (640) (640)

Foreign currency translation and other movements

1

(62) (53) (7) (72) (194)

As at 30 September 2020 1,204 2,465 461 851 4,981

Transfer between stages 345 (369) (98) 122 -

New and increased provisions (net of releases) (563) 3 52 333 (175)

Write-backs

- - - (171) (171)

Bad debts written off (excluding recoveries)

- - - (340) (340)

Foreign currency translation and other movements

1

(11) (14) (3) (17) (45)

As at 31 March 2021

975 2,085 412 778 4,250

1.

Other movements include the impact of discount unwind on individually assessed allowances for ECL and the impact of divestments completed during the September 2020 half and the

March 2020 half.

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


99

10. Allowance for expected credit losses, cont’d


Off-balance sheet commitments - undrawn and contingent facilities



Allowance for ECL is included in Other provisions.




Stage 3



Stage 1

$M

Stage 2

$M

Collectively

assessed

$M

Individually

assessed

$M

Total

$M

As at 1 October 2019 473 151 21 23 668

Transfer between stages 20 (24) (2) 6 -

New and increased provisions (net of releases) 98 115 (2) 15 226

Write-backs - - - (6) (6)

Foreign currency translation 19 2 1 - 22

As at 31 March 2020 610 244 18 38 910

Transfer between stages 14 (20) - 6 -

New and increased provisions (net of releases) 1 20 6 4 31

Write-backs - - - (8) (8)

Foreign currency translation and other movements

1

(29) (5) (1) - (35)

As at 30 September 2020 596 239 23 40 898

Transfer between stages 36 (34) (3) 1 -

New and increased provisions (net of releases) (52) 4 - (1) (49)

Write-backs

- - - (9) (9)

Foreign currency translation

(12) (2) - - (14)

As at 31 March 2021

568 207 20 31 826

1.

Other movements include the impact of divestments completed during the period.


Investment securities - debt securities at amortised cost




Allowance for ECL is included in Investment securities.


Stage 3



Stage 1

$M

Stage 2

$M

Collectively

assessed

$M

Individually

assessed

$M

Total

$M

As at 31 March 2020 14 1 - - 15

As at 30 September 2020 20 - - - 20

As at 31 March 2021

18 - - - 18


Investment securities - debt securities at FVOCI

For FVOCI assets, the allowance for ECL does not alter the carrying amount which remains at fair value. Instead, the allowance for ECL is recognised in

Other Comprehensive Income (OCI) with a corresponding charge to profit or loss.



Stage 3



Stage 1

$M

Stage 2

$M

Collectively

assessed

$M

Individually

assessed

$M

Total

$M

As at 31 March 2020 9 - - - 9

As at 30 September 2020 10 - - - 10

As at 31 March 2021

11 - - - 11

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


100

10. Allowance for expected credit losses, cont’d


Credit impairment charge/(release) analysis




Half Year Movement


Mar 21

$M

Sep 20

$M

Mar 20

$M

Mar 21

v. Sep 20

Mar 21

v. Mar 20

New and increased provisions (net of releases)

1,2


- Collectively assessed (678) 669 1,048 large large

- Individually assessed

455 675 900 -33% -49%

Write-backs

3

(180) (165) (170) 9% 6%

Recoveries of amounts previously written off

(88) (115) (104) -23% -15%

Total credit impairment charge/(release)

(491) 1,064 1,674 large large

1.

Includes the impact of transfers between collectively assessed and individually assessed.

2.

New and increased provisions (net of releases) includes:


Mar 21 half Sep 20 half Mar 20 half

Collectively

assessed

$M

Individually

assessed

$M

Collectively

assessed

$M

Individually

assessed

$M

Collectively

assessed

$M

Individually

assessed

$M

Net loans and advances at amortised cost (630) 455 638 665 841 879

Off-balance sheet commitments (49) - 21 10 205 21

Investment securities - debt securities at amortised cost - - 8 - 1 -

Investment securities - debt securities at FVOCI 1 - 2 - 1 -

Total (678) 455 669 675 1,048 900

3.

Consists of write-backs in Net loans and advances at amortised cost of $171 million (Sep 20 half: $157 million; Mar 20 half: $164 million), and Off-balance sheet commitment of $9 million

(Sep 20 half: $8 million; Mar 20 half: $6 million).

 

Loan Deferral and Relief Packages (Support Packages)

From March 2020 the Group offered various forms of assistance to customers to counteract the impact of COVID-19 on the ability of customers to meet

their loan obligations. The assistance provided included arrangements such as temporary deferral of principal and interest repayments, replacing

principal and interest with interest only repayments, and extension of loan maturity dates. The loan repayment deferral package is considered to be a

loan modification under AASB 9. This either results in the loan being derecognised and replaced with a new loan (substantial modification) or the existing

loan continuing to be recognised (non-substantial modification).

These support packages were phased out during the March 2021 half. In the case of home loan support packages, 94% of all loans in Australia and New

Zealand where customers took advantage of a support package have reverted back to loan repayments, with the remaining 6% having been either

restructured or transferred to hardship. For business loan support packages in Australia, 90% of loans have returned to loan payments, with the

remaining 10% having been restructured or transferred to hardship. For those customers who took up loan support packages, it is considered that the

packages, as well as government support measures, may have obscured repayment delinquencies that might otherwise have occurred over the loan

deferral period and those that may still occur in the future. Thus the Group has provided a component of ECL for expected delinquencies and increases in

SICR.

Facilities which transitioned to interest-only or took up term extensions offered as a result of COVID-19, are now subsumed within the normal loan

population and are managed accordingly.

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


101

11. Deposits and other borrowings



As at Movement


Mar 21

$M

Sep 20

$M

Mar 20

$M

Mar 21

v. Sep 20

Mar 21

v. Mar 20

Australia

Certificates of deposit 34,176 28,258 34,733 21% -2%

Term deposits

61,503 64,187 69,056 -4% -11%

On demand and short term deposits

247,730 240,945 220,135 3% 13%

Deposits not bearing interest

20,850 18,771 14,410 11% 45%

Deposits from banks and securities sold under repurchase agreements

1

42,651 58,762 52,942 -27% -19%

Commercial paper

22,829 7,524 17,435 large 31%

Total Australia

429,739 418,447 408,711 3% 5%


Asia, Pacific, Europe & America

Certificates of deposit 4,532 2,583 1,494 75% large

Term deposits

84,950 86,735 121,141 -2% -30%

On demand and short term deposits

27,332 24,366 24,211 12% 13%

Deposits not bearing interest

6,448 5,473 7,101 18% -9%

Deposits from banks and securities sold under repurchase agreements

35,456 29,127 46,397 22% -24%

Total Asia, Pacific, Europe & America

158,718 148,284 200,344 7% -21%


New Zealand

Certificates of deposit 1,292 1,650 1,651 -22% -22%

Term deposits

39,715 46,351 50,414 -14% -21%

On demand and short term deposits

54,379 49,905 45,978 9% 18%

Deposits not bearing interest

18,618 15,630 14,050 19% 33%

Deposits from banks and securities sold under repurchase agreements

910 448 1,422 large -36%

Commercial paper and other borrowings

3,252 1,618 4,339 large -25%

Total New Zealand

118,166 115,602 117,854 2% 0%


Total deposits and other borrowings 706,623 682,333 726,909 4% -3%

1.

In March 2020, the Reserve Bank of Australia announced a Term Funding Facility (TFF) which is a three-year funding facility to ADIs at a fixed rate of 0.25%. ADIs are able to obtain initial

funding of up to 3% of their existing outstanding credit with access to additional funding if they increase lending to small and medium-sized businesses. As at 31 March 2021, ANZ had drawn

$12 billion (Sep 20: $12 billion) from its initial TFF allowance of $12 billion and it had drawn $0 billion (Sep 20: $0 billion) from its additional TFF allowance of $8 billion.

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


102

12. Other provisions


 

As at Movement


Mar 21

$M

Sep 20

$M

Mar 20

$M

Mar 21

v. Sep 20

Mar 21

v. Mar 20

ECL allowance on undrawn facilities (refer to Note 10) 826 898 910 -8% -9%

Customer remediation

1,003 1,109 1,094 -10% -8%

Restructuring costs

122 105 128 16% -5%

Non-lending losses, frauds and forgeries

77 79 82 -3% -6%

Other

389 388 559 0% -30%

Total other provisions

2,417 2,579 2,773 -6% -13%


Customer remediation

Customer remediation includes provisions for expected refunds to customers, remediation project costs and related customer and regulatory claims,

penalties and litigation outcomes.

Restructuring costs

Provisions for restructuring costs arise from activities related to material changes in the scope of business undertaken by the Group or the manner in

which that business is undertaken and include employee termination benefits. Costs relating to on-going activities are not provided for and are expensed

as incurred.

Non-lending losses, frauds and forgeries

Non-lending losses include losses arising from certain legal actions not directly related to amounts of principal outstanding for loans and advances and

losses arising from forgeries, frauds and the correction of operational issues. The amounts recognised are the best estimate of the consideration required

to settle the present obligation at the reporting date, taking into account the risks and uncertainties that surround the events and circumstances that affect

the provision.

Other

Other provisions comprise various other provisions including workers compensation, make-good provisions associated with leased premises, warranties

and indemnities provided in connection with various disposals of businesses and assets, and contingent liabilities recognised as part of a business

combination.

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


103

13. Discontinued operations and assets and liabilities held for sale

i) Discontinued operations

The sale of the Group’s Aligned Dealer Groups (ADGs) business completed on 1 October 2018, the sale of OnePath pensions and investments (OnePath

P&I) business completed on 31 January 2020, and the sale of the Group’s life insurance business completed on 31 May 2019.

As a result of the sale transactions outlined above, the financial results of the businesses were treated as discontinued operations from a reporting

perspective.

Details of the financial performance and cash flows of discontinued operations are presented below.


Income Statement



Half Year


Movement


Mar 21

$M

Sep 20

$M

Mar 20

$M


Mar 21

v. Sep 20

Mar 21

v. Mar 20

Net interest income - - (5)


n/a -100%

Other operating income

27 63 (109)


-57% large

Operating income

27 63 (114)


-57% large

Operating expenses (38) (80) (120)


-53% -68%

Profit/(Loss) before credit impairment and income tax

(11) (17) (234)


-35% -95%

Credit impairment (charge)/release - - -


n/a n/a

Profit/(Loss) before income tax

(11) (17) (234)


-35% -95%

Income tax (expense)/benefit 3 9 144


-67% -98%

Profit/(Loss) for the period attributable to shareholders of the Company

1

(8) (8) (90)


0% -91%

1.

Includes the results of the OnePath P&I business up to sale completion in January 2020.


Income Statement impact relating to discontinued operations

During the March 2021 half, the Group recognised the following impacts in relation to discontinued operations:

 $1 million of customer remediation charges ($1 million loss after tax) recorded in operating expenses.

During the September 2020 half, the Group recognised the following impacts in relation to discontinued operations:

 $2 million loss on disposal ($2 million loss after tax) recorded in operating income attributable to sale completion costs.

 $2 million of customer remediation charges ($2 million loss after tax) recorded in operating expenses.

During the March 2020 half, the Group recognised the following impacts in relation to discontinued operations:

 $16 million loss on disposal ($11 million loss after tax) recorded in operating income attributable to sale completion costs.

 $124 million of customer remediation charges ($128 million recorded in operating income and a release of $4 million recorded in operating

expenses) and an associated $30 million tax benefit.

 $101 million charge was recorded in operating income offset by a $101 million tax benefit within income tax expense relating to the finalisation of

the policyholder tax position associated with the sale of the life insurance business to Zurich.


Cash Flow Statement




Half Year


Movement




Mar 21

$M

Sep 20

$M

Mar 20

$M


Mar 21

v. Sep 20

Mar 21

v. Mar 20

Net cash provided by/(used in) operating activities


- - (25)


n/a -100%

Net cash provided by/(used in) investing activities


- - -


n/a n/a

Net cash provided by/(used in) financing activities


- - 25


n/a -100%

Net increase/(decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

- - -


n/a n/a

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


104

13. Discontinued operations and assets and liabilities held for sale, cont’d


ii) Assets and liabilities held for sale

As at 31 March 2021, the following divestments met the criteria to be classified as held for sale under accounting standards but based on materiality have

not been presented separately as assets and liabilities held for sale on the Balance Sheet. There were no assets and liabilities held for sale in the

September and March 2020 halves.

 Worldline Joint Venture

In December 2020, the Group announced it had entered into a joint-venture with European-based payments company Worldline. The joint venture

arrangement involves ANZ and Worldline forming a newly created merchant acquiring group, with ANZ and Worldline holding a 49% and 51%

interest respectively. The transaction is expected to complete in the 2022 financial year and is subject to regulatory and other approvals and card

scheme arrangements. At 31 March 2021, the net assets associated with this business were $8 million primarily relating to equipment of $30 million,

various other assets of $5 million and payables and other liabilities of $27 million.

 ANZ Share Investing

During the March 2021 half, the Group reclassified its ANZ Share Investing business as held for sale reflecting a continuation of the Group’s

simplification strategy. As a consequence of remeasuring the net assets at fair value less costs to sell the Group recognised a loss of $251 million in

Other operating income relating to the write-down of goodwill attributable to the business. At 31 March 2021, the net assets associated with this

business were $12 million primarily relating to goodwill.

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


105

14. Debt issuances




As at Movement



Mar 21

$M

Sep 20

$M

Mar 20

$M

Mar 21

v. Sep 20

Mar 21

v. Mar 20

Total unsubordinated debt 83,963 98,607 119,136 -15% -30%



Additional Tier 1 Capital (perpetual subordinated securities)

1


ANZ Capital Notes (ANZ CN)

2


ANZ CN1 1,120 1,119 1,119 0% 0%

ANZ CN2

1,609 1,608 1,607 0% 0%

ANZ CN3

968 967 966 0% 0%

ANZ CN4

1,615 1,614 1,613 0% 0%

ANZ CN5

927 926 926 0% 0%

ANZ Capital Securities

3

1,347 1,499 1,712 -10% -21%

ANZ New Zealand Capital Notes

4

459 463 487 -1% -6%


Tier 2 Capital

Perpetual subordinated notes

5

395 422 485 -6% -19%

Term subordinated notes

6

15,220 12,443 12,197 22% 25%

Total subordinated debt

23,660 21,061 21,112 12% 12%

Total debt issuances 107,623 119,668 140,248 -10% -23%

1.

ANZ Capital Notes, ANZ Capital Securities and the ANZ New Zealand Capital Notes are Basel 3 compliant instruments.

2.

Each of the ANZ Capital Notes will convert into a variable number of ANZ ordinary shares on a specified mandatory conversion date at a 1% discount (subject to certain conditions being

satisfied). If ANZ’s Common Equity Tier 1 capital ratio is equal to or less than 5.125%, or ANZ receives a notice of non-viability from APRA, then the notes will immediately convert into a

variable number of ANZ ordinary shares at a 1% discount subject to a maximum conversion number. Subject to certain conditions, the notes are redeemable or convertible into ANZ ordinary

shares (on similar terms to mandatory conversion) by ANZ at its discretion on an early redemption or conversion date.



Issuer Issue date Issue amount

$M

Early redemption or conversion

date

Mandatory conversion

date

CN1 ANZ 7 Aug 2013 1,120 1 Sep 2021 1 Sep 2023

CN2 ANZ 31 Mar 2014 1,610 24 Mar 2022 24 Mar 2024

CN3 ANZ, acting through its New Zealand branch 5 Mar 2015 970 24 Mar 2023 24 Mar 2025

CN4 ANZ 27 Sep 2016 1,622 20 Mar 2024 20 Mar 2026

CN5 ANZ 28 Sep 2017 931 20 Mar 2025 20 Mar 2027

3.

On 15 June 2016, ANZ acting through its London branch issued US$1 billion fully-paid perpetual subordinated contingent convertible securities (ANZ Capital Securities). If ANZ’s Common

Equity Tier 1 capital ratio is equal to or less than 5.125%, or ANZ receives a notice of non-viability from APRA, then the securities will immediately convert into a variable number of ANZ

ordinary shares at a 1% discount subject to a maximum conversion number. Subject to certain conditions, on the First Reset Date (15 June 2026) and on each 5 year anniversary, ANZ has

the right to redeem all of the securities at its discretion.

4.

On 31 March 2015, ANZ Bank New Zealand Limited (ANZ New Zealand) issued NZ$500 million convertible notes (ANZ New Zealand Capital Notes). If ANZ or ANZ New Zealand’s Common

Equity Tier 1 capital ratio is equal to or less than 5.125%, ANZ receives a notice of non-viability from APRA, ANZ New Zealand receives a direction from RBNZ or a statutory manager is

appointed to ANZ New Zealand and makes a determination, then the ANZ New Zealand Capital Notes will immediately convert into a variable number of ANZ ordinary shares at a 1%

discount subject to a maximum conversion number. In April 2020, the RBNZ informed New Zealand-incorporated registered banks (including ANZ New Zealand) that they should not redeem

capital instruments at that time. Accordingly, ANZ New Zealand was not permitted to redeem the ANZ New Zealand Capital Notes on the optional exchange date (25 May 2020), although it

can continue making coupon payments on those notes. As ANZ New Zealand did not exercise its option to convert the notes in May 2020, the terms of the ANZ New Zealand Capital Notes

provide for their conversion into a variable number of ANZ ordinary shares on 25 May 2022 at a 1% discount (subject to certain conditions being satisfied).

5.

The USD 300 million perpetual subordinated notes have been granted Basel 3 transitional capital treatment until the end of the transition period in December 2021.

6.

All the term subordinated notes are convertible and are Basel 3 compliant instruments. If ANZ receives a notice of non-viability from APRA, then the convertible subordinated notes will

immediately convert into a variable number of ANZ ordinary shares at a 1% discount subject to a maximum conversion number.

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


106

15. Credit risk


Maximum exposure to credit risk

For financial assets recognised on the balance sheet, the maximum exposure to credit risk is the carrying amount. In certain circumstances there may be

differences between the carrying amounts reported on the balance sheet and the amounts reported in the tables below. Principally, these differences

arise in respect of financial assets that are subject to risks other than credit risk, such as equity instruments which are primarily subject to market risk, or

bank notes and coins.

For undrawn facilities, this maximum exposure to credit risk is the full amount of the committed facilities. For contingent exposures, the maximum

exposure to credit risk is the maximum amount the group would have to pay if the instrument is called upon.

The table below shows the maximum exposure to credit risk of on-balance sheet, and off-balance sheet, positions before taking account of any collateral

held or other credit enhancements:



Reported


Excluded

1

Maximum Exposure to Credit Risk


As at


As at


As at

On-balance sheet positions

Mar 21

$M

Sep 20

$M

Mar 20

$M


Mar 21

$M

Sep 20

$M

Mar 20

$M


Mar 21

$M

Sep 20

$M

Mar 20

$M

Net loans and advances 614,359 617,093 656,609


- - -


614,359 617,093 656,609

Investment securities


- debt securities at amortised cost 7,028 6,816 7,231


- - -


7,028 6,816 7,231

- debt securities at FVOCI

83,715 85,460 77,476


- - -


83,715 85,460 77,476

- equity securities at FVOCI

1,184 1,062 1,166


1,184 1,062 1,166


- - -

- debt securities at FVTPL

63 53 50


- - -


63 53 50

Other financial assets

300,339 319,224 393,862


15,829 14,753 14,305


284,510 304,471 379,557

Total on-balance sheet positions

1,006,688 1,029,708 1,136,394


17,013 15,815 15,471


989,675 1,013,893 1,120,923

Off-balance sheet commitments


Undrawn and contingent facilities

2

252,392 266,716 269,417


- - -


252,392 266,716 269,417

Total

1,259,080 1,296,424 1,405,811


17,013 15,815 15,471


1,242,067 1,280,609 1,390,340

1.

Excluded comprises bank notes and coins and cash at bank within liquid assets, and equity securities within Investment securities - equity securities at FVOCI as they do not have credit

exposure.

2.

Undrawn and contingent facilities include guarantees, letters of credit and performance related contingencies, net of collectively assessed allowance for expected credit losses.


Credit Quality

The Group’s internal Customer Credit Rating (CCR) is used to manage the credit quality of financial assets. To enable wider comparisons, the Group’s

CCRs are mapped to external rating agency scales as follows:


Credit Quality

Description

Internal CCR ANZ Customer Requirement

Moody's

Rating

Standard &

Poor's

Rating

Strong CCR 0+ to 4-

Demonstrated superior stability in their operating and financial performance over the

long-term, and whose earnings capacity is not significantly vulnerable to foreseeable

events.

Aaa - Baa3 AAA - BBB-

Satisfactory CCR 5+ to 6-

Demonstrated sound operational and financial stability over the medium to long term

even though some may be susceptible to cyclical trends or variability in earnings.

Ba1 - B1 BB+ - B+

Weak CCR 7+ to 8=

Demonstrated some operational and financial instability, with variability and

uncertainty in profitability and liquidity projected to continue over the short and

possibly medium term.

B2 - Caa B - CCC

Defaulted CCR8- to 10

When doubt arises as to the collectability of a credit facility, the financial instrument

(or ‘the facility’) is classified as defaulted.

N/A N/A

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


107

15. Credit risk, cont’d


Net loans and advances





Stage 3



Stage 1

$M

Stage 2

$M

Collectively

assessed

$M

Individually

assessed

$M

Total

$M

As at March 2021

Strong

390,928 12,204 - - 403,132

Satisfactory 149,462 33,317 - - 182,779

Weak

8,493 14,150 - - 22,643

Defaulted

- - 4,160 1,941 6,101

Gross loans and advances at amortised cost

548,883 59,671 4,160 1,941 614,655

Allowance for ECL (975) (2,085) (412) (778) (4,250)

Net loans and advances at amortised cost

547,908 57,586 3,748 1,163 610,405

Coverage ratio 0.18% 3.49% 9.90% 40.08% 0.69%

Loans and advances at fair value through profit or loss 3,013

Unearned income

1

(437)

Capitalised brokerage and other origination costs

1

1,378

Net carrying amount

614,359


As at September 2020

Strong 395,608 18,262 - - 413,870

Satisfactory 133,558 37,577 - - 171,135

Weak 8,461 16,850 - - 25,311

Defaulted - - 4,762 2,256 7,018

Gross loans and advances at amortised cost 537,627 72,689 4,762 2,256 617,334

Allowance for ECL (1,204) (2,465) (461) (851) (4,981)

Net loans and advances at amortised cost 536,423 70,224 4,301 1,405 612,353

Coverage ratio 0.22% 3.39% 9.68% 37.72% 0.81%

Loans and advances at fair value through profit or loss 3,938

Unearned income

1

(460)

Capitalised brokerage and other origination costs

1

1,262

Net carrying amount 617,093


As at March 2020

Strong 465,601 14,009 - - 479,610

Satisfactory 114,178 39,137 - - 153,315

Weak 5,959 11,692 - - 17,651

Defaulted - - 4,837 2,435 7,272

Gross loans and advances at amortised cost 585,738 64,838 4,837 2,435 657,848

Allowance for ECL (1,191) (1,968) (455) (1,055) (4,669)

Net loans and advances at amortised cost 584,547 62,870 4,382 1,380 653,179

Coverage ratio 0.20% 3.04% 9.41% 43.33% 0.71%

Loans and advances at fair value through profit or loss 2,932

Unearned income

1

(661)

Capitalised brokerage and other origination costs

1

1,158

Net carrying amount 656,609

1.

In the March 2021 half, deferred expenses previously netted within Unearned income were reclassified to Capitalised brokerage and other origination costs to better align with the nature of

the balances. Comparatives have been restated accordingly (Sep 20 half: $394 million; Mar 20 half: $293 million).

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


108

15. Credit risk, cont’d


Off-balance sheet commitments - undrawn and contingent facilities



Stage 3


Stage 1

$M

Stage 2

$M

Collectively

assessed

$M

Individually

assessed

$M

Total

$M

As at March 2021

Strong

168,628 1,829 - - 170,457

Satisfactory 23,398 4,148 - - 27,546

Weak

950 938 - - 1,888

Defaulted

- - 135 232 367

Gross undrawn and contingent facilities subject to ECL

192,976 6,915 135 232 200,258

Allowance for ECL included in Provisions (568) (207) (20) (31) (826)

Net undrawn and contingent facilities subject to ECL 192,408 6,708 115 201 199,432

Coverage ratio 0.29% 2.99% 14.81% 13.36% 0.41%

Undrawn and contingent facilities not subject to ECL

1

52,960

Net undrawn and contingent facilities 252,392


As at September 2020

Strong 171,979 3,045 - - 175,024

Satisfactory 22,983 3,972 - - 26,955

Weak 1,123 1,132 - - 2,255

Defaulted - - 144 203 347

Gross undrawn and contingent facilities subject to ECL 196,085 8,149 144 203 204,581

Allowance for ECL included in Provisions (596) (239) (23) (40) (898)

Net undrawn and contingent facilities subject to ECL 195,489 7,910 121 163 203,683

Coverage ratio 0.30% 2.93% 15.97% 19.70% 0.44%

Undrawn and contingent facilities not subject to ECL

1

63,033

Net undrawn and contingent facilities 266,716


As at March 2020

Strong 172,684 1,617 - - 174,301

Satisfactory 24,433 4,832 - - 29,265

Weak 284 1,156 - - 1,440

Defaulted - - 149 164 313

Gross undrawn and contingent facilities subject to ECL 197,401 7,605 149 164 205,319

Allowance for ECL included in Provisions (610) (244) (18) (38) (910)

Net undrawn and contingent facilities subject to ECL 196,791 7,361 131 126 204,409

Coverage ratio 0.31% 3.21% 12.08% 23.17% 0.44%

Undrawn and contingent facilities not subject to ECL

1

65,008

Net undrawn and contingent facilities 269,417

1.

Commitments that can be unconditionally cancelled at any time without notice.

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


109

15. Credit risk, cont’d


Investment securities - debt securities at amortised cost




Stage 3


Stage 1

$M

Stage 2

$M

Collectively

assessed

$M

Individually

assessed

$M

Total

$M

As at March 2021

Strong

5,657 - - - 5,657

Satisfactory 1,389 - - - 1,389

Gross investment securities - debt securities at amortised cost

7,046 - - - 7,046

Allowance for ECL (18) - - - (18)

Net investment securities - debt securities at amortised cost

7,028 - - - 7,028

Coverage ratio 0.26% - - - 0.26%


As at September 2020

Strong 5,594 - - - 5,594

Satisfactory 1,067 175 - - 1,242

Gross investment securities - debt securities at amortised cost 6,661 175 - - 6,836

Allowance for ECL (20) - - - (20)

Net investment securities - debt securities at amortised cost 6,641 175 - - 6,816

Coverage ratio 0.30% 0.00% - - 0.29%


As at March 2020

Strong 5,733 - - - 5,733

Satisfactory 888 625 - - 1,513

Gross investment securities - debt securities at amortised cost 6,621 625 - - 7,246

Allowance for ECL (14) (1) - - (15)

Net investment securities - debt securities at amortised cost 6,607 624 - - 7,231

Coverage ratio 0.21% 0.16% - - 0.21%


Investment securities - debt securities at FVOCI




Stage 3


Stage 1

$M

Stage 2

$M

Collectively

assessed

$M

Individually

assessed

$M

Total

$M

As at March 2021

Strong

83,494 - - - 83,494

Satisfactory 221 - - - 221

Investment securities - debt securities at FVOCI

83,715 - - - 83,715

Allowance for ECL recognised in other comprehensive income (11) - - - (11)

Coverage ratio

0.01% - - - 0.01%


As at September 2020

Strong 85,287 - - - 85,287

Satisfactory 173 - - - 173

Investment securities - debt securities at FVOCI 85,460 - - - 85,460

Allowance for ECL recognised in other comprehensive income (10) - - - (10)

Coverage ratio 0.01% - - - 0.01%


As at March 2020

Strong 77,213 - - - 77,213

Satisfactory 263 - - - 263

Investment securities - debt securities at FVOCI 77,476 - - - 77,476

Allowance for ECL recognised in other comprehensive income (9) - - - (9)

Coverage ratio 0.01% - - - 0.01%

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


110

15. Credit risk, cont’d


Investment securities - debt securities at FVTPL




Stage 3


Stage 1

$M

Stage 2

$M

Collectively

assessed

$M

Individually

assessed

$M

Total

$M

As at March 2021

Satisfactory

63 - - - 63

Investment securities - debt securities at FVTPL 63 - - - 63

Allowance for ECL - - - - -

Coverage ratio

0.00% - - - 0.00%


As at September 2020

Satisfactory 53 - - - 53

Investment securities - debt securities at FVTPL 53 - - - 53

Allowance for ECL - - - - -

Coverage ratio

0.00% - - - 0.00%


As at March 2020

Satisfactory 50 - - - 50

Investment securities - debt securities at FVTPL 50 - - - 50

Allowance for ECL - - - - -

Coverage ratio

0.00% - - - 0.00%


Other financial assets




As at


Mar 21

$M

Sep 20

$M

Mar 20

$M

Strong 280,105 293,171 369,909

Satisfactory

3,846 10,671 9,033

Weak

556 628 615

Defaulted

3 1 -

Other financial assets 284,510 304,471 379,557

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


111

16. Fair value measurement

The Group carries a significant number of financial instruments on the balance sheet at fair value. Fair value is the best estimate of the price that would

be received to sell an asset, or paid to transfer a liability, in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date.


i) Assets and liabilities measured at fair value on the balance sheet

a) Valuation

The Group has an established control framework, including appropriate segregation of duties, to ensure that fair values are accurately determined,

reported and controlled. The framework includes the following features:

 products are approved for transacting with external customers and counterparties only where fair values can be appropriately determined;

 when using quoted prices to value an instrument, these are independently verified from external pricing providers;

 fair value methodologies and inputs are evaluated and approved by a function independent of the party that undertakes the transaction;

 movements in fair values are independently monitored and explained by reference to underlying factors relevant to the fair value; and

 valuation adjustments (such as funding valuation adjustments, credit valuation adjustments and bid-offer adjustments) are independently validated

and monitored.

If the Group holds offsetting risk positions, then the Group uses the portfolio exception in AASB 13 Fair Value Measurement (AASB 13) to measure the

fair value of such groups of financial assets and financial liabilities. We measure the portfolio based on the price that would be received to sell a net long

position (an asset) for a particular risk exposure, or to transfer a net short position (a liability) for a particular risk exposure.

b) Fair value approach and valuation techniques

We use valuation techniques to estimate the fair value of assets and liabilities for recognition, measurement and disclosure purposes where no quoted

price in an active market for that asset or liability exists. This includes the following:


Asset or Liability Fair Value Approach

Financial instruments classified as:

- trading securities

- securities sold short

- derivative financial assets and liabilities

- investment securities

- other assets

Valuation techniques are used that incorporate observable market inputs for securities

with similar credit risk, maturity and yield characteristics. Equity instruments that are not

traded in active markets may be measured using comparable company valuation

multiples.

Financial instruments classified as:

- net loans and advances

- deposits and other borrowings

- debt issuances

Discounted cash flow techniques are used whereby contractual future cash flows of the

instrument are discounted using discount rates incorporating wholesale market interest

rates, or market borrowing rates for debt with similar maturities or with a yield curve

appropriate for the remaining term to maturity.

There were no significant changes to valuation approaches during the current or prior halves.

c) Fair value hierarchy

The Group categorises financial assets and liabilities carried at fair value into a fair value hierarchy as required by AASB 13 based on the observability of

inputs used to measure the fair value:

 Level 1 - valuations based on quoted prices (unadjusted) in active markets for identical assets or liabilities;

 Level 2 - valuations using inputs other than quoted prices included within Level 1 that are observable for a similar asset or liability, either directly or

indirectly; and

 Level 3 - valuations where significant unobservable inputs are used to measure the fair value of the asset or liability.

There were no significant changes to levelling approaches during the current or prior halves.

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


112

16. Fair value measurement, cont’d

d) Fair value hierarchy disclosure

The following table presents assets and liabilities carried at fair value:



Fair value measurements

As at March 2021

Level 1

$M

Level 2

$M

Level 3

$M

Total

$M

Assets

Trading securities

1

41,424 4,907 - 46,331

Derivative financial instruments

648 103,984 34 104,666

Investment securities

1

83,573 209 1,180 84,962

Net loans and advances (measured at fair value)

- 3,003 10 3,013

Total

125,645 112,103 1,224 238,972

Liabilities

Deposits and other borrowings (designated at fair value) - 3,598 - 3,598

Derivative financial instruments

947 101,954 25 102,926

Payables and other liabilities

2

3,925 12 - 3,937

Debt issuances (designated at fair value)

- 1,926 - 1,926

Total

4,872 107,490 25 112,387


As at September 2020



Assets

Trading securities 44,004 6,909 - 50,913

Derivative financial instruments 681 134,588 62 135,331

Investment securities 85,330 137 1,108 86,575

Net loans and advances (measured at fair value) - 3,925 13 3,938

Total 130,015 145,559 1,183 276,757

Liabilities

Deposits and other borrowings (designated at fair value) - 3,078 - 3,078

Derivative financial instruments 1,120 133,536 55 134,711

Payables and other liabilities

2

3,830 13 - 3,843

Debt issuances (designated at fair value) - 2,159 - 2,159

Total 4,950 138,786 55 143,791


As at March 2020


Assets

Trading securities 39,000 10,068 - 49,068

Derivative financial instruments 1,565 172,039 73 173,677

Available-for-sale assets 76,932 550 1,210 78,692

Net loans and advances (measured at fair value) - 2,919 13 2,932

Total 117,497 185,576 1,296 304,369

Liabilities

Deposits and other borrowings (designated at fair value) - 5,461 - 5,461

Derivative financial instruments 1,778 165,519 67 167,364

Payables and other liabilities

2

4,113 21 - 4,134

Debt issuances (designated at fair value) - 2,681 - 2,681

Total 5,891 173,682 67 179,640

1.

Transfers into and out of levels are measured at the beginning of the reporting period in which the transfer occurred. Transfers from Level 1 to Level 2 and Level 2 to Level 1 for March 2021

and March 2020 halves are immaterial. In the September 2020 half, $100 million of bond securities assets were transferred from Level 2 to Level 1 following increased trading activity to

support quoted prices.

2.

Payables and other liabilities relates to securities sold short which are classified as held for trading and measured at fair value through profit or loss.

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


113

16. Fair value measurement, cont’d


ii) Details of fair value measurements that incorporate unobservable market data

a) Level 3 fair value measurements

The net balance of Level 3 financial instruments is an asset of $1,199 million (Sep 20: $1,128 million; Mar 20: $1,229 million). The assets and liabilities

which incorporate significant unobservable inputs primarily include:

 equities for which there is no active market or traded prices cannot be observed; and

 other derivatives referencing market rates that cannot be observed primarily due to lack of market activity.

Bank of Tianjin (BoT)

Movements in the Level 3 balance are due to the revaluation of the Group’s investment in Bank of Tianjin.

The investment is valued based on comparative price-to-book (P/B) multiples (a P/B multiple is the ratio of the market value of equity to the book value of

equity). The extent of judgement applied in determining the appropriate multiple and comparator group from which the multiple is derived are non-

observable inputs which have resulted in the Level 3 classification.

Other

During the March 2021 half, the Group transferred $35 million of investment security assets and $5 million of derivative liabilities from Level 3 to Level 2,

where valuation parameters for these financial instruments became observable during the period. There were no other transfers in or out of Level 3 in the

current or prior halves.

b) Sensitivity to Level 3 data inputs

When we make assumptions due to significant inputs not being directly observable in the market place (Level 3 inputs), then changing these assumptions

changes the Group’s estimate of the instrument’s fair value. Favourable and unfavourable changes are determined by changing the primary

unobservable parameter used in deriving the valuation.

Bank of Tianjin (BoT)

The valuation of the BoT investment is sensitive to the selected unobservable input, being the P/B multiple. If the P/B multiple was increased or

decreased by 10% it would result in a $102 million increase or decrease to the fair value of the investment (Sep 20: $93 million; Mar 20: $105 million),

which would be recognised in shareholders’ equity.

Other

The remaining Level 3 balance is immaterial and changes in the Level 3 inputs have a minimal impact on net profit and net assets of the Group.

c) Deferred fair value gains and losses

When fair values are determined using unobservable inputs significant to the fair value of a financial instrument, the Group does not immediately

recognise the difference between the transaction price and the amount we determine based on the valuation technique (referred to as the day one gain or

loss) in profit or loss. After initial recognition, we recognise the deferred amount in profit or loss over the life of the transaction on a straight line basis or

when all inputs become observable.

The day one gains and losses deferred are immaterial.

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


114

16. Fair value measurement, cont’d


iii) Financial assets and liabilities not measured at fair value

The classes of financial assets and liabilities listed in the table below are predominately carried at amortised cost on the Group’s balance sheet. Whilst

this is the value at which we expect the assets will be realised and the liabilities settled, the Group provides an estimate of the fair value of these financial

assets and liabilities at balance date in the table below, presenting the fair value of the entire class of financial assets and financial liabilities.



Carrying amount in the balance sheet Fair value

As at March 2021

At amortised

cost

$M

At fair

value

$M

Total

$M


$M

Financial assets

Net loans and advances 611,346 3,013 614,359 615,139

Investment securities

7,028 84,962 91,990 91,945

Total

618,374 87,975 706,349 707,084

Financial liabilities

Deposits and other borrowings 703,025 3,598 706,623 706,813

Debt issuances

105,697 1,926 107,623 109,580

Total

808,722 5,524 814,246 816,393


As at September 2020

Financial assets

Net loans and advances 613,155 3,938 617,093 618,095

Investment securities 6,816 86,575 93,391 93,391

Total 619,971 90,513 710,484 711,486

Financial liabilities

Deposits and other borrowings 679,255 3,078 682,333 682,623

Debt issuances 117,509 2,159 119,668 121,453

Total 796,764 5,237 802,001 804,076


As at March 2020

Financial assets

Net loans and advances 653,677 2,932 656,609 658,091

Investment securities 7,231 78,692 85,923 85,944

Total 660,908 81,624 742,532 744,035

Financial liabilities

Deposits and other borrowings 721,448 5,461 726,909 727,326

Debt issuances 137,567 2,681 140,248 138,454

Total 859,015 8,142 867,157 865,780

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


115

17. Shareholders’ equity


Issued and quoted securities


As at

Ordinary shares


Mar 21

No.

Sep 20

No.

Mar 20

No.

Opening balance


2,840,370,225 2,836,177,422 2,834,584,923

Bonus Option Plan


929,207 819,781 1,592,499

Dividend reinvestment plan issues

1



4,242,368 3,373,022 -

Closing balance


2,845,541,800 2,840,370,225 2,836,177,422

Less: Treasury Shares


(4,484,712) (4,927,878) (5,011,537)

Closing balance


2,841,057,088 2,835,442,347 2,831,165,885



Issued/(Repurchased) during the period


5,171,575 4,192,803 1,592,499

1.

The DRP in respect to the 2020 final dividend was satisfied in full through the issue of 4,242,368 shares at $22.19 to participating shareholders. The DRP in respect to the 2020 interim

dividend was satisfied through the issue of 3,373,022 shares at $18.06 to participating shareholders.




As at Movement


Shareholders' equity


Mar 21

$M

Sep 20

$M

Mar 20

$M

Mar 21

v. Sep 20

Mar 21

v. Mar 20


Ordinary share capital


26,615 26,531 26,440

0% 1%


Reserves



Foreign currency translation reserve


(503) 155 1,988

large large


Share option reserve


56 85 62 -34% -10%


FVOCI reserve


567 245 (51) large large


Cash flow hedge reserve


643 1,038 874 -38% -26%


Transactions with non-controlling interests reserve


(22) (22) (22)


0% 0%


Total reserves


741 1,501 2,851 -51% -74%


Retained earnings


35,210 33,255 32,073


6% 10%


Share capital and reserves attributable to shareholders of the Company


62,566 61,287 61,364 2% 2%


Non-controlling interests


10 10 11 0% -9%


Total shareholders' equity


62,576 61,297 61,375


2% 2%



18. Changes in composition of the Group

There were no acquisitions or disposals of material controlled entities for the half year ended 31 March 2021.

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


116

19. Investments in Associates

1



Half Year


Movement


Mar 21

$M

Sep 20

$M

Mar 20

$M

Mar 21

v. Sep 20

Mar 21

v. Mar 20

Share of associates' profit/(loss) (242) 20 135 large large


Contributions to profit

2


Contribution to

Group profit after tax


Ownership interest

held by Group

Associates


Half Year As at



Mar 21

$M

Sep 20

$M

Mar 20

$M

Mar 21

%

Sep 20

%

Mar 20

%

P.T. Bank Pan Indonesia


65 (19) 74 39 39 39

AMMB Holdings Berhad

3,4



(307) 41 61 24 24 24

Other associates

- (2) - n/a n/a n/a

Share of associates' profit/(loss)

(242) 20 135

1.

At 31 March 2020, the Group recorded an impairment charge of $815 million in Other operating income with AmBank impaired by $595 million and PT Panin impaired by $220 million.

2.

Contributions to profit reflect the IFRS equivalent results adjusted to align with the Group’s financial year end and accounting policies which may differ from the published results of these

entities. In the September 2020 half, the Group recognised an adjustment of $68 million to the equity accounted earnings of PT Panin. When the Group adopted AASB 9 Financial

Instruments on 1 October 2018, an estimate of PT Panin’s transition adjustment was recognised through opening retained earnings to align accounting policies. PT Panin adopted AASB 9

during the September 2020 half recognising a transition adjustment in retained earnings. The adjustment of $68 million represents the Group’s equity accounted share of the transition

adjustment net of amounts previously recognised by the Group on 1 October 2018.

3.

Following AmBank’s agreement with the Malaysian Ministry of Finance to resolve potential claims relating to its involvement with 1Malaysia Development Berhad, the Group recognised a

$212 million reduction in equity accounted earnings reflecting its share of the settlement provision during the March 2021 half, with a corresponding decrease in the carrying value of the

investment.

4.

During the March 2021 half, AmBank partially impaired goodwill carried on its balance sheet and the Group recognised a $135 million reduction in equity accounted earnings reflecting its

share of the impairment recognised by AmBank, with a corresponding decrease in the carrying value of the investment.


20. Related party disclosure

There have been no transactions with related parties that are significant to understanding the changes in financial position and performance of the Group

since 30 September 2020.


21. Contingent liabilities and contingent assets

There are outstanding court proceedings, claims and possible claims for and against the Group. Where relevant, expert legal advice has been obtained

and, in the light of such advice, provisions (refer to Note 12) and/or disclosures as deemed appropriate have been made. In some instances we have not

disclosed the estimated financial impact of the individual items either because it is not practicable to do so or because such disclosure may prejudice the

interests of the Group.

Refer to Note 33 of the 2020 ANZ Annual Financial Report for a description of contingent liabilities and contingent assets as at 30 September 2020. A

summary of some of those contingent liabilities, and new contingent liabilities that have arisen in the current reporting period, is set out below.

 Regulatory and customer exposures

In recent years there has been an increase in the number of matters on which the Group engages with its regulators. There have also been

significant increases in the nature and scale of regulatory investigations, surveillance and reviews, civil and criminal enforcement actions (whether by

court action or otherwise), formal and informal inquiries, regulatory supervisory activities and the quantum of fines issued by regulators, particularly

against financial institutions both in Australia and globally. The Group has received various notices and requests for information from its regulators as

part of both industry-wide and Group-specific reviews and has also made disclosures to its regulators at its own instigation. The nature of these

interactions can be wide ranging and, for example, include or have included a range of matters including responsible lending practices, regulated

lending requirements, product suitability and distribution, interest and fees and the entitlement to charge them, customer remediation, wealth advice,

insurance distribution, pricing, competition, conduct in financial markets and financial transactions, capital market transactions, anti-money laundering

and counter-terrorism financing obligations, reporting and disclosure obligations and product disclosure documentation. There may be exposures to

customers which are additional to any regulatory exposures. These could include class actions, individual claims or customer remediation or

compensation activities. The outcomes and total costs associated with such reviews and possible exposures remain uncertain.

 Benchmark/rate actions

In July and August 2016, class action complaints were brought in the United States District Court against local and international banks, including the

Company – one action relating to the bank bill swap rate (BBSW), and one action relating to the Singapore Interbank Offered Rate (SIBOR) and the

Singapore Swap Offer Rate (SOR). The class actions are expressed to apply to persons and entities that engaged in US-based transactions in

financial instruments that were priced, benchmarked, and/or settled based on BBSW or SIBOR. The claimants seek damages or compensation in

amounts not specified, and allege that the defendant banks, including the Company, violated US anti-trust laws and (in the BBSW case only) anti-

racketeering laws, the Commodity Exchange Act, and unjust enrichment principles. In March 2021, the Company reached an agreement to settle the

BBSW class action. The settlement is without admission of liability and remains subject to negotiation and execution of complete settlement terms as

well as court approval. The financial impact of the settlement is not material and has been fully provided at 31 March 2021. The separate class action

in relation to SIBOR is ongoing and is being defended.

In February 2017, the South African Competition Commission commenced proceedings against local and international banks including the Company

alleging breaches of the cartel provisions of the South African Competition Act in respect of trading in the South African rand. The potential civil

penalty or other financial impact is uncertain.

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


117

21. Contingent liabilities and contingent assets, cont’d

 Capital raising actions

In June 2018, the Commonwealth Director of Public Prosecutions commenced criminal proceedings against the Company and a senior employee

alleging that they were involved in cartel conduct by the joint lead managers of the Company’s August 2015 underwritten institutional equity

placement of approximately 80.8 million ordinary shares. The Company and its senior employee are defending the allegations. The trial is currently

scheduled to start in April 2022.

In September 2018, the Australian Securities and Investments Commission (ASIC) commenced civil penalty proceedings against the Company

alleging failure to comply with continuous disclosure obligations in connection with the Company’s August 2015 underwritten institutional equity

placement. ASIC alleges the Company should have advised the market that the joint lead managers took up approximately 25.5 million ordinary

shares of the placement. The Company is defending the allegations.

 Consumer credit insurance litigation

In February 2020, a class action was brought against the Company alleging breaches of financial advice obligations, misleading or deceptive conduct

and unconscionable conduct in relation to the distribution of consumer credit insurance products. The issuers of the insurance products, QBE and

OnePath Life, are also defendants to the claim. The Company is defending the allegations.

 Esanda dealer car loan litigation

In August 2020, a class action was brought against the Company alleging unfair conduct, misleading or deceptive conduct and equitable mistake in

relation to the use of flex commissions in dealer arranged Esanda car loans. The Company is defending the allegations.

 OnePath superannuation litigation

In December 2020, a class action was brought against OnePath Custodians, OnePath Life and the Company alleging that OnePath Custodians

breached its obligations under superannuation legislation, and its duties as trustee, in respect of superannuation investments and fees. The claim

also alleges that the Company was involved in some of OnePath Custodians’ investment breaches. The Company is defending the allegations.

 Royal Commission

The Royal Commission into Misconduct in the Banking, Superannuation and Financial Services Industry released its final report on 4 February 2019.

The findings and recommendations of the Commission are resulting in additional costs and may lead to further exposures, including exposures

associated with further regulator activity or potential customer exposures such as class actions, individual claims or customer remediation or

compensation activities. The outcomes and total costs associated with these possible exposures remain uncertain.

 Security recovery actions

Various claims have been made or are anticipated, arising from security recovery actions taken to resolve impaired assets. These claims will be

defended.

 Warranties and Indemnities

The Group has provided warranties, indemnities and other commitments in favour of the purchaser and other persons in connection with various

disposals of businesses and assets and other transactions, covering a range of matters and risks. It is exposed to claims under those warranties,

indemnities and commitments.



22. Significant events since balance date

On 26 April 2021, the Group posted notice that it will exercise its option to redeem wholesale A$700,000,000 floating rate subordinated notes due May

2026. The notes will be redeemed on 17 May 2021 for their par value of $700 million.

Other than the matter above, there have been no other significant events from 31 March 2021 to the date of signing this report that have not been

adjusted or disclosed.

DIRECTORS’ DECLARATION



118

Directors’ Declaration


The Directors of Australia and New Zealand Banking Group Limited declare that:

1. in the Directors’ opinion the Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements and Notes to the Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements are in

accordance with the Corporations Act 2001, including:

 section 304, that they comply with the Australian Accounting Standards and any further requirements in the Corporations Regulations 2001;

and

 section 305, that they give a true and fair view of the financial position of the Group as at 31 March 2021 and of its performance for the half

year ended on that date; and


2. in the Directors’ opinion as at the date of this declaration there are reasonable grounds to believe that the Company will be able to pay its debts as

and when they become due and payable.



Signed in accordance with a resolution of the Directors.






Paul D O’Sullivan Shayne C Elliott

Chairman Managing Director




4 May 2021

AUDITOR’S REVIEW REPORT AND INDEPENDENCE DECLARATION


119


Independent Auditor’s Review Report to the shareholders of Australia and New Zealand Banking Group Limited

Report on the Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

Conclusion

We have reviewed the accompanying Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements of Australia and New Zealand Banking Group Limited (the Group).

Based on our review, which is not an audit, we have not become aware of any matter that makes us believe that the Condensed Consolidated Financial

Statements of Australia and New Zealand Banking Group Limited are not in accordance with the Corporations Act 2001, including:

i) giving a true and fair view of the Group’s financial position as at 31 March 2021 and of its performance for the half year ended on that date; and

ii) complying with Australian Accounting Standard AASB 134 Interim Financial Reporting and the Corporations Regulations 2001.

The Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements comprise:

 The condensed consolidated balance sheet as at 31 March 2021;

 The condensed consolidated income statement, condensed consolidated statement of comprehensive income, condensed consolidated statement

of changes in equity, and condensed consolidated cash flow statement for the half year ended on that date;

 Notes 1 to 22 comprising a summary of significant accounting policies and other explanatory information; and

 The Directors’ Declaration.

The Group comprises Australia and New Zealand Banking Group Limited (the Company) and the entities it controlled at the half year’s end or from time to

time during the half year.

Basis for Conclusion

We conducted our review in accordance with ASRE 2410 Review of a Financial Report Performed by the Independent Auditor of the Entity. Our

responsibilities are further described in the Auditor’s Responsibilities for the Review of the Financial Report section of our report.

We are independent of the Group in accordance with the auditor independence requirements of the Corporations Act 2001 and the ethical requirements of

the Accounting Professional and Ethical Standards Board’s APES 110 Code of Ethics for Professional Accountants (including Independence Standards)

(the Code) that are relevant to our audit of the annual financial report in Australia. We have also fulfilled our other ethical responsibilities in accordance with

the Code

Responsibilities of the Directors for the Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

The Directors of the Company are responsible for:

 the preparation of the Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements that give a true and fair view in accordance with Australian Accounting

Standards and the Corporations Act 2001; and

 such internal control as the Directors determine is necessary to enable the preparation of the Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements that

are free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error.

Auditor’s responsibility for the review of the Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

Our responsibility is to express a conclusion on the Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements based on our review. ASRE 2410 requires us to conclude

whether we have become aware of any matter that makes us believe that the Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements do not comply with the

Corporations Act 2001 including giving a true and fair view of the Group’s financial position as at 31 March 2021 and its performance for the half year ended

on that date, and complying with Australian Accounting Standard AASB 134 Interim Financial Reporting and the Corporations Regulations 2001.

A review of Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements consists of making enquiries, primarily of persons responsible for financial and accounting

matters, and applying analytical and other review procedures. A review is substantially less in scope than an audit conducted in accordance with Australian

Auditing Standards and consequently does not enable us to obtain assurance that w

e would become aware of all significant matters that might be identified

in an audit. Accordingly, we do not express an audit opinion.






KPMG


Martin McGrath

Partner


Melbourne

4 May 2021














© 2021 KPMG, an Australian partnership and a member firm of the KPMG global organisation of independent member firms affiliated with KPMG International Limited, a private English

company limited by guarantee. All right reserved. The KPMG name and logo are trademarks used under license by the independent member firms of the KPMG global organisation. Liability

limited by a scheme approved under Professional Standards Legislation.

AUDITOR’S REVIEW REPORT AND INDEPENDENCE DECLARATION


120



Lead Auditor’s Independence Declaration under Section 307C of the Corporations Act 2001

To the Directors of Australia and New Zealand Banking Group Limited

I declare that, to the best of my knowledge and belief, in relation to the review of Australia and New Zealand Banking Group Limited for the half year

ended 31 March 2021, there have been:

(i) no contraventions of the auditor independence requirements as set out in the Corporations Act 2001 in relation to the review; and

(ii) no contraventions of any applicable code of professional conduct in relation to the review.










KPMG


Martin McGrath

Partner


Melbourne

4 May 2021



































































© 2021 KPMG, an Australian partnership and a member firm of the KPMG global organisation of independent member firms affiliated with KPMG International Limited, a private English

company limited by guarantee. All right reserved. The KPMG name and logo are trademarks used under license by the independent member firms of the KPMG global organisation. Liability

limited by a scheme approved under Professional Standards Legislation.

SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION


121


CONTENTS Page


Capital management - including discontinued operations 122

Average balance sheet and related interest - including discontinued operations 126

Select geographical disclosures - including discontinued operations 129

Exchange rates 130

SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION


122

Capital management - including discontinued operations


ANZ provides information as required under APRA’s prudential standard APS 330: Public Disclosure. This information is located in the Regulatory

Disclosures section of ANZ’s website: anz.com/shareholder/centre/reporting/regulatory-disclosure.




As at


Movement

Qualifying Capital

Mar 21

$M

Sep 20

$M

Mar 20

$M

Mar 21

v. Sep 20

Mar 21

v. Mar 20

Tier 1


Shareholders' equity and non-controlling interests

62,576 61,297 61,375 2% 2%

Prudential adjustments to shareholders' equity

1

Table 1 110 189 227 -42% -52%

Gross Common Equity Tier 1 capital

62,686 61,486 61,602 2% 2%

Deductions

1

Table 2 (11,900) (12,784) (13,271) -7% -10%

Common Equity Tier 1 capital

50,786 48,702 48,331 4% 5%

Additional Tier 1 capital Table 3 7,645 7,779 7,964 -2% -4%

Tier 1 capital

58,431 56,481 56,295 3% 4%

Tier 2 capital Table 4 16,464 13,957 13,112 18% 26%

Total qualifying capital

74,895 70,438 69,407 6% 8%

Capital adequacy ratios (Level 2)

Common Equity Tier 1 12.4% 11.3% 10.8%

Tier 1

14.3% 13.2% 12.5%

Tier 2

4.0% 3.3% 2.9%

Total capital ratio

18.3% 16.4% 15.5%

Risk weighted assets Table 5

408,166 429,384 449,012 -5% -9%

1.

In the March 2021 half, deferred expenses previously netted within Prudential adjustments to shareholders’ equity were reclassified to Deductions to better align with the nature of the

balances. Comparatives have been restated accordingly (Sep 20 half: $394 million; Mar 20 half: $293 million).

SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION


123

Capital management - including discontinued operations, cont’d



As at Movement


Mar 21

$M

Sep 20

$M

Mar 20

$M

Mar 21

v. Sep 20

Mar 21

v. Mar 20

Table 1: Prudential adjustments to shareholders' equity



Shareholder Equity attributable to deconsolidated entities

(181) (99) (94) 83% 93%

Deferred fee revenue including fees deferred as part of loan yields

1

351 379 387 -7% -9%

Other

(60) (91) (66) -34% -9%

Total

110 189 227 -42% -52%


Table 2: Deductions from Common Equity Tier 1 capital



Unamortised goodwill & other intangibles (excluding ANZ Wealth New Zealand)

(2,992) (3,269) (3,620) -8% -17%

Intangible component of investments in ANZ Wealth New Zealand

(70) (71) (80) -1% -13%

Capitalised software

(961) (1,039) (1,263) -8% -24%

Capitalised expenses (including loan and lease origination fees)

1

(1,431) (1,316) (1,225) 9% 17%

Applicable deferred net tax assets

(2,109) (2,128) (1,815) -1% 16%

Expected losses in excess of eligible provisions Table 8

(42) (43) - -2% n/a

Investment in other insurance and funds management subsidiaries

(336) (336) (336) 0% 0%

Investment in ANZ Wealth New Zealand

(45) (45) (48) 0% -6%

Investment in associates

(1,854) (2,164) (2,313) -14% -20%

Other equity investments

(1,254) (1,149) (1,254) 9% 0%

Other deductions

(806) (1,224) (1,317) -34% -39%

Total

(11,900) (12,784) (13,271) -7% -10%


Table 3: Additional Tier 1 capital



ANZ Capital Notes 1

1,120 1,119 1,119 0% 0%

ANZ Capital Notes 2

1,609 1,608 1,607 0% 0%

ANZ Capital Notes 3

968 967 966 0% 0%

ANZ Capital Notes 4

1,615 1,614 1,613 0% 0%

ANZ Capital Notes 5

927 926 926 0% 0%

ANZ New Zealand Capital Notes

459 463 487 -1% -6%

ANZ Capital Securities

1,347 1,499 1,712 -10% -21%

Regulatory adjustments and deductions

(400) (417) (466) -4% -14%

Total

7,645 7,779 7,964 -2% -4%


Table 4: Tier 2 capital



General reserve for impairment of financial assets

1,417 1,813 1,253 -22% 13%

Perpetual subordinated notes

395 422 485 -6% -19%

Term subordinated debt notes

15,220 12,443 12,197 22% 25%

Regulatory adjustments and deductions

(568) (721) (823) -21% -31%

Total

16,464 13,957 13,112 18% 26%

1.

In the March 2021 half, deferred expenses previously netted within Deferred fee revenue including fees deferred as part of loan yields were reclassified to Capitalised expenses (including

loan and lease origination fees) to better align with the nature of the balances. Comparatives have been restated accordingly (Sep 20 half: $394 million; Mar 20 half: $293 million).

SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION


124

Capital management - including discontinued operations, cont’d


As at Movement


Mar 21

$M

Sep 20

$M

Mar 20

$M

Mar 21

v. Sep 20

Mar 21

v. Mar 20

Table 5: Risk weighted assets



On balance sheet

254,448 265,112 285,340 -4% -11%

Commitments

55,796 58,991 57,866 -5% -4%

Contingents

13,074 11,101 13,335 18% -2%

Derivatives

18,544 24,833 29,456 -25% -37%

Total credit risk weighted assets Table 6

341,862 360,037 385,997 -5% -11%

Market risk - Traded 8,955 8,237 7,102 9% 26%

Market risk - IRRBB

10,150 13,547 8,011 -25% 27%

Operational risk

47,199 47,563 47,902 -1% -1%

Total risk weighted assets

408,166 429,384 449,012 -5% -9%



As at Movement


Mar 21

$M

Sep 20

$M

Mar 20

$M

Mar 21

v. Sep 20

Mar 21

v. Mar 20

Table 6: Credit risk weighted assets by Basel asset class



Subject to Advanced IRB approach




Corporate


135,713 139,415 150,290


-3% -10%

Sovereign


7,750 7,545 6,915


3% 12%

Bank


10,092 12,734 18,615


-21% -46%

Residential mortgage


110,206 110,353 107,351


0% 3%

Qualifying revolving retail (credit cards)


3,678 4,337 4,956


-15% -26%

Other retail


20,693 21,794 25,080


-5% -17%

Credit risk weighted assets subject to Advanced IRB approach


288,132 296,178 313,207


-3% -8%





Credit risk specialised lending exposures subject to slotting criteria


36,476 39,001 41,072


-6% -11%





Subject to Standardised approach




Corporate


6,388 10,185 14,626


-37% -56%

Sovereign


76 220 -


-65% n/a

Residential mortgage


203 210 228


-3% -11%

Other retail (includes credit cards)


23 33 46


-30% -50%

Credit risk weighted assets subject to Standardised approach


6,690 10,648 14,900


-37% -55%





Credit Valuation Adjustment and Qualifying Central Counterparties


4,281 7,710 9,679


-44% -56%





Credit risk weighted assets relating to securitisation exposures


2,220 2,125 2,142


4% 4%

Other assets


4,063 4,375 4,997


-7% -19%

Total credit risk weighted assets


341,862 360,037 385,997


-5% -11%

SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION


125

Capital management - including discontinued operations, cont’d



Collectively and Individually

Assessed Provision


Basel Expected Loss

1


Table 7: Total provision for credit impairment and Basel expected

loss by division

Mar 21

$M

Sep 20

$M

Mar 20

$M


Mar 21

$M

Sep 20

$M

Mar 20

$M

Australia Retail and Commercial 2,851 3,455 2,902


2,278 2,540 2,415

Institutional

1,555 1,671 1,996


969 1,117 1,367

New Zealand

592 672 620


606 662 737

Pacific

96 101 76


8 8 -

TSO and Group Centre

- - -


- - -

Total provision for credit impairment and expected loss

5,094 5,899 5,594


3,861 4,327 4,519

1.

Only applicable to Advanced Internal Ratings based portfolios.



As at Movement

Table 8: APRA Expected loss in excess of eligible provisions

Mar 21

$M

Sep 20

$M

Mar 20

$M

Mar 21

v. Sep 20

Mar 21

v. Mar 20


APRA Basel 3 expected loss: non-defaulted 2,436 2,710 2,775 -10% -12%

Less: Qualifying collectively assessed provision

Collectively assessed provision (4,285) (5,008) (4,501) -14% -5%

Non-qualifying collectively assessed provision

432 484 473 -11% -9%

Standardised collectively assessed provision

173 206 190 -16% -9%

Non-defaulted excess included in deduction

- - - n/a n/a


APRA Basel 3 expected loss: defaulted 1,425 1,641 1,744 -13% -18%

Less: Qualifying individually assessed provision

Individually assessed provision (809) (891) (1,093) -9% -26%

Additional individually assessed provision for partial write offs

(213) (302) (289) -29% -26%

Standardised individually assessed provision

44 50 71 -12% -38%

Collectively assessed provision on advanced defaulted

(405) (455) (440) -11% -8%


42 43 (7) -2% large

Shortfall in expected loss not included in deduction - - 7 n/a -100%

Defaulted excess included in deduction

42 43 - -2% n/a

Gross deduction 42 43 - -2% n/a

SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION


126

Average balance sheet and related interest

1

- including discontinued operations



Mar 21 Half Year Sep 20 Half Year Mar 20 Half Year


Avg bal Int Rate Avg bal Int Rate Avg bal Int Rate

$M $M % $M $M % $M $M %

Loans and advances


Home loans

332,291 5,343 3.2% 321,705 5,569 3.5% 320,523 6,340 4.0%

Consumer finance

13,413 553 8.3% 14,116 607 8.6% 16,030 766 9.6%

Business lending

241,552 3,241 2.7% 272,530 3,662 2.7% 268,884 5,095 3.8%

Individual provisions for credit impairment

(802) - n/a (957) - n/a (798) - n/a

Total (continuing operations)

586,454 9,137 3.1% 607,394 9,838 3.2% 604,639 12,201 4.0%

Non-lending interest earning assets

Cash and other liquid assets 125,062 38 0.1% 128,066 73 0.1% 125,077 562 0.9%

Trading and investment securities

145,458 655 0.9% 133,090 700 1.1% 126,238 1,015 1.6%

Other assets

550 49 n/a 560 15 n/a 698 22 n/a

Total (continuing operations)

271,070 742 0.5% 261,716 788 0.6% 252,013 1,599 1.3%

Total interest earning assets (continuing operations)

2

857,524 9,879 2.3% 869,110 10,626 2.4% 856,652 13,800 3.2%

Non-interest earning assets (continuing operations) 188,044 212,844 165,321

Total average assets (continuing operations) 1,045,568 1,081,954 1,021,973

Total average assets (discontinued operations) - - 1,221

Total average assets

1,045,568 1,081,954 1,023,194


Interest bearing deposits and other borrowings

Certificates of deposit

37,294 30 0.2% 34,053 99 0.6% 37,398 236 1.3%

Term deposits

194,655 659 0.7% 213,816 1,261 1.2% 231,163 2,286 2.0%

On demand and short term deposits

289,633 859 0.6% 275,739 992 0.7% 239,786 1,427 1.2%

Deposits from banks and securities sold under agreement to

repurchase

79,787 128 0.3% 88,162 45 0.1% 81,132 666 1.6%

Commercial paper and other borrowings

16,203 26 0.3% 11,661 86 1.5% 21,397 110 1.0%

Total (continuing operations)

617,572 1,702 0.6% 623,431 2,483 0.8% 610,876 4,725 1.5%

Non-deposit interest bearing liabilities

Collateral received and settlement balances owed by ANZ 13,571 13 0.2% 14,824 13 0.2% 13,495 40 0.6%

Debt issuances & subordinated debt

112,071 887 1.6% 124,092 978 1.6% 125,362 1,507 2.4%

Other liabilities

8,263 291 n/a 9,325 325 n/a 7,669 307 n/a

Total (continuing operations)

133,905 1,191 1.8% 148,241 1,316 1.8% 146,526 1,854 2.5%

Total interest bearing liabilities (continuing operations)

2

751,477 2,893 0.8% 771,672 3,799 1.0% 757,402 6,579 1.7%

Non-interest bearing liabilities (continuing operations) 232,192 249,135 204,148

Total average liabilities (continuing operations) 983,669 1,020,807 961,550

Total average liabilities (discontinued operations) - - 1,414

Total average liabilities

983,669 1,020,807 962,964


Total average shareholders' equity 61,899 61,147 60,230

1.

Averages used are predominantly daily averages.

2.

Intra-group interest earning assets and interest income and Intra-group interest earning liabilities and interest expense have been eliminated.

SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION


127

Average balance sheet and related interest

1

- including discontinued operations, cont’d


Mar 21 Half Year Sep 20 Half Year Mar 20 Half Year


Avg bal Int Rate Avg bal Int Rate Avg bal Int Rate

$M $M % $M $M % $M $M %

Loans and advances


Australia

406,222 6,555 3.2% 415,126 6,802 3.3% 408,922 8,219 4.0%

Asia, Pacific, Europe & America

53,422 581 2.2% 65,594 825 2.5% 66,892 1,339 4.0%

New Zealand

126,810 2,001 3.2% 126,674 2,211 3.5% 128,825 2,643 4.1%

Total (continuing operations)

586,454 9,137 3.1% 607,394 9,838 3.2% 604,639 12,201 4.0%

Trading and investment securities

Australia 80,224 243 0.6% 69,657 232 0.7% 61,968 360 1.2%

Asia, Pacific, Europe & America

44,203 298 1.4% 44,690 348 1.6% 48,207 500 2.1%

New Zealand

21,031 114 1.1% 18,743 120 1.3% 16,063 155 1.9%

Total (continuing operations)

145,458 655 0.9% 133,090 700 1.1% 126,238 1,015 1.6%

Total interest earning assets

2


Australia 536,043 6,785 2.5% 530,800 7,021 2.6% 521,127 8,889 3.4%

Asia, Pacific, Europe & America

165,582 909 1.1% 182,434 1,208 1.3% 185,718 2,051 2.2%

New Zealand

155,899 2,185 2.8% 155,876 2,397 3.1% 149,806 2,860 3.8%

Total (continuing operations)

857,524 9,879 2.3% 869,110 10,626 2.4% 856,651 13,800 3.2%


Total average assets

Australia

674,095 689,438 640,901

Asia, Pacific, Europe & America

199,650 220,321 216,335

New Zealand

171,823 172,195 164,737

Total average assets (continuing operations)

1,045,568 1,081,954 1,021,973

Total average assets (discontinued operations) - - 1,221

Total average assets

1,045,568 1,081,954 1,023,194


Interest bearing deposits and other borrowings

Australia

364,253 1,083 0.6% 358,125 1,380 0.8% 340,526 2,439 1.4%

Asia, Pacific, Europe & America

152,396 231 0.3% 164,450 469 0.6% 171,757 1,381 1.6%

New Zealand

100,923 388 0.8% 100,856 634 1.3% 98,594 905 1.8%

Total (continuing operations)

617,572 1,702 0.6% 623,431 2,483 0.8% 610,877 4,725 1.5%

Total interest bearing liabilities

2


Australia 453,975 1,855 0.8% 452,717 2,189 1.0% 435,175 3,666 1.7%

Asia, Pacific, Europe & America

172,836 448 0.5% 191,167 737 0.8% 197,147 1,681 1.7%

New Zealand

124,666 590 0.9% 127,788 873 1.4% 125,082 1,232 2.0%

Total (continuing operations)

751,477 2,893 0.8% 771,672 3,799 1.0% 757,404 6,579 1.7%


Total average liabilities

Australia

618,979 631,943 583,204

Asia, Pacific, Europe & America

209,442 232,401 229,218

New Zealand

155,248 156,463 149,128

Total average liabilities (continuing operations)

983,669 1,020,807 961,550

Total average liabilities (discontinued operations) - - 1,414

Total average liabilities

983,669 1,020,807 962,964


Total average shareholders' equity

Ordinary share capital, reserves, retained earnings and non-

controlling interests

61,899 61,147 60,230

Total average shareholders' equity

61,899 61,147 60,230

Total average liabilities and shareholders' equity 1,045,568 1,081,954 1,023,194

1.

Averages used are predominantly daily averages.

2.

Intra-group interest earning assets and interest income and Intra-group interest earning liabilities and interest expense have been eliminated.

SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION


128


Half Year

Gross earnings rate


Mar 21

%

Sep 20

%

Mar 20

%

Australia


2.62 2.74 3.55

Asia, Pacific, Europe & America


1.11 1.35 2.24

New Zealand


2.81 3.08 3.82

Group

2.31 2.45 3.22




Net interest spread and net interest margin analysis as follows:





Half Year

Australia

1


Mar 21

%

Sep 20

%

Mar 20

%

Net interest spread


1.77 1.72 1.76

Interest attributable to net non-interest bearing items


0.11 0.12 0.23

Net interest margin - Australia

1.88 1.84 1.99

Asia, Pacific, Europe & America

1



Net interest spread


0.58 0.58 0.53

Interest attributable to net non-interest bearing items


0.04 0.05 0.10

Net interest margin - Asia, Pacific, Europe & America

0.62 0.63 0.63

New Zealand

1



Net interest spread


1.82 1.66 1.81

Interest attributable to net non-interest bearing items


0.18 0.23 0.29

Net interest margin - New Zealand

2.00 1.89 2.10

Group


Net interest spread


1.54 1.46 1.48

Interest attributable to net non-interest bearing items


0.09 0.11 0.21

Net interest margin

1.63 1.57 1.69

Net interest margin (excluding Markets) 2.27 2.22 2.37

1.

Geographic gross earnings rate, net interest spread and net interest margin are calculated gross of intra-group items (Intra-group interest earning assets and associated interest income and

intra-group interest bearing liabilities and associated interest expense).

SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION


129

Select geographical disclosures - including discontinued operations


The following divisions operate across the geographic locations illustrated below:

• Institutional division - International, New Zealand and Australia

• Pacific division - International

• New Zealand division - New Zealand

• TSO and Group Centre operate across all geographies

• Discontinued operations - Australia


The International geography includes Asia, Pacific, Europe & America



Australia

$M

New Zealand

$M

International

$M

Total

$M

March 2021 Half Year

Statutory profit attributable to shareholders of the company 2,071 869 3 2,943

Cash profit/(loss)

2,085 899 (2) 2,982

Net loans and advances

434,465 126,482 53,412 614,359

Customer deposits

330,082 112,712 118,729 561,523

Risk weighted assets

262,988 77,960 67,218 408,166

September 2020 Half Year


Statutory profit attributable to shareholders of the company 1,203 509 320 2,032

Cash profit 1,359 648 330 2,337

Net loans and advances 439,943 123,108 54,042 617,093

Customer deposits 323,903 111,886 116,574 552,363

Risk weighted assets 272,948 81,035 75,401 429,384

March 2020 Half Year

Statutory profit/(loss) attributable to shareholders of the company 1,189 752 (396) 1,545

Cash profit/(loss) 1,065 645 (387) 1,323

Net loans and advances 445,449 132,127 79,033 656,609

Customer deposits 303,600 110,442 152,453 566,495

Risk weighted assets 270,876 84,900 93,235 449,011


New Zealand geography (in NZD)



Half Year


Movement


Mar 21

NZD M

Sep 20

NZD M

Mar 20

NZD M

Mar 21

v. Sep 20

Mar 21

v. Mar 20

Net interest income 1,661 1,581 1,648


5% 1%

Other operating income

364 476 344


-24% 6%

Operating income

2,025 2,057 1,992


-2% 2%

Operating expenses (764) (908) (828)


-16% -8%

Profit before credit impairment and income tax

1,261 1,149 1,164


10% 8%

Credit impairment (charge)/release 70 (169) (232)


large large

Profit before income tax

1,331 980 932


36% 43%

Income tax expense and non-controlling interests (369) (286) (255)


29% 45%

Cash profit

1

962 694 677


39% 42%

Adjustments between statutory profit and cash profit (32) (147) 112


-78% large

Statutory profit

1

930 547 789


70% 18%

Individually assessed credit impairment charge/(release) - cash (10) 67 44


large large

Collectively assessed credit impairment charge/(release) - cash

(60) 102 188


large large

Net loans and advances

137,786 132,984 135,679


4% 2%

Customer deposits

122,786 120,863 113,411


2% 8%

Risk weighted assets

84,928 87,536 87,182


-3% -3%

Total full time equivalent staff (FTE)

7,213 7,210 7,532


0% -4%

1.

Statutory profit for the September 2020 half included a NZD 32 million loss on sale of UDC Finance Ltd (UDC). Cash profit for the September 2020 half also included an after tax loss of NZD

23 million on the unwind of economic hedges of UDC loans and advances.

SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION


130

Exchange rates

Major exchange rates used in the translation of foreign subsidiaries, branches, investments in associates and issued debt are as follows:


Balance Sheet Profit & Loss Average

As at Half Year


Mar 21 Sep 20 Mar 20 Mar 21 Sep 20 Mar 20

Chinese Renminbi 4.9879 4.8453 4.3895 4.9209 4.7920 4.7002

Euro

0.6490 0.6061 0.5619 0.6263 0.6038 0.6066

Pound Sterling

0.5538 0.5539 0.5017 0.5568 0.5403 0.5225

Indian Rupee

55.883 52.473 46.745 55.046 51.296 48.153

Indonesian Rupiah

11,073 10,595 10,126 10,711 10,117 9,487

Japanese Yen

84.229 75.059 67.015 78.911 73.099 72.937

Malaysian Ringgit

3.1585 2.9593 2.6611 3.0684 2.9153 2.7969

New Taiwan Dollar

21.662 20.591 18.707 21.245 20.265 20.315

New Zealand Dollar

1.0894 1.0802 1.0269 1.0697 1.0710 1.0488

Papua New Guinean Kina

2.6665 2.4858 2.1193 2.6315 2.3669 2.2845

United States Dollar

0.7600 0.7110 0.6189 0.7507 0.6840 0.6705

DEFINITIONS


131

AASB - Australian Accounting Standards Board. The term “AASB” is commonly used when identifying Australian Accounting Standards issued by the

AASB.


ADI - Authorised Deposit-taking Institution.


ANZEST - ANZ Employee Share Trust.


ANZ Research – Economics, a business unit within ANZ, which provides analysis of key economic inputs and developments and assessment of the

potential impacts on the local, regional and global economies.


APRA - Australian Prudential Regulation Authority.


APS - ADI Prudential Standard.


AT1 - Additional Tier 1 capital.


Cash and cash equivalents comprise coins, notes, money at call, balances held with central banks, liquid settlement balances (readily convertible to

known amounts of cash which are subject to insignificant risk of changes in value) and securities purchased under agreements to resell (reverse

repurchase agreements) in less than three months.


Cash profit is an additional measure of profit which is prepared on a basis other than in accordance with accounting standards. Cash profit represents

ANZ’s preferred measure of the result of the core business activities of the Group, enabling readers to assess Group and Divisional performance against

prior periods and against peer institutions. To calculate cash profit, the Group excludes non-core items from statutory profit as noted below. These items

are calculated consistently period on period so as not to discriminate between positive and negative adjustments.

Gains and losses are adjusted where they are significant, or have the potential to be significant in any one period, and fall into one of three categories:

1. gains or losses included in earnings arising from changes in tax, legal or accounting legislation or other non-core items not associated with the

core operations of the Group;

2. treasury shares, revaluation of policy liabilities, economic hedging impacts and similar accounting items that represent timing differences that

will reverse through earnings in the future; and

3. accounting reclassifications between individual line items that do not impact reported results, such as policyholders tax gross up.

Cash profit is not a measure of cash flow or profit determined on a cash accounting basis.


Collectively assessed allowance for expected credit loss represents the Expected Credit Loss (ECL). This incorporates forward-looking information

and does not require an actual loss event to have occurred for an impairment provision to be recognised.


Coronavirus (COVID-19) is a respiratory illness caused by a new virus and declared a Public Health Emergency of International Concern. COVID-19

was characterised as a pandemic by the World Health Organisation on 11 March 2020.


Covered bonds are bonds issued by an ADI to external investors secured against a pool of the ADI’s assets (the cover pool) assigned to a bankruptcy

remote special purpose entity. The primary assets forming the cover pool are mortgage loans. The mortgages remain on the issuer’s balance sheet. The

covered bond holders have dual recourse to the issuer and the cover pool assets. The mortgages included in the cover pool cannot be otherwise pledged

or disposed of but may be repurchased and substituted in order to maintain the credit quality of the pool. The Group issues covered bonds as part of its

funding activities.


Credit risk is the risk of financial loss resulting from the failure of ANZ’s customers and counterparties to honour or perform fully the terms of a loan or

contract.


Credit risk weighted assets (CRWA) represent assets which are weighted for credit risk according to a set formula as prescribed in APS 112/113.


Customer deposits represent term deposits, other deposits bearing interest, depo

sits not bearing interest and borrowing corporations’ debt excluding

securitisation deposits.


Customer remediation includes provisions for expected refunds to customers, remediation project costs and related customer and regulatory claims,

penalties and litigation outcomes.


Derivative credit valuation adjustment (CVA) - Over the life of a derivative instrument, ANZ uses a model to adjust fair value to take into account the

impact of counterparty credit quality. The methodology calculates the present value of expected losses over the life of the financial instrument as a

function of probability of default, loss given default, expected credit risk exposure and an asset correlation factor. Impaired derivatives are also subject to

a CVA.


Dividend payout ratio is the total ordinary dividend payment divided by profit attributable to shareholders of the Company.


Gross loans and advances (GLA) is made up of loans and advances, capitalised brokerage and other origination costs less unearned income.


Impaired assets are those financial assets where doubt exists as to whether the full contractual amount will be received in a timely manner, or where

concessional terms have been provided because of the financial difficulties of the customer. Financial assets are impaired if there is objective evidence of

impairment as a result of a loss event that occurred prior to the reporting date, and that loss event has had an impact, which can be reliably estimated, on

the expected future cash flows of the individual asset or portfolio of assets.


Impaired loans comprise drawn facilities where the customer’s status is defined as impaired.


Individually assessed allowance for expected credit losses is assessed on a case-by-case basis for all individually managed impaired assets taking

into consideration factors such as the realisable value of security (or other credit mitigants), the likely return available upon liquidation or bankruptcy, legal

uncertainties, estimated costs involved in recovery, the market price of the exposure in secondary markets and the amount and timing of expected

receipts and recoveries.


Interest rate risk in the banking book (IRRBB) relates to the potential adverse impact of changes in market interest rates on ANZ’s future net interest

income. The risk generally arises from:

1. Repricing and yield curve risk - the risk to earnings or market value as a result of changes in the overall level of interest rates and/or the

relativity of these rates across the yield curve;

2. Basis risk - the risk to earnings or market value arising from volatility in the interest margin applicable to banking book items; and

3. Optionality risk - the risk to earnings or market value arising from the existence of stand-alone or embedded options in banking book items.



DEFINITIONS


132

Internationally comparable ratios are ANZ’s interpretation of the regulations documented in the Basel Committee publications: “Basel 3: A global

regulatory framework for more resilient banks and banking systems” (June 2011) and “International Convergence of Capital Measurement and Capital

Standards” (June 2006). They also include differences identified in APRA’s information paper entitled International Capital Comparison Study (13 July

2015).


JobKeeper payment is a wage subsidy program introduced by the Australian Government in 2020 to support employees and businesses as a result of

the COVID-19 pandemic. It is designed to help businesses affected by COVID-19 to cover the costs of their employees’ wages so that more employees

can retain their job and continue to earn an income. The program finished on 28 March 2021.


Level 1 in the context of APRA supervision, Australia and New Zealand Banking Group Limited consolidated with certain approved subsidiaries.


Level 2 in the context of APRA supervision, the consolidated ANZ Group excluding associates, insurance and funds management entities, commercial

non-financial entities and certain securitisation vehicles.


Net interest margin is net interest income as a percentage of average interest earning assets.


Net loans and advances represent gross loans and advances less allowance for expected credit losses.


Net Stable Funding Ratio (NSFR) is the ratio of the amount of available stable funding (ASF) to the amount of required stable funding (RSF) defined by

APRA. The amount of ASF is the portion of an ADI capital and liabilities expected to be a reliable source of funds over a one year time horizon. The

amount of RSF is a function of the liquidity characteristics and residual maturities of an ADI’s assets and off-balance sheet activities. ADIs must maintain

an NSFR of at least 100%.


Net tangible assets equal share capital and reserves attributable to shareholders of the Company less unamortised intangible assets (including goodwill

and software).


RBA - Reserve Bank of Australia, Australia’s central bank.


RBNZ - Reserve Bank of New Zealand, New Zealand’s central bank.


Regulatory deposits are mandatory reserve deposits lodged with local central banks in accordance with statutory requirements.


Restructured items comprise facilities in which the original contractual terms have been modified for reasons related to the financial difficulties of the

customer. Restructuring may consist of reduction of interest, principal or other payments legally due, or an extension in maturity materially beyond those

typically offered to new facilities with similar risk.


Return on average assets is the profit attributable to shareholders of the Company, divided by average total assets.


Return on average ordinary shareholders’ equity is the profit attributable to shareholders of the Company, divided by average ordinary shareholders’

equity.


Risk weighted assets (RWA) are risk weighted according to each asset’s inherent potential for default and what the likely losses would be in the case of

default. In the case of non asset backed risks (i.e. market and operational risk), RWA is determined by multiplying the capital requirements for those risks

by 12.5.


Settlement balances owed to/by ANZ represent financial assets and/or liabilities which are in the course of being settled. These may include trade

dated assets and liabilities, vostro accounts and securities settlement accounts.


Term Funding Facility (TFF) refers to three-year funding announced by the Reserve Bank of Australia (RBA) on 19 March 2020 and offered to ADIs in

order to support lending to Australian businesses at low cost.

DEFINITIONS


133

Description of divisions

The Group operates on a divisional structure with five continuing divisions: Australia Retail and Commercial, Institutional, New Zealand, Pacific, and TSO

and Group Centre.

Australia Retail and Commercial

Australia Retail and Commercial division comprises the following business units.

 Retail provides products and services to consumer customers in Australia via the branch network, mortgage specialists, contact centres and a variety

of self-service channels (internet banking, phone banking, ATMs, website and digital banking) and third party brokers.

 Commercial and Private Bank provides a full range of banking products and financial services, including asset financing, across the following

customer segments: medium to large commercial customers and agribusiness customers across regional Australia, small business owners and high

net worth individuals and family groups, in addition to financial planning services provided by salaried financial planners and investment lending

secured by approved securities.

Institutional

The Institutional division services governments, global institutional and corporate customers across three product sets: Transaction Banking, Corporate

Finance and Markets.

 Transaction Banking provides working capital and liquidity solutions including documentary trade, supply chain financing, commodity financing as

well as cash management solutions, deposits, payments and clearing.

 Corporate Finance provides loan products, loan syndication, specialised loan structuring and execution, project and export finance, debt structuring

and acquisition finance and corporate advisory.

 Markets provide risk management services on foreign exchange, interest rates, credit, commodities and debt capital markets in addition to managing

the Group's interest rate exposure and liquidity position.

New Zealand

The New Zealand division comprises the Retail and Commercial business units.

 Retail provides a full range of banking and wealth management services to consumer, private banking and small business banking customers. We

deliver our services via our internet and app-based digital solutions and network of branches, mortgage specialists, relationship managers and

contact centres.

 Commercial provides a full range of banking services including traditional relationship banking and sophisticated financial solutions through dedicated

managers focusing on privately owned medium to large enterprises, the agricultural business segment, government and government-related entities.

Pacific

The Pacific division provides products and services to retail customers, small to medium-sized enterprises, institutional customers and governments

located in the Pacific Islands. Products and services include retail products provided to consumers, traditional relationship banking and sophisticated

financial solutions provided to business customers through dedicated managers.

Technology, Services & Operations (TSO) and Group Centre

TSO and Group Centre division provide support to the operating divisions, including technology, group operations, shared services, property, risk

management, financial management, strategy, marketing, human resources and corporate affairs. The Group Centre includes residual Asia Retail and

Wealth, Group Treasury, Shareholder Functions and minority investments in Asia.

Refer to Note 13 of the Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements for further information on discontinued operations.



ASX APPENDIX 4D - CROSS REFERENCE INDEX


134

Page

Details of the reporting period (4D Item 1) ............................................................................................................................................................................. 2

Results for Announcement to the Market (4D Item 2) ............................................................................................................................................................ 2

Net Tangible Assets per security (4D Item 3) ....................................................................................................................................................................... 12

Details of entities over which control has been gained or lost (4D Item 4) ......................................................................................................................... 115

Dividends and dividend dates (4D Item 5) ............................................................................................................................................................................. 2

Dividend Reinvestment Plan (4D Item 6) ............................................................................................................................................................................... 2

Details of associates and joint venture entities (4D Item 7) ................................................................................................................................................ 116

ALPHABETICAL INDEX


135


Page

Allowance for Expected Credit Losses ................................................................................................................................................................................. 98

Appendix 4D Cross Reference Index ................................................................................................................................................................................. 134

Appendix 4D Statement ......................................................................................................................................................................................................... 2

Auditor’s Review Report and Independence Declaration ................................................................................................................................................... 119

Average Balance Sheet and Related Interest .................................................................................................................................................................... 126

Basis of Preparation ............................................................................................................................................................................................................. 82

Capital Management .......................................................................................................................................................................................................... 122

Changes in Composition of the Group ............................................................................................................................................................................... 115

Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheet ............................................................................................................................................................................. 79

Condensed Consolidated Cash Flow Statement .................................................................................................................................................................. 80

Condensed Consolidated Income Statement ....................................................................................................................................................................... 77

Condensed Consolidated Statement of Changes in Equity .................................................................................................................................................. 81

Condensed Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income ......................................................................................................................................... 78

Contingent Liabilities and Contingent Assets ..................................................................................................................................................................... 116

Credit Risk .......................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 106

Debt Issuances .................................................................................................................................................................................................................. 105

Definitions .......................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 131

Deposits and Other Borrowings ......................................................................................................................................................................................... 101

Derivative Financial Instruments .......................................................................................................................................................................................... 96

Directors’ Declaration ......................................................................................................................................................................................................... 118

Directors’ Report .................................................................................................................................................................................................................. 76

Discontinued Operations and Asset and Liabilities Held for Sale ....................................................................................................................................... 103

Dividends ............................................................................................................................................................................................................................. 92

Divisional Results ................................................................................................................................................................................................................. 47

Earnings Per Share .............................................................................................................................................................................................................. 93

Exchange Rates ................................................................................................................................................................................................................. 130

Fair Value Measurement .................................................................................................................................................................................................... 111

Full Time Equivalent Staff .................................................................................................................................................................................................... 18

Group Results ...................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 19

Income ................................................................................................................................................................................................................................. 89

Income Tax Expense ........................................................................................................................................................................................................... 91

Investments In Associates.................................................................................................................................................................................................. 116

Net Loans and Advances ..................................................................................................................................................................................................... 97

Operating Expenses ............................................................................................................................................................................................................. 90

Profit Reconciliation ............................................................................................................................................................................................................. 71

Related Party Disclosure .................................................................................................................................................................................................... 116

Segment Analysis ................................................................................................................................................................................................................ 94

Select Geographical Disclosures ....................................................................................................................................................................................... 129

Shareholders’ Equity .......................................................................................................................................................................................................... 115

Significant Events Since Balance Date .............................................................................................................................................................................. 117

Summary ................................................................................................................................................................................................................................ 7

ALPHABETICAL INDEX


136

































THIS PAGE HAS BEEN LEFT BLANK INTENTIONALLY

---

Australia and New Zealand Banking Group Limited
9/833 Collins Street Docklands Victoria 3008 Australia

ABN 11 005 357 522


News Release

For Release: 5 May 2021


2021 Half Year Result & Proposed Dividend


ANZ today announced a Statutory Profit after tax for the Half Year ended 31 March 2021 of

$2,943 million, up 45% on the previous half with key drivers including a net credit provision

release of $491 million.


Cash Profit

1

for continuing operations, before credit impairments and tax, was $3,941

million, down 10%.


ANZ’s Common Equity Tier 1 Ratio strengthened to 12.4% while Cash Return on Equity

increased to 9.7%. The proposed Interim Dividend is 70 cents per share, fully franked.


GROUP FINANCIAL INFORMATION


Earnings ($m) 1H21 2H20 Movement

Statutory Profit After Tax 2,943 2,032 45%

Cash Profit (continuing operations) 2,990 2,345 28%

Profit before credit impairment & tax 3,941 4,395 -10%

Profit before credit impairment, tax & large/notables

2

4,866 5,047 -4%

Earnings per share (cents) 105.3 82.8 27%

Return on equity 9.7% 7.6% 206bps

Return on average assets 0.57% 0.43% 14bps

Net Tangible Assets per ordinary share ($) 20.57 20.04 0.53

Dividend per share (cents) 70 35 35

Credit Provision Charge ($m) 1H21 2H20 Movement

Total Provision Charge / (release) (491) 1,064 large

Individual Provision Charge / (release) 187 395 -53%

Collective Provision Charge / (release) (678) 669 large

Balance Sheet ($b) 1H21 2H20 Movement

Gross Loans and Advances (GLAs) 618.6 622.1 -1%

Total Risk Weighted Assets (RWAs) 408.2 429.4 -5%

Customer Deposits 561.5 552.4 2%

Common Equity Tier 1 Ratio (CET1) 12.4% 11.3% 110bps

Other 1H21 2H20 Movement

Full time equivalent staff 38,555 38,579 0%



1 Cash Profit excludes non-core items included in Statutory Profit with the net after tax adjustment an increase to Statutory Profit of $39m, made up of

several items.

2 Large/notables are items within Cash Profit that, given their nature and significance, are presented separately to provide transparency and aid

comparison. Large/notable items were -$817m after tax.


CEO COMMENTARY
3



ANZ Chief Executive Officer Shayne Elliott said: “Work done over the past five years to

simplify our operations, strengthen our balance sheet and de-risk the Group helped us

deliver a strong result this half, meaning we are well-placed to continue to support the

ongoing economic recovery and customers doing it tough.


“Following the trends of the first quarter, all parts of our business performed well. Costs

were down 2% and we also increased investment in new digital capability that will provide

ongoing productivity improvements and better customer outcomes.


“Australia Retail & Commercial had another good half, becoming the third largest home

lender in the market. Deposits performed well, with retail and small business customers

behaving prudently by building solid savings and offset balances through the half.


“Lower revenues in our Institutional business were largely expected due to the impact of

falling interest rates as well as a normalisation of Markets revenue after an exceptionally

strong 2020. Our disciplined focus on credit management has been a positive with our

largest customers going into the pandemic from a position of strength and adapting fast to

the rapidly changing environment.


“New Zealand continued its recent strong performance with record lending growth combined

with disciplined cost management. This is a well-run business that is an important part of

our overall portfolio and is well-placed to manage increased regulatory capital demands.


“Improving credit conditions resulted in a release of almost $500 million during the half.

While the pandemic hasn’t resulted in large credit losses to date, we still have almost $4.3

billion in reserve if conditions deteriorate.


“Capital generation was a feature which, along with our already strong balance sheet and

prudent management through an incredibly volatile period, meant we were able to return

our dividend to a level more in line with our target and sustainable payout ratio.


“Our disciplined approach to capital management also meant we could support customers

through the COVID-19 pandemic without the need to dilute existing shareholders through

equity raisings.”


DIVIDEND & CAPITAL


ANZ’s capital position has further strengthened with a Common Equity Tier 1 Ratio of 12.4%

(~12.5% on a pro-forma basis

4

), remaining materially above the Australian Prudential

Regulation Authority’s ‘Unquestionably Strong’ benchmark.


A combination of strong capital management, solid earnings and improving conditions

provided the Board with confidence to pay an interim dividend of 70cps, up from 35cps at

the final 2020 result.


ANZ also announced the Dividend Reinvestment Plan (DRP) will continue to apply for the

Interim 2021 Dividend at no discount and that it plans to neutralise the impact of the shares

allocated under the DRP.


Further, our capital position provides flexibility to return surplus capital to shareholders. Any

decision will balance the importance of capital efficiency against maintaining an

appropriately strong balance sheet as we continue to get more clarity around the economic

situation.



3 All commentary is presented on a Cash Profit continuing basis excluding large/notable items with growth rates compared with the Half Year ended 30

September 2020 unless otherwise stated.

4

With conversion of NZD500m Capital Notes

CREDIT QUALITY

The total provision result in the first half was a net release of $491 million which comprises:


 a collective provision (CP) release of $678 million

 an individually assessed provision (IP) charge of $187 million


Despite ongoing uncertainty, the CP release is a result of the improving economic outlook

over the course of the half, as well as some loan volume reductions. Home loan and small

business customers have also behaved prudently by building savings buffers through the

half.


The low IP charge reflects the continued impact of government and bank support packages

and our long-term strategy and disciplined focus on customer selection in Institutional. As at

31 March, the CP balance of $4,285 million represents additional reserves of $909 million

compared with pre-COVID levels at 30 September 2019.


OPERATIONAL HIGHLIGHTS


Despite a volatile environment with significant demand from customers, we were again able

to reduce the cost of running the bank through streamlining and automation, while

processing record volumes.


Australia Retail & Commercial

 Provided ~92,000 new home loan accounts, lifting ANZ’s position to the third largest

home lender in the market.

 Small Business customers who use accounting software platforms can now apply for

lending online and get funds within 4 days, reduced from 30 days.

 42% of all retail sales in Australia, including home loans, are now through digital

channels.

 Strong cost outcome with operating expenses down 1% on the previous half and down

2% on the prior comparable period.


New Zealand

 Provided ~42,000 new home loan accounts, maintaining our position as the leading

lender in NZ, while also being the first bank to require a 40% deposit from residential

property investors in a step to bring balance to the housing market.

 Funds under management for KiwiSaver superannuation at a record level of NZD17.9

billion, up from NZD16.4 billion or 9% during the half.

 Acquired 12 new clearing mandates from customers, taking ANZ’s share of NZD

wholesale payments to 58%.


Institutional

 Continued focus on winning additional Clearing Services in Australia & New Zealand with

market share increasing to 58% (from 51% in November 2020).

 Increased the number of New Payments Platform payments for other banks by 115%

when compared with the same period in 2020.

 Introduced the ability for customers to track cross-border payments via our digital

platforms, saving around ~35,000 minutes of customer effort in the first week.


Digital & Technology

 ANZ App users increased by 23% when compared with the same period last year and

transactions up 26% over the same period.

 Launched the ability for new customers to open an account via the ANZ App;

contributing 5% of all new to bank customers across all channels or ~8,000 new

customers in Australia.

 Introduced the ability for customers to put a ‘gambling block’ on credit cards in March

2021 with more than 1,000 customers activating the service in the first month.

CLOSING REMARKS

Mr Elliott said: “While many households and businesses are still doing it tough, Australia and

New Zealand are emerging from the sharpest contraction in economic activity in a

generation quicker and stronger than many believed possible. This is a credit to Government

intervention and the industry working hard to provide customers with the support needed at

a critical time.


“There is still significant uncertainty. You only need to look at how the pandemic is playing

out overseas, as well as recent lock-downs, to realise how quickly the situation can escalate.


“India, a country in which we have a deep history, is having a particularly difficult time.

Despite the circumstances, our team in India are working hard to do their best for our

customers and their determination has been inspiring.


“We announced last week a donation of $1 million to World Vision’s India’s COVID-19 appeal

and a further $1 million to match customer and staff donations. We are continuing to do all

we can to support our people and their families through this difficult time.


“ANZ is in a strong position both financially and operationally. We are well capitalised and

our disciplined approach to costs over many years has us well placed to invest in

opportunities to grow our business in targeted segments. The work to digitise core

processes and platforms continues at pace and this will be more visible to customers

towards the end of the year,” Mr Elliott said.


Interviews with relevant executives, including Shayne Elliott, can be found at

bluenotes.anz.com.


For media enquiries contact:


Stephen Ries

Head of Corporate Communications

Tel: +61 409 655 551


Nick Higginbottom,

Senior Manager Media Relations

Tel: +61 403 936 262

For analyst enquiries contact:


Jill Campbell

GGM Investor Relations

Tel: +61 3 8654 7749


Cameron Davis

Executive Manager Investor Relations

Tel: +61 3 8654 7716



Approved for distribution by ANZ’s Continuous Disclosure Committee

---

Australia and New Zealand Banking Group Limited ABN 11 005 357 522
ANZ Centre Melbourne, Level 9A, 833 Collins Street, Docklands VIC 3008


5 May 2021


Market Announcements Office

ASX Limited

Level 4

20 Bridge Street

SYDNEY NSW 2000






ANZ 1H 2021 Results Presentation & Investor Discussion Pack


Australia and New Zealand Banking Group Limited (ANZ) today released its 1H 2021

Results Presentation & Investor Discussion Pack.

It has been approved for distribution by ANZ’s Continuous Disclosure Committee.


Yours faithfully





Simon Pordage

Company Secretary

Australia and New Zealand Banking Group Limited

HALF YEAR RESULTS
2021

HALF YEAR ENDED 31 MARCH 2021

RESULTS PRESENTATION &

INVESTOR DISCUSSION PACK

2021 HALF YEAR RESULTS
1

CEO and CFO Results Presentations 2

CEO Presentation2

CFO Presentation14

Additional Information –Group Performance28

Cash Profit &Risk Adjusted Returns 29

Income32

Expenses 36

Customer Remediation43

Investment in Associates44

Divisional Performance45

Operational Highlights46

Australia Retail & Commercial 48

Institutional55

New Zealand Division62

Treasury65

Risk Management76

Loan Repayment Deferrals & Delinquencies92

Housing Portfolio95

Corporate Overview and Environment, Social & Governance (ESG)104

All figures within this investor discussion pack are presented on Cash Profit (Continuing operations) basis in Australian Dollars unless otherwise noted. In arriving at Cash Profit, Statutory Profit

has been adjusted to exclude non-core items, further information is set out in the 2021 Half Year Consolidated Financial Report.

CONTENTS

HALF YEAR RESULTS
2021

SHAYNE ELLIOTT

CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER

9.6
11.3

12.4

Sep 15Mar 21Sep 20

SIMPLER, BETTER BALANCED, STRONGER

CAPITAL STRENGTHCAPITAL ALLOCATIONRISK INTENSITYNET TANGIBLE ASSETS

APRA Level 2 CET1 Ratio

%

Retail & Commercial % of total capital

%

Credit RWA / EAD

2

%

NTA per share

$

3

1.With conversion of NZD500m Capital Notes

2.Credit Risk Weighted Assets (RWA) as a % of Exposure at Default (EAD)

39

36

33

Sep 15Sep 20Mar 21

44

61

63

Mar 21Sep 20Sep 15

Pro-Forma

CET1 ratio

12.5%

1

16.86

20.04

20.57

Sep 15Sep 20Mar 21

FINANCIAL OVERVIEW
4

1.Includes the impact of Large / Notable items, excludes discontinued operations

1H211H21 v 2H20

Statutory Profit ($m)2,943+45%

Cash Profit (continuing operations)

1

($m)2,990+28%

Return on Equity (%)9.7+206bps

Earnings Per Share (cents)105.3+27%

Cash Profit (continuing operations) ex large / notable items ($m)3,807+33%

Dividend PerShare (cents)70+35

Franking (%)100

APRA Level 2 CET1 Ratio (%)12.4+110bps

Net TangibleAssets Per Share ($)20.57+0.53

STRATEGY
To improve the financial wellbeing & sustainability of customers

By providing relevant, efficient and connected services; tools and insights that engage &

retain customers better and in doing so increase the lifetime value for shareholders

OUR PURPOSE & STRATEGY

5

HELPPEOPLESAVEFOR,

BUY& OWNALIVEABLE

HOUSE

HELPPEOPLESTARTOR

BUYANDGROWTHEIR

BUSINESS& ADOPT

SUSTAINABLEBUSINESS

PRACTICES

HELPCOMPANIESMOVE

GOODS& CAPITALAROUND

THEREGION& ADOPT

SUSTAINABLEBUSINESS

PRACTICES

DELIVERING ON OUR STRATEGY
6

HELP PEOPLE SAVE FOR, BUY AND OWN A LIVEABLE HOUSE

1.Launchedend of October 2019, representstotal savings goals ever set through the ANZ App (Australia)

2.New accounts includes increases to existing accounts and split loans (fixed and variable components of the same loan)

SAVINGS GOALSNEW HOME LOANS ACCOUNTS

2

DIGITAL SALES

SET A SAVINGS GOAL

1

#000

AUSTRALIA

% of retail sales

184

327

429

Mar 21Sep 19Mar 20Sep 20

0

+78%

+31%

AUSTRALIA

#000

30%

40%

42%

1H21FY19FY20

26%

36%36%

FY19FY201H21

NEW ZEALAND

% of retail sales

6464

92

55

106

FY19FY201H21

37

38

42

37

30

FY20FY191H21

1H2H

NEW ZEALAND

#000

DELIVERING ON OUR STRATEGY
7

HELP PEOPLE START OR BUY AND GROW THEIR BUSINESS AND ADOPT SUSTAINABLE BUSINESS PRACTICES

1.Value of transactionswithin Australia Retail & Commercial division

2.Includes Small Business Banking and Business Banking in Australia and Commercial in New Zealand (ex UDC). FX adjusted

CUSTOMER PAYMENTSCOMMERCIAL LOANS & DEPOSITS

2

76

92

89

Sep 19

97

91

Sep 20

91

Mar 21

Customer DepositsNet Loans & Advances

$b

17.7

19.9

20.3

19.7

18.3

FY19FY20FY21

1H2H

COMMERCIAL BANKING

1

MERCHANT PAYMENTS

$b

GoBiz

Sep 20Sep 19Mar 21Mar 20
51

76

112

231

+106%

DELIVERING ON OUR STRATEGY

8

HELP COMPANIES MOVE GOODS AND CAPITAL AROUND THE REGION AND ADOPT SUSTAINABLE BUSINESS PRACTICES

1.Bloomberg's AUD Domestic Ex Self led League table results

2.Platform Cash Management Accounts: The new Cash Management Accounts on the platform provide the ability to support deposit management for entities holding funds on behalf of others.The new accounts on the platform are

able to deal with complex business structures in line with evolving customer requirements

3.New Payments Platform (NPP) Agency payments: A service whereby ANZ clears and settles real-time payments for customers of appointer banks on their behalf. Allows Appointers to access Australia’s real-time payments

network without investing in a direct connection themselves

PLATFORM CASH MGT ACCOUNTS

2

NPP

3

AGENCY PAYMENTS

ACCOUNTS #000

TRANSACTIONS #m

1H202H202H191H21

1.9

3.6

5.3

7.8

+46%

DEBTCAPITAL MARKETS

#1 Mandated Lead Manager and Bookrunner in

Australian Dollars in 2020; #1 for the past 10 years

1

#1 Mandated Lead Manager and Bookrunner in New

Zealand Dollars in 2020, #1 for the past 15 years

1

LOAN SYNDICATION

#1 Mandated Arranger and Bookrunnerin

Australia/NZ in 2020; #1 in 8 of the past 10 years

1

LeadingInternational Bank as Mandated Arranger

and Bookrunnerin Asia Pacific (ex Japan) in 2020

1

TRACK RECORD OF ABSOLUTE COST REDUCTION
EXPENSES (EXCLUDING LARGE / NOTABLE ITEMS)FULL TIME EQUIVALENT STAFF

$b

9

Sep 15Sep 15

Pro-Forma

FTE (#000)

Sep 20

50.2

43.0

37.5

Divestments

-13%

826

758

580

Sep 15Sep 15

Pro-Forma

Sep 20

Executive

Management

roles

Divestments

-23%

Our continuous transformation to grow & simplify the business has created a more efficient and resilient bank

109bps

0.3

0.6

1.01.0

0.4

0.7

0.4

0.3

8.2

Divestments

1

FY15

Pro-Forma

3

Expected

inflation

"Run the

bank"

productivity

Increased

investment

FY15

7.6

FY20Further

productivity

required

7.09.0

8.6

FY23

(Exit Rate)

ambition

-1.3

Underlying

inflation

Accounting

policy

impacts

2

8.8

9.3

-0.9

-0.9

8.0

Run the bank

Change the bank

Reduced ‘Run

the bank’ costs

by ~15%

Increased

investment

~55%

1.Direct impact of divestments occurring post FY15 –primarily Asia Retail; OnePathLife; OnePathP&I; the Cambodia JV; PNG Retail, Commercial & SME businesses; NZ OPL & UDC

2.Reflects financial impact to FY15 cost base from the adoption of new accounting standards and retrospective application of the Group’s software capitalisation policy

3.Pro-Forma view adjusts the original metric reported in FY15 to reflect comparable accounting policies and continuing organisational structure as the FY20 relative results

EXPENSES / AVGASSETS

82bps

Expecting

higher

investment in

FY21 & FY22

DRIVEN BY A WELL ESTABLISHED AND DISCIPLINED DELIVERY APPROACH
1.Executive Committee

10

Our focused approach ensures a systematic cadence that adds velocity to benefit realisation

~150

initiatives

~$0.6b

productivity

CHECKPOINT, VALUE

ASSURANCE AND

RESTRUCTURING PROCESSES

A SUITE OF PLANNING

AND PROJECT

DELIVERY TOOLS

DEDICATED CHANGE

MANAGEMENT AND

DELIVERY RESOURCES

DETAILED PROGRAM -

ACCOUNTABILITY

ACROSS EXCO

1

~35%
~30%

~30%

~5%

20%

43%

12%

25%

Investment Priorities

CHANGE THE BANK INVESTMENTS REORIENT BACK TOWARDS GROWTH

11

FY20

FY23 (EXIT RATE) AMBITION

$1.4B

~70% EXPENSED

~$1.4B

2

~70% EXPENSED

Completion of major regulatory programs (e.g. BS11), along with our Cloud migration, create greater Growth and Productivity capacity

Asset Lifecycle Management

•Application upgrades

•Capacity and storage

•Release management

Productivity & Simplification

•Digital customer experience

•Banker experience

•Customer authentication

•Product rationalisation

•Automation

Growth

•Digital ecosystems

•Adjacent revenue

propositions

•ANZi

GrowthProductivity & SimplificationRegulatory, Compliance & RiskAsset Lifecycle Management

Total Spend

1

1. Continuing operations excluding Large / Notable items

2. Current hypothesis only –limited committed spend

Total Spend

1

Regulatory, Compliance &

Risk

•BS11 (RBNZ Outsourcing)

•Benchmark Transition

(‘IBOR’)

•Home & business lending

processes

•Open Banking

SUBSTANTIAL ACCELERATED STRATEGY INITIATIVES IN-FLIGHT
12

RUN THE BANK PRODUCTIVITY AMBITION

Initiatives

in-flight

~$0.9b

~$0.3b

~$0.6b

Initiatives to

be developed

INITIATIVES IN-FLIGHT

EVOLVINGCUSTOMER

ACQUISITIONAND

DISTRIBUTIONMODELS

OPTIMISEDCUSTOMER

SERVICINGAND

TRANSACTIONPROCESSING

MODERNISEDPRODUCT

MANAGEMENT

TECHNOLOGY

MODERNISATION

PROPERTYANDENABLEMENT

SIMPLIFICATION

FY23 (EXIT RATE) AMBITION

(CHANGE FROM FY20)

~$0.3b ~15%

~$0.1b ~12%

~$0.2b ~12%

~$0.2b ~12%

~$0.1b ~10%

~$0.9b

•Delivering digital and remote sales options

•Refining customer coverage models

•Optimisinginvestment in physical network

•Enabling more requests to be conducted digitally

•Approval, opening and onboarding process automation

•Establishing WorldlineJV, transition of offsite ATMs

•Further automation of key operational processes

•Automating self service internal reporting

•Scaled agile work practices

•Standardisationof like activities across businesses

•Further product decommissioning

•Optimisingsoftware, telco and managed services contracts to better align

with business needs

•Building data governance, data management and analytical tools

•Streamlining internal and external interfaces and ‘wiring’ through APIs

•Cloud enabled simplification and SaaS-based approach

•Vendor contract optimisation

•Right-sizing Enablement models

•Optimisingcorporate property space

•Automationopportunities across many areas

Better customer

experience

Better employee

experience

Lower

operational risk

Lower absolute

costs

Our goal is to drive:

KEY MESSAGES
13

•Track record of delivery

•Purpose led transformation

•Strengthening customer relationships in target segments

•Continuingto reshape the portfolio

•Momentum on cost and simplification

•Delivering new capabilities -execution excellence, future ready

•Well positioned for opportunities

HALF YEAR RESULTS
2021

SHANE BUGGLE

CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER (ACTING)

OVERVIEW
CASH PROFITCASH EPSROEAPRA LEVEL 2 CET1 RATIO

$mcents%%

15

CONTINUING OPERATIONS

1.With conversion of NZD500m Capital Notes

3,564

2,906

1,413

2,345

2,990

1H212H201H192H191H20

124.8

102.7

49.9

82.8

105.3

1H192H191H202H201H21

12.0

9.8

4.7

7.6

9.7

1H191H212H192H201H20

11.5

11.4

10.8

11.3

12.4

Mar 21Mar 19Sep 19Mar 20Sep 20

Pro-Forma

CET1 ratio

12.5%

1

AGENDA
16

1.

2.

Business performance

Balance sheet and capital

FINANCIAL PERFORMANCE
GROUP PROFIT DRIVERS

$m

CONTINUING OPERATIONS

17

1.Further detail on Large / Notable items is included within the Overview and Additional Financials section of the Investor Discussion pack

2,345

2,990

243

72

1,552

2H20

-303

Tax & NCIExpensesMarkets

income

Income

(ex Markets)

Large /

Notable

items

after tax

Provisions1H21

-423

-496

LARGE / NOTABLE ITEMS

1

$m2H201H21

Total (after tax)

-514-817

Divestments incl. Gain/(Loss) on sale-4-238

Customer remediation-188-108

Litigation settlements--48

Restructuring-41-76

Asian associateitems-66-347

Goodwill write-off-77-

Accelerated softwareamortisation-138-

CONTINUING OPERATIONS 1H21 v 2H20

IncomePBPNPAT

Total Group ex Large / Notable-3%-4%33%

Australia Retail & Commercial2%5%72%

Institutional-18%-29%-25%

Institutional (exMarkets)-3%-3%6%

NewZealand division (NZD)8%15%50%

28%

1H21 revenue: $1.01b

2H20 revenue: $1.51b

157
160

163

2

3

4

4

-3

2H20Wholesale

funding &

deposit pricing

Impact of rates

net of repricing

Markets

Balance Sheet

activities

2

LiquidityAsset pricingAsset &

funding mix

1H21

underlying

1

Large /

Notable items

1H21

-3

-1

NET INTEREST MARGIN

CONTINUING OPERATIONS

18

GROUP NET INTEREST MARGIN (NIM)

bps

1.Excluding Large / Notable items and Markets Balance Sheet activities

2.Includes the impact of discretionary liquid assets and other Balance Sheet activities

+3bps

+6bps

Deposit / funding mix+3

Replicating portfolio+1

Asset mix-1

(incl.Home Loan VRto FR -1)

Institutional+3

Australia R&C-1

Higher liquid

assets

In line with

commentary at

FY20 & 1Q21

MARGIN CONSIDERATIONS
FUNDING COMPOSITIONLOW RATE DEPOSITS & CAPITAL

$b

$b

CAPITAL & REPLICATING DEPOSIT PORTFOLIO (AUSTRALIA)

19

~55

~110

Mar 20

~53

~53

Sep 19

~150

~179

Sep 20

~234

~237

~54

Mar 21

~163

~203

~291

Low rate deposits <25bps

Capital (ex intangibles) & other non-interest bearing liabilities

1.Portfolio Earnings Rate is a combination of term swap rates (hedged component) and 3mth BBSW (unhedged)

2.Proxy for hedged investment rate

%

0.0

0.5

1.0

1.5

2.0

2.5

2H21 expected total group replicating

portfolio rate impact: ~-1bp(vs 1H21: -3bps)

Portfolio Earnings Rate

1

3mth BBSW (Monthly Avg)

5 Year AUD Swap Rate

2

Mar 19 Sep 19Mar 20Sep 20Mar 21

243

258

298

322

340

36

223

227

241

197

186

288

270

330

278

274

9

28

Sep 19

844

10

792

27

Mar 19

27

11

Mar 20

9

33

Sep 20

8

Mar 21

790

908

839

At-Call (ex Aus Offset)Other

Aus OffsetWholesale Funding

TDs

RETAIL & COMMERCIAL
AUSTRALIA

NEW ZEALAND

Net Loans and Advances

$b

Home loan balance and flows

$b

Net Loans and Advances

1

NZD b

Home loan balance and flows

NZD b

20

CommercialHome LoansCards & Personal Loans

Home LoansCommercialOther Retail

269

265

264

275

281

58

58

58

58

57

Mar 20

7

Mar 19

9

10

Sep 19

8

7

Sep 20Mar 21

337

332

339

330

344

+1%

78

79

82

84

90

40

40

40

39

39

Mar 20

3

Mar 19

3

2

Sep 19

2

3

Sep 20Mar 21

121

125

123

126

131

+4%

1.Commercial prior periods restated to exclude UDC

2.New sales and net OFI refinance

275

281

29

7

Sep 20Repay / OtherNet new loans

2

Redraw &

Interest

Mar 21

-30

84

90

9

2

Sep 20Net new loans

2

Redraw &

Interest

Mar 21Repay / Other

-5

Fixedrate loans:

41% of total flows

+2%

+7%

INSTITUTIONAL
INSTITUTIONAL INCOME COMPOSITION

1

MARKETS INCOME COMPOSITION

2

$m

$m

NET LOANS AND ADVANCES

$b

CONTINUING OPERATIONS EXCLUDING LARGE / NOTABLE ITEMS

21

1.Trade: Trade & Supply Chain; PCM: Payments & Cash Management

2.Composition of Customer franchise income is provided in the ‘Additional financial information’ section of the Investor Discussion pack

815

810

786

829

828

644

652

580

498

460

236

234

231

209

189

940

826

1,164

1,508

1,012

2H192H20

3,057

1H20

23

1H19

13

29

2,541

18

19

1H21

2,657

2,790

2,507

PCMCorporate FinanceTradeMarketsOther

108

111

129

111

105

34

49

32

28

Sep 19Mar 20Sep 20Mar 21

18

147

165

199

158

Mar 19

151

19

26

22

14

14

+21%

-26%

Corporate FinanceMarketsTransaction Banking

Valuation AdjustmentsCustomer franchise incomeBalance Sheet

694

589

901

909

589

256

190

238

468

402

131

48

-10

1H192H202H19

21

1H20

24

1,164

1H21

940

1,508

826

1,012

550
548

25

62

28

549

3,692

3,667

2H20 FX adj.2H20InflationPersonnelCOVID support

1

-48

-30

ProductivityOther /

seasonality

Investment1H21

4,240

-110

3,738

4,216

FX

4,288

1

EXPENSES

EXPENSE DRIVERS

$m

22

CONTINUING OPERATIONS EXCLUDING LARGE / NOTABLE ITEMS

-1%

-2%

FULL TIME EQUIVALENT STAFF (FTE)

32.3

1H20

4.6

5.0

32.9

32.5

2H20

5.3

1H21

37.637.5

37.6

BAU (run the bank)Investment (change the bank)

000 (Avg)

CUSTOMER ACQUISITION & DISTRIBUTION

•Refinement of coverage models

•Investment in digital channels, reduced physical presence

CUSTOMER SERVICING & TRANSACTION PROCESSING

•Back-office process automation & simplification

PRODUCT MANAGEMENT & INNOVATION

•Middle office consolidation

TECHNOLOGY

•Network & software contract review & optimisation

•Embedding agile practices in Technology

PROPERTY & ENABLEMENT

•Reduced property footprint

•Operating model enhancements

ACCELERATED STRATEGY (PRODUCTIVITY SAVINGS $110M)

BAU (run the bank)Investment Expensed (change the bank)

BAU costs down -$25m

1.Combination of temporary resources to respond to COVID hardship and granting staff extra leave as recognition of their efforts during COVID

INVESTMENT SPEND
INVESTMENT BY CATEGORY

1

EXPENSED & CAPITALISED

1

$m

$m

CAPITALISED SOFTWARE

CONTINUING OPERATIONS

23

2,893

2,202

1,856

1,421

1,323

1,039

961

4.9

4.7

3.9

3.2

2.72.7

2.2

Mar 21Sep 19Sep 16Sep 15Sep 20Sep 17Sep 18

Capitalised software balanceAvg amortisation period (yrs)

$m

199

329

316

404

320

245

320

295

344

385

42

76

78

84

64

1H202H191H19

689

2H20

725

1H21

486

832

769

Regulatory, Compliance & Risk

Growth, Productivity & Simplification

Asset Lifecycle Management

71%

1H19

32%

68%

64%

36%

2H19

73%

29%

1H20

27%

2H20

79%

21%

832

1H21

486

725

689

769

Investment CapitalisedInvestment Expensed

1.Prior periods restated to reflect current management classification

PROVISION CHARGE & BALANCE
TOTAL PROVISION CHARGECOLLECTIVE PROVISION BALANCE MOVEMENT

$m

$m

CONTINUING OPERATIONS

24

380

398

626

395

187

1,048

669

-678

4

402

1H19

13

2H202H191H201H21

393

1,674

1,064

-491

Individual Provision chargeCollective Provision charge / (release)

Loss rates (%)1H192H191H202H201H21

IP / AvgGLA

1

0.120.130.200.120.06

Totalcharge/(release)/ AvgGLA

2

0.130.130.530.33-0.16

5,008

4,285

50

Additional

overlays

Sep 20

-199

Volume /

Mix

FXChange

in risk

Economic

forecast

and

scenario

weights

Mar 21

-45

-112

-417

CP charge / (release) -678

1.Individual Provision charge as a % of average Gross Loansand Advances

2.Total credit impairment charge / (release) as a % of average Gross Loans and Advances

PROVISIONING AND RISK MIGRATION
IMPACT OF CREDIT PORTFOLIO RISK MIGRATION

1.Collective Provision balance as a % of Credit Risk Weighted Assets

25

COLLECTIVE PROVISION BALANCE

$m

TotalpotentialRWA impact on capitalBase case expectation at:

31 Mar 2030 Sep2031 Mar21

Potential 2 year CET1 impact (bps)

(cumulative FY20 & FY21)

~110~65~10

3,378

3,272

4,490

4,312

3,539

696

746

0.98%

0.94%

1.17%

1.39%

1.25%

Mar 21

0

Mar 19

104

11

Sep 19Sep 20Mar 20

3,3783,376

4,501

5,008

4,285

OverlaysModelled ECLCP Coverage

1

RWA IMPACT ON CAPITAL (CET1)

bps

7

10

-21

1H20

~15

2H201H212H21

(potential)

Impact / (benefit)

RETAIL & COMMERCIAL CREDIT QUALITY
LOAN DEFERRALS

1

LOANS & ADVANCES PAST DUE

2

AUS & NZ HOUSING

$b

26

1.Total loan deferrals: March 2020 to March 2021. All loans completed their deferral period on or before 31 March 2021

2.Excluding impaired assets

94%

4%

2%

RestructuredReturned to paymentTransferred to hardship

AUS BUSINESS

90%

6%

4%

~121k loans provided with loan

repayment deferrals

~24k loans provided with loan

repayment deferrals

3.3

1.4

8.4

1-29 days30-59 days60-89 days

9.1

9.6

0.7

>90 days

2.3

5.2

5.7

3.8

3.0

2.8

1.0

1.7

1.4

1.4

0.6

3.7

3.6

3.3

Mar 19Sep 19Mar 21Mar 20Sep 20

0.80
0.08

0.06

0.21

0.32

Credit

impairment

release

Cash profit

(ex CIC

& L/N)

1

-0.20

Capital

deductions

2

Sep 20Underlying

business

RWA

movement

Net DTA

on CIC

Risk

migration

Final 2020

dividend

(net of

DRP)

-0.06

Mar 21Net RWA

imposts

Other

3

Mar 21

(Level 1)

11.3

-0.07

-0.04

12.4

12.2

CAPITAL & LIQUIDITY

APRA LEVEL 2 CET1 RATIO

27

Pro-Forma

CET1 ratio

12.5%

4

1.CIC: Credit impairment charge / (release); L/N: Large / Notable items

2.Mainly comprises the movement in retained earnings in deconsolidated entities and expected losses in excess of eligible provision shortfall

3.Other impacts include movements in non-cash earnings, net foreign currency translation and impacts from Large / Notable items (non-capital deduction related)

4.With conversion of NZD500m Capital Notes

%

Total impact of +35bps

LIQUIDITY

LIQUIDITY COVERAGE RATIO (Avg)

137%

1H19

143%

2H191H201H212H20

139%139%

138%

Sep 20

124%

Mar 21Mar 20Mar 19

116%

Sep 19

118%

115%

121%

NET STABLE FUNDING RATIO (EOP)

HALF YEAR RESULTS
2021

INVESTOR DISCUSSION PACK

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION -GROUP PERFORMANCE

FINANCIAL PERFORMANCE
GROUP PROFIT DRIVERS

$m

CONTINUING OPERATIONS

29

1.Other for 1H20 includes Lease-related items

1,413

2,990

170

145

2,145

Tax & NCIExpensesIncome

(ex Markets)

1H20Large / Notable

items after tax

Markets

income

Provisions1H21

-589

-142

-152

LARGE / NOTABLE ITEMS$m1H201H21

Total (after tax)

-987-817

Divestments incl. Gain/(Loss) on sale27-238

Customer remediation-91-108

Litigation settlements--48

Restructuring-74-76

Asian associateitems--347

Asian associateimpairments-815-

Other

1

-34-

CONTINUING OPERATIONS1H21 v 1H20

IncomePBPNPAT

Total Group ex Large/ Notable-3%-3%59%

Australia Retail & Commercial-1%-1%62%

Institutional-10%-13%59%

Institutional (exMarkets)-8%-9%297%

NewZealand division (NZD)3%8%38%

112%

1H21 revenue: $1.01b

1H20 revenue: $1.16b

RISK ADJUSTED PERFORMANCE
GROUP

1,2

AUSTRALIA R&CINSTITUTIONAL

1

NEW ZEALAND

2

NET INTEREST INCOME / AVERAGE CREDIT RISK WEIGHTED ASSETS

%

AVERAGE CREDIT RISK WEIGHTED ASSETS

$b

30

CONTINUING OPERATIONS EXCLUDING LARGE / NOTABLE ITEMS

1.Ex Markets business unit

2.Adjusted for Balance Sheet impacts of divestments

4.22

3.95

4.21

2H201H201H21

5.88

5.68

5.84

1H201H212H20

2.07

1.90

1.97

2H201H211H20

4.72

4.44

4.93

2H201H211H20

1H20

316

321

2H20

328

1H21

139

1H20

138

2H20

139

1H21

114

1H20

125

1H212H20

119

1H202H20

57

1H21

5757

RISK ADJUSTED RETURN
GROUP

1

AUSTRALIAR&CINSTITUTIONALNEW ZEALAND

1

PROFIT BEFORE PROVISIONS / AVERAGE TOTAL RISK WEIGHTED ASSETS

%

AVERAGE TOTAL RISK WEIGHTED ASSETS

$b

31

CONTINUING OPERATIONS EXCLUDING LARGE / NOTABLE ITEMS

1.Adjusted for Balance Sheet impacts of divestments

2.38

2.32

2.31

1H202H201H21

3.43

3.22

3.34

1H211H202H20

1.64

1.88

1.48

1H211H202H20

2.91

2.66

3.03

1H211H202H20

435

1H201H212H20

421

422

163

1H201H212H20

162

166

185

1H20

197

2H201H21

179

65

1H20

66

2H201H21

65

TOTAL OPERATING INCOME
32

TOTAL INCOME BY DIVISION

NET INTEREST INCOME BY DIVISIONOTHER OPERATING INCOME

$b

$b

$b

3.0

-0.5

1.5

4.6

1.7

2.8

8.4

1H20

0.2

4.4

2H20

0.0

1.6

2.5

4.3

1H21

8.6

9.2

1.6

4.0

3.9

1.4

1.6

1H20

0.1

1.3

0.1

0.1

2H20

4.0

1.5

1.4

1H21

7.2

7.0

6.8

NZAustralia R&CInstitutionalOther

0.1

1.1

1.1

0.8

-0.7

0.0

1H20

0.1

1.1

2H20

1.0

-0.2

0.0

0.6

1H21

1.4

2.3

1.4

MarketsFee & comm.OtherAssoc. profit

0.3

2.8

0.3

3.1

1H20

1.6

4.7

1.5

4.5

2H20

0.3

1.6

2.5

4.6

1H21

9.4

9.3

9.1

Continuing Continuing ex L/N

0.1

7.0

1.3

0.1

1.5

1H20

1.6

1.3

4.1

1.6

3.9

2H20

0.1

1.4

4.0

1H21

7.2

6.9

Continuing Continuing ex L/N Continuing Continuing ex L/N

0.2

1H20

0.1

0.1

1.2

0.3

0.8

0.1

1.1

1.1

2H20

0.1

1.1

0.6

1H21

2.2

2.5

2.0

NZAustralia R&COtherInstitutional

157
160

163

2

3

4

4

Asset & funding mixLiquidityRates net

of repricing

2H20Wholesale funding

& deposit pricing

Asset pricing1H21

underlying NIM

Markets

Balance sheet

Large /

notable items

1H21

-3

-3

-1

NET INTEREST MARGIN

GROUP NIM

bps

33

1.Cash continuing excluding Large / Notable items

Structural headwinds -6bpsPricing & Portfolio Management +9bpsMarkets

balancesheet

Large / Notable

items

Rates net of

repricing

LiquidityAsset pricingAsset & funding

mix

Deposit pricing &

wholesale funding

Includes:

Replicated deposits

Earningson capital

Includes:

Liquidassets

CLF

Includes:

Competition

Repricing

Includes:

Business mix

HL mix

HL switching

Funding mix

Deposit mix

Includes:

Deposit pricing

across divisions

Wholesale funding

costs

Includes:

FX movements

GROUP

AUSTRALIAR&C

1

INSTITUTIONAL

(EX MARKETS)

1

NEW ZEALAND

1

1.69

1.57

1.63

1H202H201H21

2.65

2.58

2.60

2H201H201H21

1.81

1.75

1.85

1H212H201H20

2.27

2.15

2.32

1H202H201H21

%

LENDING ASSETS
AVERAGE INTEREST EARNING ASSETS

NET LOANS AND ADVANCES (EOP)

$b

34

CONTINUING OPERATIONS EXCLUDING LARGE / NOTABLE ITEMS

853

866

857

1

13

5

3

Australia R&C

0

Australia R&C1H202H20New ZealandInstitutional

ex Markets

Markets,

Treasury, Other

New ZealandInstitutional

ex Markets

Markets,

Treasury, Other

1H21

-2

-1

-15

653

617

614

9

5

4

-5

Institutional

ex Markets

Sep-20New Zealand

-25

Mar-20Australia R&CAustralia R&C

-6

Markets,

Treasury, Other

New ZealandInstitutional

ex Markets

Markets,

Treasury, Other

Mar-21

-15

-6

$b

BALANCE SHEET COMPOSITION
EXPOSURE AT DEFAULT

1

RISK WEIGHTED ASSETSNET LOANS & ADVANCESCUSTOMER DEPOSITS

$b$b (EOP)$b (EOP)$b (EOP)

35

CONTINUING OPERATIONS EXCLUDING LARGE / NOTABLE ITEMS

1.EAD excludes amounts for ‘Securitisation’ and ‘Other Assets’ Basel classes, as per APS330. Data provided is on a Post CRM basis,net of credit risk mitigation such as guarantees, credit derivatives, netting and financial collateral

2%

408

Mar-21

42%

16%

40%

562

1%

17%

43%

40%

Mar-21Mar-21

43%

6%

13%

38%

1,045

OtherNew ZealandAustralia R&CInstitutional

Mar-21

20%

0%

614

24%

56%

EXPENSE MANAGEMENT
36

TOTAL EXPENSES BY DIVISION

TOTAL EXPENSES BY CATEGORYFULL TIME EQUIVALENT STAFF

$b

$b

000s

2.0

1.3

1.3

1H20

0.6

0.6

0.7

2.1

1.3

0.7

0.7

2H20

0.6

2.0

1H21

4.6

4.8

4.5

0.4

0.8

0.1

0.8

0.9

1H20

2.5

0.1

1.0

0.4

2.4

2H20

0.8

0.1

4.6

0.8

0.4

2.4

1H21

4.8

4.5

Australia R&CNZInstitutionalOther

7.0

10.3

37.5

5.4

6.7

1.1

1.1

14.1

Mar-20Mar-21

10.3

6.7

1.1

5.3

14.1

Sep-20

37.8

10.7

5.2

14.1

37.8

Australia R&C

Institutional

NZ

TSO & Group Centre

Pacific

1.9

0.7

0.5

0.6

1.3

0.6

1H20

1.2

1.9

2H20

0.5

0.6

1.2

1.9

1H21

4.4

4.3

4.2

Continuing Continuing ex L/N

0.8

0.8

0.0

0.4

2.4

1H20

0.8

4.4

0.0

4.3

0.8

0.4

2.3

2H20

0.7

0.4

0.8

0.0

2.4

1H21

4.2

Continuing Continuing ex L/N Continuing (EOP)

Personnel

Premises

Technology

Restructuring

Other

550
548

80

4

549

PersonnelPremises

3,6673,738

Other1H21Technology2H20 FX adj.

3,692

FX

-27

4,240

2H20

4,288

-48

14,216

Investment

-82

EXPENSES & INVESTMENT

INVESTMENT SPEND

2

$m

CONTINUING OPERATIONS

37

1.Excluding Large / Notable items

2.Prior periods restated to reflect current management classification

$m

-1%

-2%

BAU costs down -$25m

(after absorbing inflation of $25m)

BAU (run the bank)Investment Expensed (change the bank)

EXPENSE DRIVERS

1

165

211

217

269

253

66

93

78

86

83

35

78

94

132

98

110

162

140

135

116

77

119

75

95

87

33

62

85

115

132

486

2H191H191H211H202H20

725

689

769

832

Australia R&C

Institutional

New ZealandTechnology Infrastructure

Enablement, Property & Ops.Digital & Data

TRACK RECORD OF ABSOLUTE COST REDUCTION
EXPENSES (EXCLUDING LARGE / NOTABLE ITEMS)FULL TIME EQUIVALENT STAFF

$b

38

Sep 15Sep 15

Pro-Forma

FTE (#000)

Sep 20

50.2

43.0

37.5

Divestments

-13%

826

758

580

Sep 15Sep 15

Pro-Forma

Sep 20

Executive

Management

roles

Divestments

-23%

Our continuous transformation to grow & simplify the business has created a more efficient and resilient bank

109bps

0.3

0.6

1.01.0

0.4

0.7

0.4

0.3

8.2

Divestments

1

FY15

Pro-Forma

3

Expected

inflation

"Run the

bank"

productivity

Increased

investment

FY15

7.6

FY20Further

productivity

required

7.09.0

8.6

FY23

(Exit Rate)

ambition

-1.3

Underlying

inflation

Accounting

policy

impacts

2

8.8

9.3

-0.9

-0.9

8.0

Run the bank

Change the bank

Reduced ‘Run

the bank’ costs

by ~15%

Increased

investment

~55%

1.Direct impact of divestments occurring post FY15 –primarily Asia Retail; OnePathLife; OnePathP&I; the Cambodia JV; PNG Retail, Commercial & SME businesses; NZ OPL & UDC

2.Reflects financial impact to FY15 cost base from the adoption of new accounting standards and retrospective application of the Group’s software capitalisation policy

3.Pro-Forma view adjusts the original metric reported in FY15 to reflect comparable accounting policies and continuing organisational structure as the FY20 relative results

EXPENSES / AVGASSETS

82bps

Expecting

higher

investment in

FY21 & FY22

2.1
1.2

0.8

0.8

1.5

1.2

ACCELERATED STRATEGY PROGRAM -BUILDING A SIMPLER, BETTER BANK

39

FY23 (EXIT RATE) AMBITION

$b

0.7

1.9

1.1

1.4

1.1

0.8

$7.6B

~$7.0B

FY20

Value Chain

CUSTOMER

ACQUISITIONAND

DISTRIBUTION

Branch sales

Relationship teams

Mobile bankers

Digital channels

Marketing

CUSTOMER

SERVICINGAND

TRANSACTION

PROCESSING

Branch services

Operations

Contact centres

Customer advocates

Specialist support

PRODUCT

MANAGEMENTAND

INNOVATION

Product management

Platform specialists

Client Research &

Insights

Innovation incubator

TECHNOLOGY

Infrastructure & Cloud Services Banking Platforms

Network & Data Storage Security & Cyber Defence Divisional Platforms

PROPERTYANDENABLEMENT

Corporate Property Finance Talent & Culture Legal

Strategy & Execution Corporate Affairs Business Management Functions

RISKMANAGEMENT

Credit Risk Market Risk Op. Risk Internal Audit Lending Services

Compliance AML/CTF/KYC Treasury and Markets Trading

Customer Acquisition and DistributionCustomer Servicing and Transaction ProcessingProperty and EnablementProduct Management and InnovationTechnologyRisk Management

$b

RUN THE BANK EXPENSES

Better customer

experience

Better employee

experience

Lower

operational risk

Lower absolute

costs

Our goal is to drive:

SUBSTANTIAL ACCELERATED STRATEGY INITIATIVES IN-FLIGHT
40

RUN THE BANK PRODUCTIVITY AMBITION

~$0.3b

Initiatives

in-flight

~$0.6b

~$0.9b

Initiatives to

be developed

INITIATIVES IN-FLIGHT

EVOLVINGCUSTOMER

ACQUISITIONAND

DISTRIBUTIONMODELS

OPTIMISEDCUSTOMER

SERVICINGAND

TRANSACTIONPROCESSING

MODERNISEDPRODUCT

MANAGEMENT

TECHNOLOGY

MODERNISATION

PROPERTYANDENABLEMENT

SIMPLIFICATION

FY23 (EXIT RATE) AMBITION

(CHANGE FROM FY20)

~$0.3b ~15%

~$0.1b ~12%

~$0.2b ~12%

~$0.2b ~12%

~$0.1b ~10%

~$0.9b

•Delivering digital and remote sales options

•Refining customer coverage models

•Optimisinginvestment in physical network

•Enabling more requests to be conducted digitally

•Approval, opening and onboarding process automation

•Establishing WorldlineJV, transition of offsite ATMs

•Further automation of key operational processes

•Automating self service internal reporting

•Scaled agile work practices

•Standardisationof like activities across businesses

•Further product decommissioning

•Optimisingsoftware, telco and managed services contracts to better align

with business needs

•Building data governance, data management and analytical tools

•Streamlining internal and external interfaces and ‘wiring’ through APIs

•Cloud enabled simplification and SaaS-based approach

•Vendor contract optimisation

•Right-sizing Enablement models

•Optimisingcorporate property space

•Automationopportunities across many areas

Continuous improvement and disciplined execution has become part of our DNA

DRIVEN BY A WELL ESTABLISHED AND DISCIPLINED DELIVERY APPROACH
1.Executive Committee

41

Our focused approach ensures a systematic cadence that adds velocity to benefit realisation

~150

initiatives

~$0.6b

productivity

CHECKPOINT, VALUE

ASSURANCE AND

RESTRUCTURING PROCESSES

A SUITE OF PLANNING

AND PROJECT

DELIVERY TOOLS

DEDICATED CHANGE

MANAGEMENT AND

DELIVERY RESOURCES

DETAILED PROGRAM -

ACCOUNTABILITY

ACROSS EXCO

1

~35%
~30%

~30%

~5%

20%

43%

12%

25%

Investment Priorities

CHANGE THE BANK INVESTMENTS REORIENT BACK TOWARDS GROWTH

42

FY20

FY23 (EXIT RATE) AMBITION

$1.4B

~70% EXPENSED

~$1.4B

2

~70% EXPENSED

Completion of major regulatory programs (e.g. BS11), along with our Cloud migration, create greater Growth and Productivity capacity

Asset Lifecycle Management

•Application upgrades

•Capacity and storage

•Release management

Productivity & Simplification

•Digital customer experience

•Banker experience

•Customer authentication

•Product rationalisation

•Automation

Growth

•Digital ecosystems

•Adjacent revenue

propositions

•ANZi

GrowthProductivity & SimplificationRegulatory, Compliance & RiskAsset Lifecycle Management

Total Spend

1

1. Continuing operations excluding Large / Notable items

2. Current hypothesis only –limited committed spend

Total Spend

1

Regulatory, Compliance &

Risk

•BS11 (RBNZ Outsourcing)

•Benchmark Transition

(‘IBOR’)

•Home & business lending

processes

•Open Banking

CUSTOMER REMEDIATION
CUSTOMER REMEDIATIONCUMULATIVE CUSTOMER REMEDIATION

CONTINUING OPERATIONS

CONTINUING & DISCONTINUED OPERATIONS

43

1.Includes provisions for expected refunds to customers, remediation projectcosts and related customer and regulatory claims, penalties and litigation outcomes

35

156

36

337

71

138

92

110

42

29

36

32

18

19

86

22

119

22

84

56

2H20

485

2H19

13

1H201H182H181H191H21

67

352

100

129

254

166

Net interest incomeOther operating incomeExpenses

51

153

220

572

672

1,157

1,286

1,540

1,706

256

422

546

548

549

1H192H172H191H181H17

181

1H202H182H201H21

753

928

1,579

1,832

2,088

2,255

Discontinued (Wealth businesses)Continuing operations

40

112

157

407

477

882

973

1,161

1,269

334

428

430

431

180

2H191H17

127

1H182H172H181H191H202H201H21

534

657

1,216

1,401

1,591

1,700

Balance Sheet

1

$1,003m provisions on Balance Sheet at Mar-21 ($1,109m at Sep-20)

PRE TAX $mPRE TAX $m

POST TAX $m

INVESTMENTS IN ASSOCIATES
SHARE OF ASSOCIATES’ PROFIT

CARRYING VALUE OF ASSOCIATES

1

$m

$b

44

P.T. BANK PAN INDONESIA (PT PANIN) AND AMMBHOLDINGS BERHAD(AMBANK)

1.Investment in banking associates is treated as a deduction from Common Equity Tier 1 Capital as noted in Table 2 of ANZ’s capital management disclosures

2.Information on the impairment of AmBank and PT Paninis contained within ANZ’s Consolidated Financial Report and Dividend Announcement and Appendix 4D –Note 1

1.1

0.6

Sep-09

0.5

1.0

1.1

Sep-12

1.1

Sep-10

0.7

1.1

Sep-11

0.7

1.1

0.9

0.7

1.4

1.3

Sep-13Sep-16

0.8

1.5

Sep-14

1.4

Sep-15

1.0

Mar-21

1.2

1.0

1.2

Sep-17

1.1

Sep-18

1.4

1.6

Sep-19

1.1

Sep-20

0.7

AmBankPT Panin

-400

-300

-200

-100

0

100

200

300

FY16FY11

259

FY091H21FY20FY10FY12FY13FY14FY15

-242

205

FY17

135

FY18FY192H201H20

145

193

183

217

241

216

158

197

179

157

22

PT PaninAmBank

AmBank: FY16 $260m

impairment recognised

Impairments recognised

in 1H20

2

:

•PT Panin: $220m

•AmBank: $595m

AmBank equity accounted

losses:

•Goodwill impairment

$135m

•1MDB settlement $212m

$347m recognised

as Large / Notable

in 1H21

HALF YEAR RESULTS
2021

INVESTOR DISCUSSION PACK

DIVISIONAL PERFORMANCE

GROSS NEW HOME LOAN ACCOUNTS -AUS
1

#000

REGISTERED ANZ APP CUSTOMERS

#m

DIGITAL SALES –AUS

% of total retail sales

Sep 20Sep 19

3.5

Mar 21

2.9

3.3

OPERATIONAL HIGHLIGHTS –RETAIL & COMMERCIAL

46

AUSTRALIA & NEW ZEALAND

1.Includes increases to existing accounts and split loans (fixed and variable components of the same loan)

GROSS NEW HOME LOAN ACCOUNTS -NZ

1

#000

KIWISAVER SUPERANNUATION

FUM NZDb

DIGITAL SALES –NZ

% of total retail sales

30%

40%

42%

FY19FY201H21

14.8

16.4

17.9

Sep 19Sep 20Mar 21

26%

36%36%

FY19FY201H21

6464

92

55

106

1H21FY19FY20

119

170

92

37

38

42

37

30

68

FY20FY191H21

74

42

1H2H

2H1H

OPERATIONAL HIGHLIGHTS -INSTITUTIONAL
47

DIGITAL PLATFORMS DELIVERING VALUE TO STAKEHOLDERS

1.Indexed to FY19 (at 100)

DIGITAL SELF SERVICETRADE STPAPI CALLSINCIDENTS PER MILLION PAYMENTS

•Digitised85% of all customer requests

with over 35,000 minutes of customer

effort saved in the first week of

International Payments Tracking

•Over 99% of Trade payments processed

without the need for human intervention

•Modern integration, delivering real-time

event-driven analytics for improved

decision-making, and fast payments for

improved cash flow efficiency

•0 incidents per million payments for 1H21,

delivering quality and resilient payment

platforms for customers

PAYMENTS

1

Indexed data

RECEIVABLES DATA

1

Indexed data

NPP AGENCY PAYMENTS

1

Indexed data

PLATFORM CASH MGT ACCOUNTS

1

Indexed data

•Payments made by customers to their

suppliers and employees through our

digital channels

•Covers payments initiated viaWeb &

Mobile, direct integration with ANZ or via

agency agreements whereby ANZ clears

payments on behalf of other banks

•Used by customers to automatically

reconcile incoming payments, allowing

them to receive funds and have them

ready to use as quickly as possible

•Improves customer cash flow efficiency,

Liquidity and Treasury management

•A service whereby ANZ clears and settles

real-time payments for customers of

Appointer banks on their behalf

•Powering other banks’ customers with

real-time payments

•Deposit management for entities holding

funds on behalf of others or with complex

business structures

•Supporting CX in provision of client money

accounts to activate services/ transactions

100

105

110

FY19FY201H21

(annualised)

+5%

+5%

100

467

812

FY19FY201H21

(annualised)

+367%

+74%

100

220

686

1H21

(annualised)

FY19FY20

+120%

+213%

100

124

130

FY19FY201H21

(annualised)

+24%

+4%

PLATFORM INITIATIVES ARE ENABLING ADDITIONAL REVENUE OPPORTUNITIES WITHIN ANZ PAYMENTS & CASH MANAGEMENT

AUSTRALIA RETAIL & COMMERCIAL
48

FINANCIAL PERFORMANCE: CONTINUING OPERATIONS EXCLUDING LARGE / NOTABLE ITEMS

Balance sheetIncomeExpenses / FTECredit Quality / RWAsProfit and Returns

NLAs

1

($b) & NIMNII/OOI

2

contribution ($m)Expenses ($m)Total Provision Charge ($m)Cash Profit ($m)

Customer Deposits ($b)Business contribution ($m)FTERisk Weighted Assets EOP ($b)Return

4,058

3,941

4,031

625

582

596

1H202H201H21

4,683

4,627

4,523

1,904

1,892

1,869

1H202H201H21

525

526

318

278

-515

1H211H202H20

134

-381

843

804

IPCP

1,355

1,279

2,196

1H201H212H20

14,061

14,078

14,118

2H201H201H21

330

339

344

2.65%

2.58%

2.60%

1H201H212H20

NLAsNIM%OOINII

3,181

3,125

3,253

1,502

1,398

1,374

4,683

1H20

4,523

2H201H21

4,627

RetailCommercial

213

235

241

1H202H201H21

1.NLAs: Net Loans & Advances

2.NII: Net Interest Income; OOI: Other Operating Income

3.Cash profit divided by average Risk Weighted Assets

162

167

163

Mar-20Sep-20Mar-21

5.78%

5.54%

5.60%

1.67%

1.57%

2.66%

1H201H212H20

Revenue / Avg RWA

Return on Avg RWA

3

1,069
1,597

68

47

13

10

621

Volume2H20 Cash

Profit (ex L/N)

Other operating

income

ProvisionsMargins1H21 Cash

Profit (ex L/N)

ExpensesTax

-231

AUSTRALIA RETAIL & COMMERCIAL

RETAIL OVERVIEW: CONTINUING OPERATIONS EXCLUDING LARGE / NOTABLE ITEMS

49

1.Includes Home Loans offset accounts

NET LOANS AND ADVANCES

$287.5b

TOTAL RETAIL1H21 v 2H20

Income+4%Net int. income +4%Other op. income +4%

Expenses-1%

Profit before provisions+7%

Net Profit after tax+49%

Net Loans and Advances+2%Home Loans +2%CC & PL 0%

Customer Deposits+1%Term Deposits -17%Transact/Savings

1

+5%

Total Customers+38kTotal retail customers 6.0m (Mar-21)

17%

Commercial

Home Loans

2%

Credit Cards &

Personal Loans

81%

Other Retail

0%

CASH PROFIT DRIVERS –RETAIL

$m

Net interest income: +115

AUSTRALIA RETAIL & COMMERCIAL
LENDING COMPOSITIONDEPOSIT COMPOSITION

MARKET SHARE

1

MONTHLY DEPOSIT TREND

$b

$b

%

$b

RETAIL: LOANS & DEPOSITS

1.Source: APRA Monthly Authorised Deposit-taking Institution Statistics (MADIS)

50

31

45

Mar-21Mar-19

15

29

49

57

Sep-19

36

16

28

26

27

Mar-20

19

33

Sep-20

134

21

20

27

58

14

24

123

117

121

135

53

+1%

SavingsTerm DepositOffsetTransact

Jul-20Sep-19

136

Nov-20Nov-19Jan-21May-20Jan-20Mar-20Sep-20Mar-21

118

120

122

124

126

128

130

132

134

8

9

265

264

Mar-20

281

288

275

10

Sep-19

282

279

274

Mar-21Sep-20

272

269

7

Mar-19

7

+2%

14.6

15.1

13.8

18.1

12.5

14.0

14.5

13.3

18.1

12.6

14.4

14.9

13.6

18.1

12.5

Household

Deposits

Housing LendingHousing Lending

-Owner Occupier

Housing Lending

-Investor

Credit Cards

Mar-19Mar-20Mar-21

Home LoansCards, Personal Loans & Other

AUSTRALIA RETAIL & COMMERCIAL
HOME LOANS FLOWSHOME LOANS GROWTH

2

CREDIT CARDSGROWTH

2

GROSS LOANS & ADVANCES

1

($b)

% 3-MONTH ANNUALISED

% 3-MONTH ANNUALISED

RETAIL: HOME LOANS AND CREDIT CARDS TRENDS

1.Including non performing loans

2.Source: APRA Monthly Authorised Deposit-taking Institution Statistics (MADIS)

51

-5

0

5

10

15

Jun-

19

Mar-

21

Sep-

19

Dec-

19

Mar-

20

Sep-

20

Jun-

20

Dec-

20

APRA SystemANZ

-60.0

-40.0

-20.0

0.0

20.0

Jun-

19

Jun-

20

Sep-

20

Dec-

19

Sep-

19

Mar-

20

Dec-

20

Mar-

21

ANZAPRA System

28

28

24

26

26

24

21

16

13

17

19

23

3

2

8

2

2

8

8

8

13

6

7

8

-27

7

8

8

-27

-25

-24

7

7

7

-26

-26

-26

-27

-27

-26

-28

-30

1

2H161H162H15

-1

1H17

13

2H17

2

1H18

0

9

2H18

-1

6

1H19

-1

2H191H202H201H21

12

4

11

9

7

1

-3

-4

-1

New SalesRedraw & interestNet OFI refinanceRepay / Other

210
599

121

13

564

2H20 Cash

Profit (ex L/N)

VolumeOther operating

income

MarginsExpenses

-164

ProvisionsTax1H21 Cash

Profit (ex L/N)

-146

1

AUSTRALIA RETAIL & COMMERCIAL

COMMERCIAL OVERVIEW: CONTINUING OPERATIONS EXCLUDING LARGE / NOTABLE ITEMS

52

NET LOANS AND ADVANCES

$56.8b

TOTAL COMMERCIAL1H21 v 2H20

Income-2%Net int. income -2% Other op. income +1%

Expenses-2%

Profit before provisions-1%

Net Profit after tax+185%

Net Loans and Advances-2%PB&A+1% BB -2% SBB 0%

Customer Deposits+6%Term deposits -4%Transact/Savings +9%

Return on averageRWA+146bps2.24% (1H21) vs0.78% (2H20)

IndividualProvision loss rate-21bps0.20%(1H21) vs 0.41% (2H20)

CASH PROFIT DRIVERS –COMMERCIAL

$m

12%

4%

Business

Banking (BB)

Private Bank &

Advice (PB&A)

83%Retail

1%

Small

Business

Banking

(SBB)

Net interest income: -25

AUSTRALIA RETAIL & COMMERCIAL
LENDING COMPOSITIONDEPOSIT COMPOSITION

BUSINESS BANKINGSMALL BUSINESS BANKING

$b

$b

$b

$b

COMMERCIAL: LOANS & DEPOSITS

53

Sep-20

14

87

28

30

42

Mar-19

25

15

44

Sep-19

17

26

46

Mar-20

22

26

107

25

53

90

57

Mar-21

86

101

+6%

SavingsTerm DepositTransact

41

41

42

42

41

14

14

13

12

12

Mar-20Sep-19

3

3

Mar-19

3

3

Sep-20

3

Mar-21

5858

5858

57

-2%

Business BankSmall Business BankPrivate Bank & Advice

41

41

42

42

41

20

20

21

24

24

Mar-19Sep-19Mar-20Sep-20Mar-21

Net Loans & AdvancesCustomer Deposits

14

14

13

12

12

41

42

44

50

55

Mar-19Mar-20Sep-19Sep-20Mar-21

Net Loans & AdvancesCustomer Deposits

AUSTRALIA COMMERCIAL & PRIVATE BANK
DIVERSIFIED PORTFOLIO –GEOGRAPHICAL VIEWSECURITY PROFILE

DIVERSIFIED PORTFOLIO –INDUSTRY VIEWRISK WEIGHT INTENSITY

% OF EXPOSURE AT DEFAULT (EAD)

1

% OF EXPOSURE AT DEFAULT (EAD)

2

% OF EXPOSURE AT DEFAULT (EAD)

$b

BOOK COMPOSITION & RISK WEIGHT INTENSITY

1.States based on primary postcode. ‘Other’ refers to exposures not reported against a specific state. Some postcodes occur across two states

2.Fully Secured on a market value basis. Other includes loans secured by cash or via sovereign backing

54

74%

75%

14%

14%

Mar-21

7%

6%

5%

Mar-20

5%

Fully SecuredPartially SecuredOthersUnsecured

65.2%

64.2%

64.3%

63.3%

61.1%

1H201H192H192H20

72

72

71

52

1H21

54

72

54

55

71

52

Total CRWA/EADEADRWA

27%

26%14%

10%

8%

15%

VIC/TAS

NSW/ACT

QLD

WA

SA/NT

Other

25%

19%

9%

8%

6%

5%

28%

Comm. Property & Construction

Other Property & Bus. Services

Agri., Forestry & Fishing

Retail Trade

Accom. Cafes & Restaurants

Health & Community Services

Other Industries

INSTITUTIONAL
FINANCIAL PERFORMANCE: CONTINUING OPERATIONS EXCLUDING LARGE / NOTABLE ITEMS

55

1.NLAs: Net Loans & Advances

2.TB: Transaction Banking; CF: Corporate Finance

3.NII: Net Interest Income; OOI: Other Operating Income

4.Cash profit divided by average risk weighted assets

Balance sheetIncomeExpenses / FTECredit Quality / RWAsProfit and Returns

NLAs

1

($b) & NIMProduct Composition

2

($m)Expenses ($m)Total Provision Charge ($m)Cash Profit ($m)

Customer Deposits ($b)NII/OOI

3

contribution ($m)FTERisk Weighted Assets ($b)Return

618

1,305

982

1H211H202H20

5,350

5,291

5,215

Mar-21Mar-20Sep-20

1,278

1,207

1,188

1H202H201H21

786

829828

811

707

648

1,164

1,508

1,012

3,057

1H20

2,507

13

29

2H20

18

1H21

2,790

1,164

1,498

989

1,626

1,559

1,518

2,507

3,057

1H201H212H20

2,790

199

158

147

1H20

1.85%

1.81%

1.75%

2H201H21

NLANIM ex Markets

92

90

90

147

112

114

21

Mar-20

19

Sep-20

20

Mar-21

223

259

224

Aus & PNG

NZ

International

369

4

272

-110

53

1H202H20

49

641

1H21

-55

55

NIIOOI

CFTBMarketsOther

3.02%

3.11%

2.81%

0.67%

1.33%

1.10%

2H201H201H21

Revenue / Avg RWA

Return on Avg RWA

4

IPCP

207

187

170

185

197

179

Mar-20Sep-20Mar-21

RWA AVGRWA EOP

INCOME (1H21) $2,507m
40%

26%

33%

1%

RISK WEIGHTED ASSETS (Mar-21) $170b

MarketsTransaction BankingCorporate FinanceOther

29%

15%

55%

1%

MARKETS INCOME

Franchise

•Providefinancial markets products and structured solutions that enable

ANZ customers to manage their risks across Foreign Exchange, Rates,

Credit and Capital Markets, and Commodities

Balance Sheet & Derivative Valuation Adjustments

•Undertakeliquidity and balance sheet risk management activities on behalf

of ANZ; includes managing a portfolio of high quality liquid assets to meet

ANZ’s liquidity needs,and managing the net interest rate risk position

generated by customer transactions across the ANZ balance sheet

INSTITUTIONAL

TOTAL INSTITUTIONAL

BUSINESS UNIT OVERVIEW

56

42%

58%

1H21

$1,012m

TRANSACTION BANKING INCOME

Trade and Supply Chain

•Provide cross-border trade finance, bank guarantees and supply chain finance

solutions that help our customers manage risk and deliver a cost-effective

method of funding cash flows and working capital

Payments and Cash Management

•Help customers manage their working capital needs by offering a

comprehensive suite of services including payments and collections,

information management, account and clearing services and liquidity

management

29%

71%

1H21

$648m

CORPORATEFINANCEINCOME

17%

79%

4%

1H21

$828m

Help our customers grow their business and diversify their funding base via

provision of a full-service Institutional lending business that supports customers

with financing decisions, origination, structuring and execution.

LoanProductStandard lending solutions

Specialised Finance

•Bespoke lending products, where cash flows from specific assets are structured

to support customers’ capital requirements

Corporate Advisory and Syndication

•Specialisationin structuring, underwriting & distributing syndicated loans to

global investors to support customers seeking to raise capital. Also support

customers with financing decisions via provision of corporate advisory services

INSTITUTIONAL
INSTITUTIONAL INCOME COMPOSITION

1

NET LOANS & ADVANCES

$m

$b

EXPOSURE AT DEFAULT

1

$b

INCOME & ASSET COMPOSITION: CONTINUING OPERATIONS EXCLUDING LARGE / NOTABLE ITEMS

57

1.Trade: Trade & Supply Chain; PCM: Payments & Cash Management; CF: Corporate Finance

815

810

786

829828

644

652

580

498

460

236

234

231

209

189

940

826

1,164

1,508

1,012

2,507

1H212H20

23

2H191H19

13

29

19

1H20

18

2,657

2,541

2,790

3,057

TradeCFPCMMarketsOther

108

111

129

111

105

18

19

22

26

34

49

32

28

14

1H201H21

14

1H192H20

165

2H19

151

199

158

147

CFTransaction BankingMarkets

169

176

200

186

175

44

48

207

220

274

226

228

41

7

6

1H191H20

6

449

2H19

423

36

6

2H20

39

7

1H21

447

529

455

MarketsCFPCMTrade

INSTITUTIONAL
NIM EX MARKETS (NII/AIEA)RISK ADJUSTED NIM EX MARKETS

3

bps

bps

NIM

bps

RISK WEIGHTED ASSETS & RISK ADJUSTED RETURNS: CONTINUING OPERATIONS EXCLUDING LARGE / NOTABLE ITEMS

58

1.Lending NIM represents Corporate Finance and Trade

2.Deposit NIM represents Payments & Cash Management (PCM)

3.Institutional ex-Markets Net Interest Income divided by average Credit Risk Weighted Assets

2

4

13

Earnings on

capital + Sub

debt & FX

1H21Asset Margin2H20Funding &

Asset Mix

185

Funding

Costs

Deposit

Margins

175

-6

-3

+10bps

84

79

67

46

41

1H192H191H202H201H21

Deposit NIM

2

134

129

123

127

140

2H191H191H202H201H21

Lending NIM

1

268

262

247

225

222

1H192H191H202H201H21

Aus & PNG

256

252

239

224

232

1H211H192H191H202H20

NZ

181

168

151

136

149

1H201H192H192H201H21

International

233

224

207

190

197

2H191H191H202H201H21

Institutional

INSTITUTIONAL
CREDIT RWA (AVG)

1

CREDIT RWA MOVEMENT –1H21 (EOP)

CREDIT RWA INTENSITY (EOP)CREDIT RWA MOVEMENT -FROM SEPTEMBER 2019 (EOP)

$b

$b

$b

$b

CREDIT RWA: CONTINUING OPERATIONS EXCLUDING LARGE / NOTABLE ITEMS

1.Trade: Trade & Supply Chain; CF: Corporate Finance

59

82

85

89

91

96

104

95

19

18

18

18

19

17

15

32

33

33

35

41

42

35

4

2

1H192H19

2

1H182H18

2

4

1H20

4

2H20

4

1H21

135

138

142

147

159

167

148

CFTradeMarketsOther

FXSep-20Mar-21VolumeRisk migrationDerivatives

157

-4

-5

-1

-5

142

139

138

143

156

178

157

142

50.8%

Mar-19

53.8%

Mar-18Sep-18

51.3%

51.5%

Mar-20Mar-19

51.2%

51.3%

Sep-19

52.0%

Mar-20

Credit RWA/EAD (ex Markets)CRWA

9

FXSep-19

-6

VolumeRisk MigrationDerivativesMar-21

156

-7

-10

142

COVID risk migration

INSTITUTIONAL
MARKETS INCOME COMPOSITION –SALES / TRADING VIEW MARKETS INCOME COMPOSITION –BUSINESS VIEW

CHANGES IN PRESENTING MARKETS INCOME COMPOSITION

MARKETS AVG VALUE AT RISK (99% VAR)

$m

$m

$m

MARKETS INCOME COMPOSITION: CONTINUING OPERATIONS EXCLUDING LARGE / NOTABLE ITEMS

60

$m

Franchise Sales

Franchise Trading

Balance Sheet

Valuation Adjustments

Total franchise income

Foreign Exchange

Rates

Credit and Capital MarketsBalance Sheet

CommoditiesValuation Adjustments

25

24

26

31

67

88

9

8

8

8

19

21

40

80

20

60

40

10

100

20

30

2H201H202H192H181H191H21

Traded (RHS)Non-traded (LHS)

•Markets customer franchise income is now presented across four business lines:

FX, Rates, Credit & Capital Markets, and Commodities

•There are no changes to the presentation of Balance Sheet, Derivative Valuation

Adjustments or VaR

•This revised presentation better reflects the underlying nature of ANZ’s Markets

business as a customer franchise, particularly as sales and risk management

activities have become more integrated

•Both new and the previously disclosed format of Markets’ disclosure has also

been included

448

459

465

513

471

419

235

124

389

438

170

274

256

190

238

468

402

131

52

940

111

2H18

-10

24

1H19

48

1H202H192H20

21

1H21

884

826

1,164

1,508

1,012

362

326

285

437

274

279

127

241

181

289

336

128

248

139

274

256

190

238

468

402

131

72

87

58

2H18

12

52

51

1H19

-10

88

40

1H21

35

48

1,508

2H19

103

24

1H202H20

43

21

884

940

826

1,164

1,012

Ave ~175m
CONSISTENCY OF MARKETS INCOME

MARKETS HISTORICAL MONTHLY INCOMECHARACTERISTICS OF MONTHLY INCOME DISTRIBUTION

•Over the last 6 years, monthly Markets income has followed close to a

normal distribution, but with positive skew:

oAverage monthly income ~$175m with a standard deviation of

~$50m.Stability is driven by a set of “core” customers who deal

with ANZ Markets on a regular basis and across multiple

geographies & products

oUnder the risk and governance framework implemented bythe

current management team (since March 2016), approx. 3 in 4

months have delivered income >$150m and every month has

been >$100m

•Franchise income tends to be higher during a “risk-off

1

” environment in

financial markets and/or when “bid-offer spreads” widen. This income is

generated mainly on the back of increased customer activity and from

providing continued liquidity support to customers during market

dislocations

•The historical tendency for Markets to outperform in these environments

has provided important diversification benefits to group revenues

$m

MARKETS INCOME HAS HISTORICALLY FOLLOWED CLOSE TO A NORMAL DISTRIBUTION, WITH A POSITIVE SKEW

61

-1 SD

+ 1 SD

15%

75%

10%

1.A risk off environment is broadly defined as one in which one in which credit spreads widen, risk free bond yields fall, equities sell off, volatility increases and USD strengthens

Historical monthly

income distribution

(FY15-FY20)

NEW ZEALAND DIVISION
62

FINANCIAL PERFORMANCE: CONTINUING OPERATIONS EXCLUDING LARGE / NOTABLE ITEMS

Balance sheetIncomeExpenses / FTECredit Quality / RWAsProfit and Returns

NLAs

1

(NZDb) & NIMNII/OOI

2

contribution (NZDm)Expenses (NZDm)Total Provision Charge (NZDm)Cash Profit (NZDm)

Customer Deposits (NZDb)Business contribution (NZDm)FTE

Risk Weighted Assets EOP

(NZDb)

Return

1,414

1,355

1,490

266

242

241

1,731

1,597

2H201H201H21

1,680

685

665

657

1H212H201H20

134

116

-6

59

-57

2H20

33

-63

1H20

167

1H21

175

IPCP

595

545

819

1H202H201H21

69

71

71

Sep-20Mar-20Mar-21

6,801

6,679

6,691

Sep-20Mar-20Mar-21

4.92%

4.56%

4.88%

1.75%

1.56%

2.31%

2H201H201H21

Revenue / Avg RWA

Return on Avg RWA

3

125

126

131

2.27%

2.15%

2.32%

1H202H201H21

NLAsNIM%NIIOOI

1,188

1,127

1,220

484

469

508

8

3

1H20

1

2H20

1,680

1H21

1,597

1,731

RetailCommercialOther

18

19

21

44

41

36

32

38

45

102

Mar-20

94

Sep-20

98

Mar-21

TransactSavings

Term Deposit

1.NLAs: Net Loans & Advances

2.NII: Net Interest Income; OOI: Other Operating Income

3.Cash profit divided by average Risk Weighted Assets

NEW ZEALAND RETAIL & COMMERCIAL
RETAIL OVERVIEW: CONTINUING OPERATIONS EXCLUDING LARGE / NOTABLE ITEMS

63

69%

29%

Commercial

Home Loans

2%

Other Retail

NZ DIVISION NET LOANS AND ADVANCES

NZD 131.3b

TOTAL RETAIL1H21 v 2H20

Income+8%

Net interest income+11%Lending volume +$5.8b

Other operating income+0%

Net Loans and Advances+7%Home Loans +7%

Customer Deposits+2%Term deposits -14%Transact/Savings+14%

Total Customers (as at Mar-21)2.25m

375

513

41

53

6

93

ExpensesOther operating

income

Volume1H21 Cash

Profit (ex L/N)

2H20 Cash

Profit (ex L/N)

MarginProvisionsTax

-1

-54

Net interest income: +$94m

NEW ZEALAND RETAIL & COMMERCIAL
COMMERCIAL OVERVIEW: CONTINUING OPERATIONS EXCLUDING LARGE / NOTABLE ITEMS

64

69%

29%

Home Loans

2%

Commercial

Other Retail

NZ DIVISION NET LOANS AND ADVANCES

NZD131.3b

TOTAL COMMERCIAL1H21 v 2H20

Income+8%

Net interest income+8%Lending volume -$0.5b

Other operating income+0%

Net Loans and Advances-1%

Customer Deposits+9%Term deposits -2%Transact/Savings+16%

Return on average RWAs+94 bpsNPAT +$137mRWA -$0.9b

Individual Provision loss rate-27 bpsDue to write-backs and asset realisation

167

304

50

7

145

2H20 Cash

Profit (ex L/N)

-11

ExpensesVolumeMarginOther operating

income

ProvisionsTax1H21 Cash

Profit (ex L/N)

0

-54

Net interest income: +$39m

HALF YEAR RESULTS
2021

INVESTOR DISCUSSION PACK

TREASURY

REGULATORY CAPITAL
CAPITAL UPDATE

APRA LEVEL 2 COMMON EQUITY TIER 1 RATIO (CET1)

Level 2 CET1 ratio of 12.4% (~12.5% pro forma) and 18.1% on an

Internationally Comparable basis

1

), which is well in excess of ‘Unquestionably

Strong’ benchmark

2

Benefits from credit impairment charge of +14bps, following $678m of CP

release, partly offset by $187m of IP charge

CRWA migration benefit of $7.2b (+21bps) mainly from Australia mortgages

portfolio –associated with lower RWA intensity in part due to changes in

household saving and spending patterns through the COVID period

Lower underlying RWA of $11.2b (+32bps) predominantly in the Institutional

business

APRA Level 1 CET1 ratio of 12.2%. Level 1 primarily comprises ANZ BGL (the

Parent including offshore branches) but excludes offshore banking subsidiaries

3

Leverage ratio of 5.5% (or 6.2% on an Internationally Comparable basis)

Dividend

Interim Dividend of 70 cents fully franked, representing 52% DPOR on a 1H21

cash ex. LNI basis

The effect of the DRP to be neutralised by acquiring these shares on market

Regulatory Update

Industry (via ABA) feedback to APRA on their capital reform proposals provided.

Final impacts still to be determined. Further calibration of the proposals is

expected

The RBNZ has eased dividend restrictions

%

66

1. Internationally Comparable methodology aligns with APRA’s information paper entitled International Capital Comparison Study (13 July 2015). Basel III Internationally Comparable ratios do not include an estimate of the Basel I

capital floor 2. Based on APRA information paper “Strengthening banking system resilience –establishing unquestionably strong capital ratios” released in July 2017. 3. Refer to ANZ Basel III APS330 Pillar 3 disclosures 4. Excludes

Large / Notable items & one-off items 5. Mainly comprises the movement in retained earnings in deconsolidated entities and expected losses in excess of eligible provision shortfall 6. Other impacts include movements in non-cash

earnings, net foreign currency translation and impacts from Large / Notable items (non-capital deduction related)

11.34

12.44

0.80

0.08

0.06

0.21

0.32

Cash

Profit

(ex

CIC)

4

Sep-20Risk

migration

CIC

(net of

tax)

Net DTA

on CIC

Underlying

Business

RWA

Movement

-0.20

Capital

Deduc-

tions

5

Final

dividend

(net of

DRP)

Net RWA

imposts

Other

6

Mar-21

-0.07

-0.06

-0.04

Total impact of +35bps

Pro forma CET1 ratio of

~12.5% with conversion of

NZ$500m Capital Notes

REGULATORY CAPITAL
67

APRA LEVEL 1 CET1 RATIO

%

APRA LEVEL 2 VS LEVEL 1 CET1RATIOSBps

Level2 HoHmvmt110

Level1 HoHmvmt103

Level2 vs Level 1 mvmt7

Explainedby

Cash Profit

1

8

Other-1

Level 2 includes Cash Profit and RWA movement from ANZ

subsidiaries (e.g. ANZ Bank New Zealand) that are outside of

Level 1.

Level 2 CET1 ratio HoHincrease is +7bps higher than Level 1,

largely due to the retention of earnings in ANZ NZ due to RBNZ

restrictions on dividends. This is partly offset by dividend

repatriations from other Group subsidiaries outside of the Level 1

entity.

11.20

12.23

0.72

0.08

0.05

0.18

0.28

0.03

Net DTA

on CIC

Cash

Profit

(ex.

CIC)

1

Sep-20CIC

(net of

tax)

Net RWA

imposts

Risk

Migration

Underlying

Business

RWA

Movement

Capital

Deduc-

tions

2

Final

Dividend

(net of

DRP)

Other

3

Mar-21

-0.22

-0.03

-0.06

Total impact of +31bps

Level 2:

11.34

Level 2:

12.44

1.Excludes Large / Notable items & one-off items

2.Mainly comprises the movement in retained earnings in deconsolidated entities and expected losses in excess of eligible provision shortfall

3.Other impacts include movements in non-cash earnings, net foreign currency translation and impacts from Large / Notable adjustments (non-capital deduction related)

INTERNATIONALLY COMPARABLE
1

REGULATORY CAPITAL POSITION

68

1.Internationally Comparable methodology aligns with APRA’s information paper entitled International Capital Comparison Study (13 July 2015). Basel III Internationally Comparable ratios do not include an estimate of the

Basel I capital floor

APRA Level 2CET1 Ratio –31March 202112.4%

Corporate

undrawn EAD

and unsecured

LGD adjustments

Australian ADI unsecured corporate lending LGDs and undrawn

CCFs exceed those applied in many jurisdictions

1.7%

Equity

Investments &

DTA

APRA requires 100% deduction from CET1 vs. Basel framework

which allows concessional threshold prior to deduction

0.9%

Mortgages

APRA requires use of 20% mortgage LGD floor vs. 10% under

Basel framework. Additionally, APRA also requires a higher

correlation factor vs 15% under Basel framework

1.5%

Specialised

Lending

APRA requires supervisory slotting approach which results in

more conservative risk weights than under Basel framework

0.8%

IRRBB RWA

APRA includes in Pillar 1 RWA. This is not required under the

Basel framework

0.3%

Other

Includes impact of deductions from CET1 for capitalised

expenses and deferred fee income required by APRA, currency

conversion threshold and other retail standardised exposures

0.5%

Basel III Internationally Comparable CET1 Ratio18.1%

Basel III Internationally Comparable Tier 1 Ratio20.5%

Basel III Internationally Comparable Total Capital Ratio25.7%

Level 2 CET1 Ratio

%

10.8

11.3

12.4

15.5

16.7

18.1

Mar-20Sep-20Mar-21

APRA Level 2Internationally Comparable

1

CET1 AND LEVERAGE IN A GLOBAL CONTEXT
CET1 RATIOS

1,2

69

1. CET1 and leverage ratios are based on ANZ estimated adjustment for accrued expected future dividends, COVID transitional arrangements for expected credit loss and leverage exposure concessional adjustments where details have been externally disclosed.

ANZ ratios are on an Internationally Comparable basis. All data sourced from company reports and ANZ estimates based on last reported half/full year results assuming Basel III capital reforms fully implemented 2. Based on Group 1 banks as identified by the BIS

(internationally active banks with Tier 1 capital of more than €3 billion) 3. Includes adjustments for transitional AT1 where applicable. Exclude US banks as leverage ratio exposures are based on US GAAPaccounting and therefore incomparable with other

jurisdictions which are based on IFRS

Leverage

ANZ compares well on

leverage, however

international comparisons

are more difficult to make

given the favourable

treatment of derivatives

under US GAAP

0%5%10%15%20%25%

SEB

UBS

Svenska Handelsbanken

Morgan Stanley

ANZ

BBVA

JP Morgan

Standard Chartered

Swedbank

Bank of America

BNP Paribas

Danske Bank

TD

Nordea

Barclays

Credit Agricole Group

ABN Amro

Raiffeisen Bank International (RBI)

Natwest

Rabobank

ING Group

HSBC

Commerzbank

Groupe BPCE

UniCredit

Wells Fargo

OCBC

Scotia

UOB

Credit Suisse

Erste Bank

Intesa Sanpaolo

DBS

Deutsche Bank

Societe Generale

Goldman Sachs

State Street

RBC

BMO

Santander

Citibank

0%1%2%3%4%5%6%7%8%

Standard Chartered

Erste Bank

Commerzbank

Natwest

Svenska Handelsbanken

OCBC

UOB

Deutsche Bank

DBS

Santander

Intesa Sanpaolo

BNP Paribas

Rabobank

Raiffeisen Bank International (RBI)

RBC

Nordea

BBVA

ANZ

Credit Agricole Group

UniCredit

Swedbank

UBS

Credit Suisse

Barclays

HSBC

ABN Amro

SEB

ING Group

Groupe BPCE

Societe Generale

Danske Bank

BMO

Scotia

TD

CET1

Regulators globally have

provided specific COVID

related transitional

arrangements, ANZ has

utilised public CET1 levels

and adjusted for Capital

treatment of ECL

provisioning where available

No adjustments have been

made for RWA concessions

related to COVID(i.e.

mortgage deferrals)

LEVERAGE RATIOS

1,2,3

BALANCE SHEET STRUCTURE
1

BALANCE SHEET COMPOSITION

70

Liquid and Other Assets

34% (+1% HoH)

Assets

FI Lending

4% (flatHoH)

Non-FI Lending

21% (-2% HoH)

Corporate, PSE & Operational

Deposits

23% (flatHoH)

Mortgages

41% (+1%HoH)

Short Term Wholesale Debt &

Other Funding

2

24% (+1% HoH)

Retail & SME Deposits

33% (flat HoH)

Long Term Wholesale Debt

3

11% (-1%HoH)

Capital Incl. Hybrids & T2

9%(flat HoH)

Funding

NSFR COMPOSITION

Mar-21

$b

Liquids

and Other Assets

5

Available

Stable Funding

Capital

Wholesale Funding

3

& Other

4

Retail/SME

Non-Financial Corporates

Residential

Mortgages

7,8

<35%

Other

Loans

6

Required

Stable Funding

548

454

1. NSFR Required Stable Funding (RSF) and Available Stable Funding (ASF) categories and all figures shown are on a Level 2 basisper APRA prudential standard APS210 2. Includes FI/Bank deposits, Repo funding and other short

dated liabilities 3.Includes drawn TFF of $12b4. ‘Other’ includes Sovereign, and non-operational FI Deposits5. ‘Other Assets’ include Off Balance Sheet, Derivatives, Fixed Assets and Other Assets 6. All lending >35% Risk weight

7. Includes NSFR impact of self-securitised assets backing the Committed Liquidity Facility (CLF) 8. <35% Risk weighting as per APRA Prudential Standard 112 Capital Adequacy: Standardised Approach to Credit Risk 9. Net of

other ASF and other RSF 10. Remaining TFF includes $8b of Supplementary as at 1 April 2021 11. CLF is 10.7b as at 31 March 2021

NSFR MOVEMENT

123.8

120.6

1.0

0.3

0.2

1.2

-3.7

Capital &

Hybrids

Sep-20FI/Bank

& Repo

LoansRetail/

Corp/

Operational

Deposits

LT Debt

3

LiquidsOther

9

Mar-21

-2.2

0.0

Pro forma NSFR is

~121%

10,11

inclusive of

remaining available TFF

and CLF reduced to zero

Mar-21

%

LIQUIDITY COVERAGE RATIO (LCR) SUMMARY
1

LCR COMPOSITION (AVERAGE)MOVEMENT IN AVERAGE LCR SURPLUS

3

1H21

$b

71

1. All figures shown on a Level 2 basis as per APRA Prudential Standard APS210 2. Comprised of assets qualifying as collateralfor the Committed Liquidity Facility (CLF), excluding internal RMBS, up to approved facility limit; and

any assets contained in the RBNZ’s liquidity Policy –Annex: Liquidity Assets –Prudential Supervision Department Document BS13A 3. LCR surplus excludes surplus liquids considered non-transferrable across the Group. At 31 Mar

2021, this included $12bn of surplus liquids held in NZ. 4. RBA CLF decreased by $25.0b from 1 January 2021 to $10.7b (2H20: $35.7b) 5. ‘Other’ includes off-balance sheet and cash inflows

Customer deposits

& other

3

Net Cash Outflow

Wholesale funding

162

223

Other ALA

2

Internal RMBS

HQLA2

HQLA1

Liquid Assets

2H20

Avg. LCR 139%

1H21

Avg. LCR 138%

LCR SurplusLCR Surplus

61

61

17

1

Corp/FI/

PSE

Other

5

Wholesale

Funding

2H20CLF

4

Liquid

Assets

1H21Retail/SME

-2

-12

-2

-2

$b

TERM WHOLESALE FUNDING PORTFOLIO
1

ISSUANCEMATURITIES

PORTFOLIO

PORTFOLIO BY CURRENCY

$b

72

1.All figures based on historical FX and exclude AT1. Includes transactions with an original call or maturity date greater than 12 months as at the respective reporting date. Tier 2 maturity profile is based on the next callable date

2.As at 1 April 2021

FY27+2H21FY15FY20FY16FY17FY19FY18

22

1H21FY22FY23FY24

25

FY25FY26

22

19

32

24

4

16

21

30

18

8

8

9

46%

29%

22%

3%

Asia (JPY, HKD, SGD, CNY)

Domestic (AUD, NZD)UK & Europe (£, €, CHF, NOK)

North America (USD, CAD)

Senior UnsecuredCovered BondsTFFRMBSTier 2

•ANZ’s term funding requirements depend

on market conditions, balance sheet

needs and exchange rates, amongst

other factors

•Remaining available, undrawn RBA Term

Funding Facility (TFF) of $8b

2

•Subject to balance sheet dynamics, ANZ

may have modest senior debt term

funding requirements in 2H21

Domestic portfolio

has increased from

33% in FY18

60%

13%

15%

11%

1%

Senior UnsecuredTier 2TFF

Covered BondsRMBS

Unsecured issuance

has decreased from

66% in FY20

ANZ’S TIER 2 CAPITAL PROFILE
1

ANZ’STIER 2 CAPITAL REQUIREMENT TO PROGRESSIVELY

INCREASE TO MEET TLAC REQUIREMENT

TIER 2 CAPITAL

FUNDING PROFILECAPITAL AMORTISATION PROFILE

3

Notional amount

Notional amount, $m

$m

73

1.Profile is AUD equivalent based on historical FX, excluding Perpetual Floating rate notes issued 30 October 1986 (which losesBasel III transitional relief in 2021). Comprises Tier 2 capital in the form of Capital Securities only

(i.e. does not include other Tier 2 capital such as eligible General reserve for impairment of financial assets)

2.Current RWAs $408b as at 31 March 2021

3.Amortisation profile is modelled based on scheduled first call date for callable structures and in line with APRA’s amortisationrequirements for bullet structures

By Format

By Currency

27%

73%

Callable

Bullet

45%

23%

18%

8%

3%

3%

JPY

USD

AUD Domestic

EUR

AUD Offshore

SGD

831

674

131

2,937

3,437

4,722

225

2,849

FY28+2H21FY23FY22FY26FY24FY25FY27

Scheduled Bullet and Call Date Profile

831

FY22FY23FY28+

2,896

2H21FY24FY25FY26FY27

1,368

824

2,444

3,893

225

2,849

Bullet AmortisationCallable

•Issued AUD $10.5b since July 2019 across AUD, EUR, and USD

•FY21 T2issuance expected to be ~$4-5b, ~$4b issued YTD.

•Remaining required Tier 2 capital net increase of ~$5bn to ~$20bn by

January 2024 (Based on 5% of current RWAs

2

)

•Planned issuance in multiple currencies in both callable and bullet format

•Increased T2 issuance expected to be offset by reduction in other senior

unsecured funding

•Well managed amortisation profile provides flexibility regarding issuance tenor

FY19 Ave: 2.08%
1H19 Ave: 2.21%2H19 Ave: 1.95%

FY20 Ave: 1.40%

1H20 Ave: 1.64%2H20 Ave: 1.20%

FY21 YTD Ave: 0.92%

1H21 Ave: 0.92%N/A

CAPITAL

2

& REPLICATING DEPOSITS PORTFOLIO

%

74

1.Proxy for hedged investment rate

2.Includes other Non-Interest Bearing Assets & Liabilities

AUSTNZAPEA

Volume ($A)~87b~32b~9b

Volume Change(HoH)

~9bn

increase

~4bn

increase

~1bn

decrease

Target DurationRolling 3 to 5 yearsVarious

Proportion Hedged~55%~83%Various

0.0

0.5

1.0

1.5

2.0

2.5

Mar

19

May

20

May

19

Sep

19

Jul

19

Mar

21

Nov

19

Jan

20

Mar

20

Jul

20

Nov

20

Sep

20

Jan

21

Portfolio Earnings Rate5 Year AUD Swap Rate

1

3mth BBSW (Monthly Avg)

5 Year AUD Swap

Rate has increased

~50bps since Oct-20

PORTFOLIO EARNINGS RATE (HISTORICAL)CAPITAL & REPLICATING DEPOSITS PORTFOLIO

(AUSTRALIA)

IMPACTS OF RATE MOVEMENTS

Portfolio Earnings Rate is a

combination of term swap

rates (hedged component)

and 3mth BBSW (unhedged)

•Strong replicating deposit growth over last 12 months was

largely left unhedged (i.e. not invested to term yields)

•The 5 Year AUD Swap Rate has increased 50bps since Oct-20,

providing more attractive hedging (i.e. investment)

opportunities

CAPITAL FRAMEWORK
CURRENT REGULATORY PROPOSALS AND RECENT REVISED IMPLEMENTATION DATES

1

75

1.Timeline is largely based on APRA’s 2021 Policy and Supervision Priorities (published February 2021)

2.Only in relation to the 3% of RWA increase in Total Capital requirements announced in July 2019

FY201H212H21FY22

Implementation

Date

RBNZ Capital Framework2028

Leverage RatioConsultationFinalise2023

Standardised Approach to

Credit Risk

ConsultationFinalise2023

Internal Ratings-based

Approach to Credit Risk

ConsultationFinalise2023

Operational RiskConsultationFinalise2023

FundamentalReview of the

Trading Book

ConsultationTBD

Interest Rate Risk in the

Banking Book

Finalise2023

LossAbsorbing Capacity

(LAC)

2

2024

Capital Treatment for

Investments in Subsidiaries

(Level 1)

ConsultationFinalise2022

Associations with Related

Entities

Finalise2022

Transition

Transition

HALF YEAR RESULTS
2021

INVESTOR DISCUSSION PACK

RISK MANAGEMENT

RISK MANAGEMENT
TOTAL CREDIT IMPAIRMENT CHARGE

ANZ HISTORICAL LOSS RATES

1

(basis points)LONG RUN LOSS RATE (INTERNAL EXPECTED LOSS)(%)

$m

LONG RUN PROVISIONS & LOSS RATES

1.IP as a % of average Gross Loans and Advances (GLA)

77

-900

-600

-300

0

300

600

900

1,200

1,500

1,800

1H081H152H101H091H122H082H091H102H191H112H112H142H121H132H131H142H151H162H161H172H171H182H181H191H202H201H21

Institutional IPCommercial IPConsumer IPCP Charge / (Release)

0

50

100

150

200

250

Sep-

08

Sep-

90

Sep-

05

Sep-

02

Sep-

93

Sep-

96

Sep-

99

Sep-

11

Sep-

14

Sep-

17

Sep-

20

IP Loss RateMedian Annual IP Loss Rate (excl. current period)

DivisionMar-16Sep-16Mar-17Sep-17Mar-18Sep-18Mar-19Sep-19Mar-20Sep-20Mar-21

Aus. R&C

0.350.330.330.33

0.310.290.290.290.28

0.27

0.24

New

Zealand

0.250.260.260.22

0.210.190.190.180.19

0.16

0.15

Institutional

0.370.360.350.30

0.320.270.270.250.25

0.30

0.25

Pacific 1.471.791.601.691.951.781.601.401.30

1.46

1.74

Subtotal

0.340.330.330.30

0.300.270.270.260.26

0.26

0.23

Asia Retail

1.501.511.512.750000000

Total

0.370.350.350.320.300.270.270.260.260.260.23

HoHimprovement is a result of portfolio risk reductions, improved book mix & lower volumes in

Institutional whilst in Australia Retail & Commercial (Aus. R&C) the fiscal support provided to business

and the improving trading conditions across a number of sectors has reduced the assessed risk of

customers with improved risk ratings & delinquency positions

Mar-

21

RISK MANAGEMENT
INDIVIDUAL PROVISION CHARGEINDIVIDUAL PROVISION CHARGE BY DIVISION

$m

$m

INDIVIDUAL PROVISION CHARGE

78

1.Annualised loss rate as a % of Gross Loans and Advances (GLA)

229

495

153

136

116

122

93

158

93

175

79

922

826

969

812

612

594

532

592

807

500

376

-259

-274

-335

-394

-298

-373

-245

-352

-274

-280

-268

1H182H182H19

787

1H162H161H191H201H172H17

554

2H201H21

892

1,047

430

343

380

398

626

395

187

NewIncreasedWritebacks & Recoveries

429

469

430

453

337

375

350

355

318

278

134

61

61

55

62

55

339

435

210

79

272

49

81

82

86

31

-52

3

-33

3

43

1H171H162H16

1,047

2H17

35

1H18

554

15

5

2H18

-12

7

1H19

28

2H20

380

-5

0

1H212H19

430

892

35

1

1H20

6

34

787

343

626

395

187

40

398

New ZealandAustralia R&CInstitutionalPacific / Other

Ratios1H162H161H172H171H182H181H192H191H202H201H21

IP loss rate (bps)

1

313627191512121320126

Total loss rate (bps)

1

3236251614913135333-16

IP balance / Gross Impaired Assets43%41%43%48%50%43%42%40%42%36%33%

RISK MANAGEMENT
COLLECTIVE PROVISION CHARGEMOVEMENT IN COLLECTIVE PROVISION BALANCE –BY

DIVISION

MOVEMENT IN COLLECTIVE PROVISION BALANCE

$m

$m

COLLECTIVE PROVISION BALANCE & CHARGE

1. Reduction driven by the improving economic outlook is offset by changes to scenario weightings and an allowance for model uncertainty due to the continuing pandemic and recent wind-back of government support programs

79

$m1H192H191H202H201H21

CP charge

1341,048669-678

Volume/Mix-28-51046-199

Change in Risk-40191744-112

Economicforecast scenario weights

1

99311,124-106-417

Additional overlays-185-9368550

4,501

5,008

4,285

46

44

685

50

Volume /

Mix

Change in RiskEconomic

forecast and

scenario

weights

1

Additional

overlays

Mar-21Volume /

Mix

-199

Mar-20Additional

overlays

FXEconomic

forecast and

scenario

weights

Change in RiskSep-20FX

-162

-106

-45

-112

-417

Collective Provision Charge

$669m

5,008

4,285

-110

InstitutionalSep-20Australia

Retail &

Commercial

New Zealand

-45

FXOtherMar-21

0

-515

-53

Collective Provision Charge

-$678m

Collective Provision Charge

-$678m

3,378
3,272

4,490

4,312

3,539

696

746

0.98%

0.94%

1.17%

1.39%

1.25%

0

Mar-21Mar-19

104

Sep-19Mar-20

11

Sep-20

3,378

3,376

4,501

5,008

4,285

RISK MANAGEMENT

CP BALANCE BY CATEGORYCP BALANCE BY DIVISION

PROVISION BALANCE BY STAGE

$b

CP BALANCE BY PORTFOLIO

$m

COLLECTIVE PROVISION (CP) BALANCE

1.CP as a % of Credit Risk Weighted Assets (CRWA)

80

30 Sep-2031 Mar-21

Modelled ECLAdditional overlaysCP Coverage

1

0.0

2.0

2.5

0.5

1.0

1.5

3.0

1.38

Stage 1Stage 2

2.70

Stage 3Stage 3

(IP/CP)

1.82

1.38

$bMar-19Sep-19Mar-20Sep-20Mar-21

Australia Retail &

Commercial

1.831.802.322.852.33

Institutional

1.131.171.591.511.36

New Zealand

0.370.370.540.570.51

Pacific

0.040.040.050.080.08

$bMar-19Sep-19Mar-20Sep-20Mar-21

Corporate

1.591.622.222.302.13

Specialised

0.180.190.290.320.28

ResidentialMortgage

0.490.520.811.060.78

Retail (ex Mortgages)

1.050.971.101.251.04

Sovereign / Banks

0.070.080.080.080.06

InstitutionalPacific / OtherNew ZealandAustralia R&CIPCP

3.0

0.0

0.5

1.0

2.0

1.5

2.5

Stage 1Stage 2Stage 3Stage 3

(IP/CP)

1.56

2.29

1.241.24

%of Total31%46%23%%of Total31%45%24%

RISK MANAGEMENT
Gross loans & advancesCredit RWA

Exposure at default

(Ex. Sovereign & Bank)

81

PORTFOLIO COMPOSITION AND COVERAGE RATIOS

1.Individual Provision balance and Collective Provision balance

Coverage ratios%%%%

CP coverage0.691.250.410.55

Totalcoverage

1

0.821.490.490.65

59%

2%

2%

2%

31%

4%

Mar-21

$618.6b

32%

2%

3%

3%

$341.9b

52%

7%

Mar-21

31%

22%

$1,045.2b

3%

39%

4%

Mar-21

1%

Mar-21

41%

52%

7%

$781.9b

PORTFOLIO COMPOSITION

Coverage rates by asset classes are available in the ANZ risk template available at https://www.anz.com/shareholder/centre/reporting/results-announcement/

Expected credit loss

(Collective Provision balance)

1%

1%

$4.3b

55%

18%

24%

1%

Mar-21

Exposure at default

SovereignBankRetail (ex Mortgages)CorporateResi. MortgageOther

EXPECTED CREDIT LOSS
82

ECONOMIC SCENARIOS –MODELLED OUTCOMES (COLLECTIVE PROVISION BALANCE SCENARIOS)

1

1.Illustration of the impact on ANZ’s modelled ECL. The Upside, Downside and Severe Scenarios are fixed economic scenarios which do not move with changes to the Base Case forecast

2.Subset of a range of economic indicators shown. Economic forecasts also undertaken for international markets

3.CY2020, CY2021 & CY2022: 12 months to December Year on Year change

4.Annual average: 12 months to December

5.As a fixed scenario, the Downside Scenario (like the Upside and Severe Scenarios) is specified in terms of an index of economic stress. The economic variables shown represent a characterisationof the scenario to facilitate a

comparison to the base case

1,815

2,487

4,412

5,508

100% upside100% downside100% base case100% severe

3,539

746

Additional

overlays

CP balance (ECL)

Modelled

ECL

4,285

Weightings to scenarios to determine CP balance

5.5%41.4%46.7%6.4%

ECONOMIC SCENARIOSBASE CASE

2

Downside scenario

characterisations

5

31 March 2021CY2020ACY2021CY2022CY2021CY2022

AUSTRALIA

GDP change

3

-2.4%4.8%3.3%-1.3%-0.1%

Unemployment rate

4

6.5%6.2%5.3%9.0%9.2%

Resi. property pricechange

3

1.9%17.4%6.5%-5.9%1.0%

NEW ZEALAND

GDP change

3

-3.0%3.6%3.7%-5.3%0.2%

Unemployment rate

4

4.6%5.4%4.6%10.4%10.8%

Resi. property pricechange

3

15.6%17.4%4.1%-8.8%0.0%

MARCH 2021

$m

PORTFOLIO RISK MIGRATION –RWAIMPACT ON CET1

Base caseActual impact to datePotential impacts

CET1 ratio (bps)1H202H201H212H21

CET1 impact / (benefit)710(21)~15

Institutional816(1)

Aus. Retail & Commercial(1)(7)(16)

New Zealand01(4)

•ANZ’s base case economic forecasts have improved significantly since

Sep-20

•Recovery trajectory however remains uncertain –immunisation

timetable & effectiveness, emergence of new variants, impact of

government assistance & wind-back of repayment deferral packages

•CP Balance increased by $1.7b in FY20 in response to COVID-19 and

CP/CRWA ratio increased from 0.94% (Sep-19) to 1.39% (Sep-20)

•Mar-21 coverage ratio 1.25% with a third of the coverage built-up

over FY20 released

EXPECTED CREDIT LOSS
83

ECONOMIC SCENARIOS –MODELLED OUTCOMES (COLLECTIVE PROVISION BALANCE SCENARIOS)

1

1.Illustration of the impact on ANZ’s modelled ECL. The Upside, Downside and Severe Scenarios are fixed economic scenarios which do not move with changes to the Base Case forecast

2.Subset of a range of economic indicators shown. Economic forecasts also undertaken for international markets

3.CY2020, CY2021 & CY2022: 12 months to December Year on Year change (Jun-20 Qtris quarter on quarter change)

4.Annual average: 12 months to December

MARCH 2020

1,969

4,319

5,293

6,472

100%

downside

100%

upside

100%

base case

100%

severe

4,490

11

Additional

overlays

4,501

CP balance

(ECL)

Modelled

ECL

Weightings to scenarios to determine CP

balance

12.7%50.0%27.3%10.0%

1,898

4,011

5,144

6,315

100%

severe

100%

upside

100%

base case

100%

downside

Weightings to scenarios to determine CP

balance

10.4%50.0%33.3%6.3%

4,312

696

Additional

overlays

Modelled

ECL

CP balance

(ECL)

5,008

1,815

2,487

4,412

5,508

100%

base case

100%

upside

100%

severe

100%

downside

3,539

746

CP balance

(ECL)

4,285

Modelled

ECL

Additional

overlays

Weightings to scenarios to determine CP

balance

5.5%41.4%46.7%6.4%

ECONOMIC SCENARIOSBASE CASE

2

30 September 2020 (%)CY2020CY2021CY2022

AUSTRALIA

GDP change

3

-4.31.64.0

Unemployment rate

4

7.38.87.7

Resi. property pricechange

3

-2.2-4.82.0

NEW ZEALAND

GDP change

3

-5.62.05.6

Unemployment rate

4

5.79.16.5

Resi. property pricechange

3

-0.30.94.1

ECONOMIC SCENARIOSBASE CASE

2

31 March 2020 (%)Jun-20 QtrCY2020CY2021

AUSTRALIA

GDP change

3

-13.0-4.74.1

Unemployment rate

4

13.09.07.3

Resi. property pricechange

3

-1.1-4.1-6.3

NEW ZEALAND

GDP change

3

-17-6.74.2

Unemployment rate

4

8.67.47.7

Resi. property pricechange

3

-2.0-1.96.0

ECONOMIC SCENARIOSBASE CASE

2

31 March 2021 (%)CY2020ACY2021CY2022

AUSTRALIA

GDP change

3

-2.44.83.3

Unemployment rate

4

6.56.25.3

Resi. property pricechange

3

1.917.46.5

NEW ZEALAND

GDP change

3

-3.03.63.7

Unemployment rate

4

4.65.44.6

Resi. property pricechange

3

15.617.44.1

SEPTEMBER 2020MARCH 2021

RISK MANAGEMENT
CONTROL LISTNEW IMPAIRED ASSETS BY DIVISION

GROSS IMPAIRED ASSETS BY DIVISIONGROSS IMPAIRED ASSETS BY EXPOSURE SIZE

Index Mar-16 = 100

$m

$m

$m

IMPAIRED ASSETS

84

0

50

100

150

Mar-

19

Mar-

16

Mar-

17

Mar-

18

Mar-

20

Mar-

21

Control List by LimitsControl List by No. of Groups

0.51%

0.55%

0.51%

0.41%

0.34%

0.35%0.35%

0.33%

0.39%

0.40%0.40%

0

1,000

2,000

3,000

4,000

2H181H171H21

2,029

1H161H182H162H172H191H191H202H20

2,883

3,173

2,940

2,384

2,034

2,139

2,128

2,599

2,459

2,473

InstitutionalAustralia R&C

New Zealand

% of GLA

Pacific / Other

0

1,000

2,000

3,000

4,000

Sep-18

3,173

Mar-19

2,883

Sep-17Mar-21Mar-16Sep-16Mar-17Mar-18Sep-19Mar-20Sep-20

2,940

2,384

2,034

2,139

2,128

2,029

2,599

2,459

2,473

< 10m> 100m10m to 100m

0

500

1,000

1,500

2,000

1H16

1,219

1,844

2H162H181H172H171H181H192H191H202H201H21

1,7841,787

1,425

963

1,145

890

1,117

1,570

1,121

Australia R&CInstitutionalNew ZealandPacific / Other

360.0
341.9

3.5

RiskModel /

Method.

Sep-20FXVolume

/ Mix

CVA (incl.

Hedges)

Mar-21

-4.1

-6.9

-7.2

-3.4

RISK MANAGEMENT

TOTAL RISK WEIGHTED ASSETSCREDIT RWA DRIVERS

EADBY DIVISION

1

$b

$b

$b

RISK WEIGHTED ASSET AND EXPOSURE AT DEFAULT –DIVISIONAL VIEW

1.EAD excludes amounts for ‘Securitisation’ and ‘Other Assets’ Basel classes, as per APS330. Data provided is on a Post CRM basis, net of credit risk mitigation such as guarantees, credit derivatives, netting and financial collateral

85

387

380

380

392

399

423

447

529

455

449

141

137

148

137

140

27

16

Mar-19Mar-20

13

18

Sep-19Sep-20

58

Mar-21

968

977

1,075

1,010

1,045

Australia R&CInstitutionalNew ZealandPacific / Other

141

138

138

139

136

53

57

62

56

57

144

156

178

157

142

13

12

15

22

19

38

47

48

48

47

449

Mar-20

8

8

Mar-19

7

Sep-19

8

Sep-20

7

Mar-21

396

417

408

429

Mkt. & IRRBB RWAAus. R&C CRWA

NZ CRWAInstit. CRWA

Other CRWA

Op-RWA

RISK WEIGHTED ASSETS & EXPOSURE AT DEFAULT
EAD COMPOSITIONEAD & CRWA MOVEMENT

CREDIT RWA / EAD BY PORTFOLIO

$b

$b (Mar-31 movement vs Sep-20) FX adjusted

%

EAD COMPOSITION

1

1.EAD excludes Securitisationand Other assets, whereas CRWA is inclusive of these asset classes, as per APS 330. EAD data provided is on a Post CRM basis,net of credit risk mitigation such as

guarantees, credit derivatives, netting and financial collateral

86

28%

5%

39%

Mar-19

21%

23%

28%

1%

4%

6%

Mar-21

21%

30%

977

30%

4%

1%

24%

5%

38%

Sep-19

4%

4%

35%

5%

Mar-20

39%

5%

5%

1%

Sep-20

1%

39%

25%

27%

968

1,075

1,010

1,045

1%

Residential Mortgage

Sovereign & BankSpecialised Lending

CorporateRetail (ex Mortgages)

Other

2.3

-1.7

1.7

-9.2

6.2

-2.1

4.4

31.3

4.6

InstitutionalNZAus. R&C HLAus. R&C Non HLOther

0.0

CRWA Volume / MixEAD growth

36

37

36

36

33

56

56

55

57

56

60

60

59

27

2828

28

27

1111

10

9

7

Sep-19Mar-19

54

Mar-20Mar-21

56

Sep-20

Total Group

Corporate & Specialised

Retail (ex Mortgages)

Residential Mortgage

Sovereigns & Banks

Increased exposure to the RBA

via higher ESA (exchange

settlement account) balance

Category% of Group EAD
% of Impaired Assets to

EAD

ImpairedAssets

Balance

3

Mar-20

2

Sep-20

2

Mar-21Mar-20

2

Sep-20

2

Mar-21Mar-21

Consumer Lending

38.0%41.3%41.1%0.2%0.2%0.1%

$536m

Finance, Investment & Insurance

23.6%20.2%23.1%0.0%0.0%0.0%

$57m

Property Services

6.4%6.6%6.2%0.2%0.2%0.2%

$117m

Manufacturing

5.1%4.6%3.9%0.1%0.2%0.2%

$96m

Agriculture, Forestry, Fishing

3.3%3.3%3.2%1.4%1.7%1.0%

$344m

Government & Official Institutions

7.0%8.2%8.2%0.0%0.0%0.0%

$0m

Wholesale trade

2.8%2.3%2.1%1.1%0.3%1.5%

$320m

Retail Trade

1.7%1.7%1.5%1.6%1.8%1.7%

$264m

Transport & Storage

2.2%2.1%1.9%0.5%0.5%1.8%

$360m

Business Services

1.3%1.3%1.2%0.6%0.8%0.8%

$102m

Resources (Mining)

1.8%1.7%1.3%0.2%0.1%0.2%

$22m

Electricity, Gas & Water Supply

1.4%1.4%1.4%0.1%0.1%0.1%

$9m

Construction

0.9%0.9%0.9%0.9%1.0%0.9%

$84m

Other

4.5%4.4%4.1%0.4%0.4%0.4%

$162m

Total100%100%100%$2,473m

Total Group EAD

1

$1,075b

$1,010b$1,045b

EXPOSURE AT DEFAULT (EAD) DISTRIBUTION

TOTAL PORTFOLIO COMPOSITION

87

1.EAD excludes amounts for ‘Securitisation’ and ‘Other Assets’ Basel classes, as per APS330. Data provided is on a Post CRM basis, net of credit risk mitigation such as guarantees, credit derivatives, netting and financial collateral

2.The industry split has been revised for September 2020 and March 2020 comparatives to align to APS330 Pillar 3 disclosure

3.Excludes unsecured retail products which are 90+ days past due and treated as Impaired for APS330 reporting

41.1%

23.1%

6.2%

3.9%

3.2%

8.2%

4.1%

2.1%

1.5%

1.3%

1.9%

1.2%

1.4%

0.9%

TOTAL GROUP EAD (Mar-21)

= $1,045b

1

RISK MANAGEMENT

RISK MANAGEMENT
COMMERCIAL PROPERTY OUTSTANDINGS BY REGIONCOMMERCIAL PROPERTY OUTSTANDINGS BY SECTOR

COMMERCIAL PROPERTY OUTSTANDINGS BY SECTOR

$b

%

SEGMENTS OF INTEREST

1.APEA = Asia Pacific, Europe & America

88

28.9

29.6

32.7

34.1

32.7

10.7

10.5

11.4

10.9

10.4

2.8

2.8

2.4

2.1

2.1

6.9%

Sep-20

6.9%

Sep-19Mar-19

7.0%

Mar-20

7.6%

7.3%

Mar-21

42.4

42.9

46.5

47.1

45.2

% of Group GLA (RHS)New ZealandAustraliaAPEA

1

Mar-19

6%

27%

4%

27%

28%

14%

15%

21%

3%

29%

18%

21%

26%

6%

Sep-19

16%

26%

27%

20%

2%

9%

Mar-20

27%

17%

2%

2%

8%

27%

18%

28%

18%

7%

Mar-21Sep-20

RetailResidentialIndustrialOfficesTourismOther

•Commercial lending activity was relatively subdued during 2020. Liquidity support was

provided to a number of strongly rated REITs and Funds, which have been repaid leading to a

reduction in outstandingsacross Australian clients

•Decline in NZ volumes was primarily driven by exchange rate movements

•The APEA portfolio remained stable in 1H FY21 with exposure predominantly to large, well

rated names in Singapore and Hong Kong

•Composition of the Commercial Property book remained unchanged with a slight uptick in the

Office (driven by exposure to Premium / A-grade assets with strong lease covenants) and

Industrial (with e-commerce driving strong demand) sectors

•An absence of large scale CBD residential development has meant that residential

development exposure has gradually declined

RISK MANAGEMENT
89

EXPOSURE TO SOMEINDUSTRIES MORE IMPACTED BY DOWNGRADES DURING THE COVID-19 PANDEMIC

1,2,3

1.EAD excludes amounts for ‘Securitisation’ and ‘Other Assets’ Basel classes, as per APS330. Data provided is on a Post CRM basis, net of credit risk mitigation such as guarantees, credit derivatives, netting and financial collateral

2.Exposure represents a subset of sectors within the respective ANZSIC industry group

3.The industry split has been revised for September 2020 and March 2020 comparatives to align to APS330 Pillar 3 disclosure

RETAIL TRADE

ACCOMMODATION, CAFES & RESTAURANTS

TRANSPORT & STORAGE

EDUCATION, CULTURAL & RECREATION

371,008

TOTAL GROUP EAD

$1,045(Mar-21)

High risk industries

Balance of total ANZ portfolio

Mar-20

53%

50%

Sep-20

50%

53%

47%

47%

Mar-21

10.2

9.0

8.1

Motor Vehicle Retailing & Services

Personal & Household Goods Retailing

All exposures on an EAD basis in $b

31%

Mar-21Mar-20

4%

12.7

49%

12.5

Sep-20

12.7

49%

29%

17%

15%

16%

5%

47%

32%

5%

Clubs (Hospitality)

Cafes & RestaurantsAccommodation

Pubs, Taverns & Bars

35%

18%

40%

11.3

Mar-21

6%

32%

Mar-20

33%

29%

6%

Sep-20

29%

13.0

32%

32%

7%

10.1

Other Services to Transport

Air and Space TransportWater transport & Services

Services to Air Transport

7.4

37%

41%

19%

44%

Mar-20

19%

22%

36%

Sep-20

37%

44%

Mar-21

6.6

6.6

OtherEducationSport & Recreation

RISK MANAGEMENT
INSTITUTIONAL PORTFOLIO SIZE & TENOR BY MARKET

OF INCORPORATION (EAD

1

)

ANZ INSTITUTIONAL INDUSTRY COMPOSITION

ANZ INSTITUTIONAL PRODUCT COMPOSITION

$b

EAD (Mar-21): A$448.9b

1

EAD (Mar-21): A$448.9b

1

ANZ INSTITUTIONAL PORTFOLIO

1.EAD excludes amounts for ‘Securitisation’ and ‘Other Assets’ Basel classes, as per APS330. Data provided is on a Post CRM basis, net of credit risk mitigation such as guarantees, credit derivatives, netting and financial collateral

2.APEA: Asia, Pacific, Europe & America

90

0

50

100

150

200

250

300

350

400

78%

52%

APEA

2

48%

Total Institutional

75%

64%

36%

China

25%

Asia

22%

28%

19%

10%

10%

8%

4%

15%

4%

3%

29%

22%

19%

13%

10%

5%

0%

Net Loans, Advances & Acceptances

Trading Securities

Contingents liabilities, commitments, and

other off-balance sheet exposures

Investment Securities

Cash

Derivatives

Other

Tenor < 1 YrTenor 1 Yr+

Finance

Property & Business Services

Manufacturing

Government Administration & Defence

Services To Finance & Insurance

Wholesale Trade

Transport & Storage

Electricity Gas & Water Supply

Other

RISK MANAGEMENT
MARKET OF INCORPORATIONANZ ASIA INDUSTRY COMPOSITION

EAD (Mar-21): A$99b

1

EAD (Mar-21): A$99b

1

ANZ ASIA PRODUCT COMPOSITION

EAD (Mar-21): A$99b

1

ANZ ASIAN INSTITUTIONAL PORTFOLIO (MARKET OF INCORPORATION)

91

1.EAD excludes amounts for ‘Securitisation’ and ‘Other Assets’ Basel classes, as per APS330. Data provided is on a Post CRM basis, net of credit risk mitigation such as guarantees, credit derivatives,

netting and financial collateral

19%

29%

20%

10%

6%

6%

4%

3%

4%

China

Hong Kong (SAR)

Japan

Singapore

Taiwan

South Korea

India

Indonesia

Other

60%

10%

6%

5%

7%

4%

3%

3%

3%

34%

24%

17%

13%

11%

1%

Net Loans, Advances & Acceptances

Contingents liabilities, commitments, and

other off-balance sheet exposures

Cash

Investment Securities

Derivatives

Other assets

ANZ CHINA COMPOSITION

EAD (Mar-21): A$19b

1

69%

10%

10%

8%

3%

Transport & Storage

Manufacturing

Finance & Insurance

Other

Wholesale Trade

Finance

Services To Finance & Insurance

Manufacturing

Wholesale Trade

Property & Business Services

Transport & Storage

Communication Services

Government Administration & Defence

Other

HALF YEAR RESULTS
2021

INVESTOR DISCUSSION PACK

LOAN REPAYMENT DEFERRALS & DELINQUENCIES

LOAN REPAYMENT DEFERRALS
93

TREND AND OUTCOME ANALYSIS (31 MARCH)

1

AUSTRALIA HOUSINGAUSTRALIA BUSINESS

2

NEW ZEALAND HOUSING

END OF PERIOD #000

END OF PERIOD #000

DEFERRAL ROLL OFF SUMMARY

Mar-20 to Mar-21

DEFERRAL ROLL OFF SUMMARY

Mar-20 to Mar-21

3

83

74

23

Dec-20

0

Sep-20Mar-20Jun-20Mar-21

20

16

2

0

Mar-21Mar-20Jun-20Sep-20Dec-20

0

Completed and returned to repayment arrangementsRestructuredTransferred to hardship

86%

12%

2%

~97kloans

provided with loan

repayment

deferrals between

March 2020 and

March 2021

~24k loans

provided with loan

repayment

deferrals between

March 2020 and

March 2021

~24k loans

provided with loan

repayment

deferrals between

March 2020 and

March 2021

90%

6%

4%

96%

2%

2%

1.ANZ loan deferrals receiving capital concessions were completed at the latest by 31 March 2021. ANZ have been reporting deferral expiry based on the first instalment date after completion of the loan deferral as opposed to the last

date on which a scheduled payment is deferred. ~3k Australia home and business loans’ first instalment after completion of deferral was due in April 2021

2.Excludes Commercial overdraft facilities where COVID-19 impacted customers received assistance of temporary limit increases of 10% and Asset Finance

DEFERRAL ROLL OFF SUMMARY

Mar-20 to Mar-21

END OF PERIOD #000

2

22

20

3

Mar-20

0

Jun-20Mar-21Dec-20Sep-20

DELINQUENCIES
CONSUMER PORTFOLIO

1,2,3

COMMERCIAL PORTFOLIO

4,5

% of Total Portfolio Balances

% of Total Portfolio Balances

90+ DAYS PAST DUE (DPD)

94

1.Includes Non Performing Loans

2.ANZ delinquencies are calculated on a missed payment basis for amortising and Interest Only loans

3.Australia Home Loans 30+ and 90+ excludes eligible Home Loans accounts that had requested COVID-19 assistance but due to delays in processing had not had the loan repayment deferral applied to the account

4.Australia Commercial includes Business Banking and Small Business Banking

5.NZ Commercial is inclusive of Agri(previously shown as a separate series)

3.5

2.5

0.0

2.0

0.5

1.0

1.5

3.0

4.0

4.5

5.0

Mar-

19

Mar-

17

Mar-

18

Mar-

20

Mar-

21

1.5

3.0

0.0

3.5

0.5

2.0

1.0

2.5

4.0

4.5

5.0

Mar-

20

Mar-

21

Mar-

17

Mar-

18

Mar-

19

Australia Home Loans

NZ Home LoansAustralia Consumer Cards

Australia Personal LoansNZ CommercialAustralia Commercial

HALF YEAR RESULTS
2021

INVESTOR DISCUSSION PACK

HOUSING PORTFOLIO

AUSTRALIA HOME LOANS
PORTFOLIO OVERVIEW (UNLESS OTHERWISE STATED METRICS ARE BASED ON BALANCES)

96

Portfolio

1

Flow

2

1H191H201H211H201H21

Number of Home Loan

accounts

1

1,000k971k1,019k64k

3

92k

3

Total FUM

1

$269b$264b$281b$23b$34b

Average Loan Size

4

$269k$272k$275k$382k$364k

% Owner Occupied

5

66%68%68%69%68%

% Investor

5

31%30%30%30%31%

% Equity Line of Credit3%2%2%1%1%

% Paying Variable Rate Loan

6

82%85%73%87%59%

% Paying Fixed Rate Loan

6

18%15%27%13%41%

%Paying Interest Only18%12%10%13%14%

% Broker originated52%52%54%49%58%

Portfolio

1

1H191H201H21

Average LVRat Origination

7,8,9

67%68%71%

Average DynamicLVR (excl. offset)

8,9,10

56%56%55%

Average DynamicLVR (incl. offset)

8,9,10

51%51%49%

Market share (MADIS publication)

11

14.6%14.0%14.4%

% Ahead of Repayments

12

71%76%72%

Offset Balances

13

$27b$28b$36b

% FirstHome Buyer7%8%8%

%Low Doc

14

4%3%2%

Loss Rate

15

0.04%0.03%0.05%

% of Australia Geography Lending

16,17

63%59%64%

% of Group Lending

16

44%40%45%

1.HomeLoansportfolio(includesNonPerformingLoans,excludesOffsetbalances)2.YTDunlessnoted3.Newaccountsincludesincreasestoexistingaccountsandsplitloans(fixedandvariablecomponentsofthesameloan)4.

AverageloansizeforFlowexcludesincreasestoexistingaccounts5.ThecurrentclassificationofInvestorvsOwnerOccupiedisbasedonANZ’sproductcategory,determinedatoriginationasadvisedbythecustomerandtheongoing

precisionreliesprimarilyonthecustomer’sobligationtoadviseANZofanychangeincircumstances.6.ExcludesEquityManagerAccounts7.Originatedintherespectiveyear8.Unweightedbasedon#accounts9.Includes

capitalisedLMIpremiums10.ValuationsupdatedtoFeb-21whereavailable.IncludesNonPerformingLoansandexcludesaccountswithasecurityguaranteeandunknownDLVR11.Source:APRAMonthlyAuthorisedDeposit-Taking

InstitutionsStatistics(MADIS)toMar-2112.%ofOwnerOccupiedandInvestorLoansthathaveanyamountaheadofrepaymentsbasedonavailableRedrawandOffset13.BalancesofOffsetaccountsconnectedtoexisting

InstalmentLoans14.LowDociscomprisedoflessthanorequalto60%LVRmortgagesprimarilyforself-employedwithoutscheduledPAYGincome.However,italsohas<0.1%oflessthanorequalto80%LVRmortgages,primarily

bookedpre-200815.Annualisedwrite-offnetofrecoveries16.BasedonGrossLoansandAdvances17.AustraliaGeographyincludesAustraliaRetail&CommercialandInstitutionalAustralia

AUSTRALIA HOME LOANS
HOME LOAN FUM COMPOSITION

1,2

LOAN BALANCE & LENDING FLOWS

1

$b

$b

MARKET SHARE

3

%

PORTFOLIO GROWTH

97

1.Based on Gross Loans and Advances. Includes Non Performing Loans

2.The current classification of Investor vs Owner Occupied is based on ANZ’s product category, determined at origination as advised by the customer and the ongoing precision relies primarily on the customer’s obligation to

advise ANZ of any change in circumstances

3.Source: APRA Monthly Authorised Deposit-Taking Institutions Statistics (MADIS) to Mar-21

264

281

42

19

14

New Sales

excl. Refi-In

Mar-20Net OFI RefiMar-21Redraw &

Interest

Repay / Other

-58

15.1%

13.8%

14.6%

14.5%

13.3%

14.0%

14.9%

13.6%

14.4%

Owner OccupiedInvestorTotal

Mar-19Mar-20Mar-21

121

146

161

168

186

33

44

52

57

62

38

29

17

10

54

43

31

22

22

10

9

8

264

Mar-18

5

Mar-17Mar-19Mar-21

269

7

Mar-20

6

256

281

271

Inv I/OOO I/OOO P&IInv P&IEquity Manager

AUSTRALIA HOME LOANS
BY PURPOSEBY ORIGINATION LVR

4,5,6

BY LOCATIONBY CHANNEL

PORTFOLIO

1,2

& FLOW

3,5

COMPOSITION (% of TOTAL BALANCES)

1.Includes Non Performing Loans

2.The current classification of Investor vs Owner Occupied is based on ANZ’s product category, determined at origination as advised by the customer and the ongoing precision relies primarily on the customer’s obligation to advise

ANZ of any change in circumstances

3.YTD unless noted

4.Includes capitalised LMI premiums.

5.Basedon drawn month

6.Historical 1H19 and 1H20 figures have been restated based on drawn month (previously reported based on application month)

98

Portfolio

Flow

Flow

66%

68%68%68%

31%

30%30%

31%

1H21

1%

2%

3%

Mar-21Mar-19Mar-20

2%

Owner OccupiedInvestorEquity Manager

67%

61%

57%

16%

20%

21%

17%

19%

22%

1H191H201H21

>80% LVR<80% LVR80% LVR

FlowPortfolio

PortfolioFlow

33%33%

34%

36%

32%

33%

33%

36%

16%

15%

15%

14%

13%13%

12%

Mar-20

8%

6%

Mar-19Mar-21

6%6%6%

1H21

VIC/TASNSW/ACTQLDSA/NTWA

54%

46%

52%

48%

52%

Mar-19

48%

Mar-20Mar-21

$269b

$264b

$281b

BrokerProprietary

49%

57%

$21b

43%

1H19

51%

58%

1H20

42%

1H21

$23b

$34b

AUSTRALIA HOME LOANS
HOME LOANS REPAYMENT PROFILE

1,2

HOME LOANS ON TIME & <1 MONTH AHEAD PROFILE

2

SWITCHING INTEREST ONLY TO P&I AND SCHEDULED INTEREST ONLY TERM EXPIRY

4,5

72% of accounts ahead of repayments

% composition of accounts (Mar-21)

$b

PORTFOLIO DYNAMICS

1. Includes Non Performing Loans 2. % of Owner Occupied and Investment Loans that have any amount ahead of repayments. Excess repayments based on available Redraw and Offset. Excludes Equity Manager Accounts 3. The

current classification of Investor vs Owner Occupied, is based on ANZ’s product category, determined at origination as advised by the customer and the ongoing precision relies primarily on the customer’s obligation to advise ANZ of

any change in circumstances 4. Total portfolio including new flows 5. As at Mar-21

99

2%

26%

13%

9%

6%6%6%

32%

1-2 years

ahead

<1 month

ahead

OverdueOn Time>2 years

ahead

1-3 months

ahead

3-6 months

ahead

6-12 months

ahead

Mar-19Mar-20Sep-19Sep-20Mar-21

6

7

7

9

8

6

7

6

5

4

5

4

3

3

9

2

8

4

4

3

3

2

2

2H172H212H181H171H181H191H202H192H20

1

1H211H222H221H232H231H24+

Early conversionsContractual (still to convert)Contractual conversions

37

23

28

21

15

15

25

19

29

16

30

28

13

0

1

Mar-20Sep-20Mar-21

Residual: Less than 1 month repayment buffer

Active COVID-19 deferrals

New Accounts: Less than 6 months old

Structural: Loans that restrict payments in advance e.g. fixed rate loans

Investment: Interest payments may receive negative gearing/tax benefits

3

50
10

30

0

40

20

60

0-60%61-75%76-80%81-90%91-95%96-100%100%+

30

0

50

10

60

20

40

76-80%0-60%61-75%81-90%91-95%96-100%100%+

AUSTRALIA HOME LOANS

DYNAMIC LOAN TO VALUE RATIO BASED ON TOTAL PORTFOLIO ACCOUNTS

1,2,3,4,5

DYNAMIC LOAN TO VALUE RATIO BASED ON PORTFOLIO BALANCES

1,2,3,4

% of total Portfolio Accounts

% of total Portfolio Balances

PORTFOLIO DYNAMICS

1. Includes capitalised LMI premiums 2. Valuations updated to Feb-21 where available 3. Includes Non Performing Loans and excludes accounts with a security guarantee and unknown DLVR 4. DLVR doesnot incorporate offset

balances 5. Aligning with calculations that produce a portfolio average DLVR unweighted based on # accounts of 55% 6. % of Owner Occupied and Investment Loans that have any amount ahead of repayments. Excess repayments

based on available Redraw and Offset. Excludes Equity Manager Accounts. Includes Non Performing Loans

100

Mar-19Mar-21Mar-20

Mar-20Mar-19Mar-21

NEGATIVE EQUITY

Net of offset balances

•1.9% of portfolio


57% ahead of repayments

6


47% with LMI

>90%

Net of offset balances

•5.2% of portfolio


54% ahead of repayments

6


49% with LMI

NEGATIVE EQUITY

Net of offset balances

•2.4% of portfolio


53% ahead of repayments

6


42% with LMI

>90%

Net of offset balances

•7.0% of portfolio


50% ahead of repayments

6


43% with LMI

AUSTRALIA HOME LOANS
HOME LOANS 90+ DPD BY STATE

1,2

HOME LOAN DELINQUENCIES

1,2,3,4

HOME LOANS -90+ DPD (BY VINTAGE)

5,6

% of Portfolio Segment Balances

% of Portfolio Segment Balances

%

PORTFOLIO PERFORMANCE

1. Includes Non Performing Loans 2. ANZ delinquencies are calculated on a missed payment basis for amortising and Interest Onlyloans 3. The current classification of Investor vs Owner Occupied, is based on ANZ’s product

category, determined at origination as advised by the customer and the ongoing precision relies primarily on the customer’s obligation to advise ANZ of any change in circumstances 4. 30+ and 90+ between Mar-20 and Jun-20

excludes eligible Home Loans accounts that had requested COVID-19 assistance but due to delays in processing had not had the loan repayment deferral applied to the account. 5. Home loans 90+ DPD vintages represent % ratio of

over 90+ delinquent (measured by # accounts), contains at least 6 application months of that fiscal year contributing to eachdata point. 6. Historical vintages have been restated as a result of enhancements to methodology

101

2.0

1.0

0.0

0.5

1.5

2.5

Mar-

20

Mar-

15

Mar-

16

Mar-

17

Mar-

18

Mar-

19

Mar-

21

30+ DPD %90+ Owner Occupied90+ Investor

681012141618202224262830323436

2.5

1.0

0.0

1.5

0.5

2.0

Month on book

1.5

0.0

1.0

0.5

2.0

2.5

NSW & ACTVIC & TASQLDWASA & NTPortfolio

Sep-16

Mar-15Mar-16

Sep-15

Mar-17

Sep-17

Mar-18Mar-19

Sep-18Sep-19

Mar-20

Sep-20

Mar-21

FY15FY19FY16FY18FY17FY20

NEW ZEALAND HOME LOANS
PORTFOLIO OVERVIEW

1

102

1.New Zealand Geography

2.Flow excludes revolving credit facilities

3.Source: RBNZ, 1H21 share of all banks as at March 2021

4.Low documentation (Low Doc) lending allowed customers who met certain criteria to apply for a mortgage with reduced income confirmation requirements. New Low Doc lending ceased in 2007

PortfolioFlow

1H191H201H211H201H21

Number of Home Loan Accounts527k531k533k

38k

42k

Total FUM NZD83bNZD88bNZD95b

NZD10b

NZD15b

Average Loan SizeNZD157kNZD165kNZD179k

NZD271k

NZD358k

% Owner Occupied75%75%74%

75%

69%

% Investor25%25%26%

25%

31%

% Paying Variable Rate Loan

2

16%14%11%

13%

13%

% Paying Fixed Rate Loan

2

84%86%89%

87%

87%

%Paying Interest Only20%19%18%

19%

19%

%Paying Principal & Interest80%81%82%

81%

81%

% Broker Originated37%39%42%

43%

45%

Portfolio

1H191H201H21

Average LVRat Origination57%57%58%

Average DynamicLVR42%40%37%

Market Share

3

30.9%30.7%30.6%

%Low Doc

4

0.35%0.32%0.28%

Home Loan Loss Rates0.00%0.01%0.00%

% of NZGeography Lending63%64%69%

NEW ZEALAND HOME LOANS
ANZ HOME LOAN LVR PROFILE

2

HOUSING PORTFOLIO

HOUSING PORTFOLIO BY REGION

3

MARKET SHARE

4

HOME LENDING & ARREARS TRENDS

1

1.New Zealand Geography

2.Dynamic basis

3.Priorperiods have been restated to reflect loans previously included in “Other” have now been allocated across regions

4.Source: RBNZ, 1H21 growth rates and market share as at March 2021

103

59%

57%

55%

41%

43%

45%

1H201H191H21

ProprietaryBroker

84%

86%

89%

16%

14%

Mar-21Mar-20Mar-19

11%

FixedVariable

30.9%

30.7%

30.6%

3.0%3.0%

6.4%

1H19

3.7%

3.5%

1H20

6.8%

1H21

ANZ market share

ANZ growth

System growth

46%46%46%

11%11%11%

7%

11%

12%

11%

24%24%

25%

1%

Mar-19Mar-20

6%

1%1%

6%

Mar-21

Auckland

Other Sth Is.

Other Nth Is.

Wellington

Christchurch

Other

61%

64%

76%

18%

19%

15%

14%

12%

7%

5%

3%

2%2%

Mar-19Mar-20

1%

1%

Mar-21

90%+81-90%0-60%61-70%71-80%

HOUSING FLOWS

HALF YEAR RESULTS
2021

INVESTOR DISCUSSION PACK

CORPORATE OVERVIEW AND

ENVIRONMENT, SOCIAL & GOVERNANCE (ESG)

CORPORATE PROFILE
CORPORATE PROFILEOUR LARGEST BUSINESS

HALF YEAR 2021 CASH PROFIT ($m)

2

105

1.As at 31 March 2021

2.Cash Profit (Continuing Operations) basis

•Founded in 1835and headquartered in Melbourne

•Top 7listed corporate in Australia and the largest

bank in New Zealand by bank market share

•Consumer andcorporate offerings in our core

markets, and regional trade and capital flows

across the region

AUSTRALIA RETAIL & COMMERCIAL

Providing products, services and solutions to Retail and Commercial

customers through our Retail and Business & Private Banking businesses

Retail:Consumer and private banking customers

Commercial: Privately owned small, medium enterprises and agricultural

business

NEW ZEALAND DIVISION

Providing products, services and solutions to Retail and Commercial

customers through our Retail and Commercial businesses

Retail:Consumer, wealth, private banking and small business customers

Commercial: Privately owned medium and large enterprises and

agricultural business

INSTITUTIONAL

Providing products, services and solutions to global Institutional and

Corporate customers across geographies

Products: Payments & Cash Mgt., Corporate Finance, Trade, Markets

Geographies: In 33markets across Australia, New Zealand, Asia,

Europe, America, PNG and the Middle East

1,782

771

950

•~38k

2

staffserving over 8.7m customers

across Retail, Commercial and Institutional

•$2.0b in 1H21 dividendsto ~540k

shareholders

•Market capitalisation of AU$80.2b

1

•Total Assets of AU$1,017.1b

1

•Credit rating

S&PMoody’sFitch

AA-/ NegativeAa3 / StableA+ / Negative

STRATEGY
To improve the financial wellbeing & sustainability of customers

By providing relevant, efficient and connected services; tools and insights that engage &

retain customers better and in doing so increase the lifetime value for shareholders

OUR PURPOSE & STRATEGY

106

HELPPEOPLESAVEFOR,

BUY& OWNALIVEABLEHOUSE

HELPPEOPLESTARTORBUYAND

GROWTHEIRBUSINESS& ADOPT

SUSTAINABLEBUSINESSPRACTICES

HELPCOMPANIESMOVEGOODS&

CAPITALAROUNDTHEREGION& ADOPT

SUSTAINABLEBUSINESSPRACTICES

SIMPLER, MORERESILIENTCORE

BUSINESSFOROURTARGETCUSTOMERS

RANGEOFBANKING

INFRASTRUCTUREPLATFORMS

INTEGRATEDDATA-ENABLED

ECOSYSTEMS

PURPOSE-LEDEMPATHETIC&

ADAPTABLEWORKFORCE

Platforms & people

DIVIDENDS
DIVIDEND PER SHAREDIVIDEND PAYOUT RATIO

cents

CASH PROFIT

%

107

80808080

25

70

80808080

35

FY18FY16FY20FY17FY19

160

1H21

160160160

60

InterimFinal

84

69

80

65

54

67

75

67

78

86

43

79

68

79

74

47

201620172018201920212020

Full yearFirst halfSecond half

67

65

69

65

29

52

68

68

65

69

35

67

66

67

67

32

201620172018202020192021

First halfSecond halfFull year

CASH PROFIT CONTINUING OPERATIONS EX LARGE / NOTABLE ITEMS

%

108
Note: This information has not been independently assured. KPMG will provide assurance over ANZ’s full year performance against targets in its annual ESG reporting to be released in November 2021. Results as at 31 March 2021

1.Off a FY21 baseline

OUR ESG TARGETS SUPPORT 10 OF THE 17 UNITED NATIONS SUSTAINABLE DEVELOPMENT GOALS

ESG targetProgressRelevant SDGs

ENVIRONMENTALSUSTAINABILITY

Fund and facilitate at least $50 billion by 2025 towards sustainable solutions for

our customers

Funded and facilitated AU$13.95 billion in sustainable finance

transactions since October2019.

Encourage and support 100 of our largest emitting customers to establish, and

where appropriate, strengthen existing low carbon transition plans, by end 2021

Engaged with 98 of our largest emitting business customers.

FINANCIALWELLBEING

Support 250,000 customers to build a savings habit, by end 2021. (Australia/New

Zealand)

Supported approximately 85,000customers to build a savings habit

since October 2020.

Establish seven new partnerships to expand the reach and improve impact of

MoneyMindedfor vulnerable people, by end 2023

Established two new partnerships -with Fruition Horticulture Bay of

Plenty (New Zealand) and the Reserve Bank of Fiji (via a

Memorandum of Understanding).

HOUSING

Fund and facilitate AU$10 billion of investment by 2030 to deliver more affordable,

accessible and sustainable homes to buy and rent. (Australia /New Zealand)

Funded and facilitated AU$302.6 million ofinvestment since October

2020.

Support more customers into healthier homes with our Healthy Home Loan

Package and Interest-free Insulation Loans –through a 2%* increase of funds

under management and a 4%

1

increase in customer numbers by 2025. (New

Zealand)

Supported463 households into healthier homes since October 2020.

FAIR ANDRESPONSIBLE BANKING

Develop and commence implementation of a new Vulnerable Customer Framework

to improve the support we provide to customers experiencing vulnerability, by end

2021. (Australia)

Commenced implementation of our new Customer Vulnerability

Framework.

Design and commence implementation of a human rights grievance mechanism,

using the UN Guiding Principles on Business and Human Rights, by end 2021

Designed the bank’s first human rights grievance mechanism,

informed by internal and external stakeholders. User testing will be

undertaken before finalisingthe mechanism.

SNAPSHOT OF HALF YEAR ESGTARGET PERFORMANCE

109
OUR APPROACH TO CLIMATE CHANGE

WE ARE COMMITTED TO PLAYING OUR PART AND SUPPORTING OUR CUSTOMERS IN THE TRANSITION TO NET-ZERO

EMISSIONS BY 2050

Engage

constructively and

transparently with

stakeholders

•Disclosing how we identify, assess and manage climate-related financial risks and

opportunities using the Financial Stability Board Task Force on Climate-related Financial

Disclosures (TCFD) recommendations

•Disclosing better metrics so the emissions impact of our financing can be tracked annually,

starting with commercial property and power generation

•Engaging with stakeholders on climate change and increasing transparency on our approach

Help our customers

and support

transitioning

industries

•Funding and facilitating at least $50 billion by 2025 to help our customers improve

environmental sustainability, increase access to affordable housing and promote financial

wellbeing

•Working with and supporting our largest emitting customers to build climate change

mitigation and adaptation risk into their strategies

•Identifying opportunities and financing our customers’ transition activities via products

such as ‘Green’ and Sustainability Linked Loans

110
SUSTAINABLE FINANCE -$50B TARGET

SINCE OCTOBER 2019 WE HAVE FUNDED & FACILITATED $13.95 BILLION TOWARDS SUSTAINABLE FINANCE TO HELP

OUR CUSTOMERS IMPROVE ENVIRONMENTAL SUSTAINABILITY, INCREASE ACCESS TO AFFORDABLE HOUSING AND

PROMOTE FINANCIAL WELLBEING

FUNDED$7.94b

FACILITATED$6.01b

$0.68b

$1.33b

$2.61b

$1.99b

$0.10b

$0.22b

$0.72b

$0.28b

Energy

Green BuildingsWater

Waste

Sustainable Development

Transport

Sustainability Linked Facilities

Affordable Housing

SUSTAINABILITY

-LINKED

25%

ENVIRONMENTAL

62%

SOCIAL

13%

Renewables Advisory

18%

($1.08b)

74%

($4.46b)

Green Buildings /

Renewables Loan Distribution

8%

($0.48b)

ESG-Format Bonds

DEFINITIONS

Funded:loans and other credit lines provided to borrowers by ANZ

Facilitated:loans, bonds and other credit lines arranged by ANZ and provided by other lenders eg. fund managers, super funds, other banks

Affordable housing:construction of, or investment in, housing supply that supports positive market change

Sustainable development:credit lines to global development banks and agencies providing support to emerging economies

Energy: wind / solar / battery / transmission infrastructure / energy transition

Transport:low carbon transportation projects such as light rail, electric vehicle manufacturing

Sustainability-linked facilities:corporate loans to borrowers across multiple industry sectors where terms are linked to improved performance against agreed sustainability targets that reflect the borrower’s material

sustainability risks eg. emissions reduction, increased renewable energy consumption, workforce diversity

Renewables Advisory:providing advisory services in relation to the purchase, sale and raising of capital for renewable energy projects

Green Buildings / Renewables Loan Distribution:loans initially underwritten by ANZ and subsequently sold on to other lenders

ESG-format Bonds:Green, Social, Sustainable, Sustainability-Linked and Transition Bonds and other ESG-format bonds within the sustainable finance market

‘Green’ and Sustainability Linked Loans:Lending to deploy capital into ‘green’ and sustainability initiatives, where
borrowers are required to invest in qualifying ‘green’ assets or where loan terms are linked to improved performance against

agreed sustainability targets.

FY21 to date closed: 8 loans, $28bn volume

HIGHLIGHT: In December 2020, we arranged an AU$1,400m syndicated Sustainability-Linked Loan for Downer Group Finance

Pty Limited. Pricing of the loan is linked to performance against environmental and social targets.

‘Green’ and Sustainable Infrastructure Project Finance:Greenfields project financing to support the development of long

term sustainable infrastructure, e.g. renewable energy, light rail

FY21 to date closed: 5 deals, $2.2bn volume

HIGHLIGHT: In December 2020, we provided AU$47.6m in financing for Canberra Metro Finance Pty Ltd’selectrified light rail

network which is fully powered by the ACT’s 100% renewable energy grid.

ESG format bonds: Distribution of capital into ‘green’ and sustainability initiatives, e.g. ‘green’ buildings, renewable energy or

where bond terms are linked to improved performance against agreed sustainability targets

FY21 to date closed: 12 bonds, $6.1bn volume

HIGHLIGHT: In February 2021, we jointly arranged SurbanaJurongPrivate Limited’s SG$250m ten-year Sustainability-Linked

Bond. ANZ was the Sole Sustainability Coordinator. The bond is linked to climate targets. SurbanaJurongwill pay a premium to

investors if it does not meet these targets by 2030.

Corporate Finance Advisory Services for Renewables:Providing advisory services in relation to the purchase, sale and

raising of capital for renewable energy projects

HIGHLIGHT: In 2020, we completed an equity and debt raising for the YandinWind Farm, a 214 MW wind farm in mid-west

Western Australia.

ANZ/Clean Energy Finance Corporation Energy Efficiency Asset Finance program: Financing that incentivises corporate

and retail customers to invest in energy efficient and renewable energy technologies that will help reduce their energy costsand

carbon emissions.

To date, this program has helped finance more than $205 million of investment in over 1374 clean energy technology

deals for our corporate and agribusiness customers. Energy Efficiency remains the major asset category, with customers seeing

rapid paybacks associated with upgrades to new and more efficient plant and machinery.

111

CUSTOMER ENGAGEMENT –FINANCING SUSTAINABILITY

WE ARE FOCUSED ON IDENTIFYING OPPORTUNITIES TO SUPPORT OUR CUSTOMERS’ TRANSITION ACTIVITIES ACROSS

THE FOLLOWING PRODUCT AREAS:

RESOURCES PORTFOLIO
THERMAL COAL EXPOSURE

EXPOSURE AT DEFAULT (EAD) $b

EXPOSURE AT DEFAULT (EAD) $b

112

HOW OUR LENDING IS SUPPORTING THE PARISGOALS

EXPANDING OUR LENDING SUPPORT TO THE RENEWABLE ENERGY SECTOR WHILE REDUCING EXPOSURE TO THERMAL

COAL MINING BY ~70% SINCE 2015

8.6

7.8

7.0

7.4

8.2

8.2

6.7

4.9

4.0

3.5

4.4

5.2

5.4

4.1

2.9

1.7

1.4

1.2

1.5

1.2

1.1

1.3

1.1

1.0

0.9

1.0

0.9

1.2

0.7

0.7

0.8

0.6

1.7

1.2

0.8

0.7

0.8

Sep-18

0.6

0.4

Sep-15Sep-16

0.3

Sep-17Sep-19

0.5

Sep-20

0.5

Mar-21

20.0

16.2

17.0

14.0

15.3

17.3

14.2

Other MiningThermal Coal Mining

Metallurgical Coal MiningServices to mining

Metal Ore Mining

Oil & Gas Extraction

0.0

0.5

1.0

1.5

2.0

Mar-19Sep-15Sep-17Sep-16Sep-18Sep-19Sep-20Mar-20Mar-21

•Since 2015 our exposure to thermal coal

mining has reduced by ~70%

•Several diversified mining customers have

divested thermal coal interests in recent

years, or signalled intention not to invest in

expansionary capex

•ANZ’s exposure to thermal coal mining is a

small portion of our overall lending (now

comprising <0.05% of our Group exposure at

default)

FURTHER INFORMATION
113

EquityInvestors

Jill Campbell

GroupGeneral Manager

Investor Relations

+61 3 8654 7749

+61 412 047 448

jill.campbell@anz.com

Cameron Davis

Executive Manager

Investor Relations

+61 3 8654 7716

+61 421613 819

cameron.davis@anz.com

Harsh Vardhan

Senior Manager

Investor Relations

+61 3 8655 0878

+61 466 848 027

harsh.vardhan@anz.com

Retail InvestorsDebt Investors

Michelle Weerakoon

Manager Shareholder

Services & Events

+61 3 8654 7682

+61 411 143 090

michelle.weerakoon@anz.com

Scott Gifford

Head of Debt Investor

Relations

+61 3 8655 5683

+61 434 076 876

scott.gifford@anz.com

Our Shareholderinformationanz.com/shareholder/centre/

DISCLAIMER & IMPORTANT NOTICE: The material in this presentation is general background

information about the Bank’s activities current at the date of the presentation. It is information

given in summary form and does not purport to be complete. It is not intended to be relied upon

as advice to investors or potential investors and does not take into account the investment

objectives, financial situation or needs of any particular investor. These should be considered, with

or without professional advice when deciding if an investment is appropriate.

This presentation may contain forward-looking statements including statements regarding our

intent, belief or current

[TRUNCATED]

Data sourced from publicly available filings. Our datasets may not be complete. Automated analysis can produce errors. If you believe any data on this page is incorrect, please contact us at hello@nzxplorer.co.nz. For informational purposes only. Not investment advice.

Other issuers discussed similar conditions around this time

Matched by meaning across NZX announcement text, not keywords — based on our semantic index of announcement bodies.

  • AIR — Air New Zealand: Air New Zealand 2021 Interim Results
    2021-02-24

    PRELIMINARY HALF YEAR REPORT ANNOUNCEMENT AIR NEW ZEALAND LIMITED Half Year Ended 31 December 2020 (referred to in this report as the "current half year") 1 Information prescribed by NZX (a) A Statement of Financial Performance Refer to the Interim Financial Statements. (b) A St…”